Home

MySQL Workbench

1. Dashboard Schedule Contents Options Advanced amp Performance Reports O Performance Schema Setup Perform full backups every MySQL ENTERPRISE Weck o EEEa at a audit inspector f cb Online Backup E Perform incremental backups every Hour atminute 00 Management EEAS informetion Incremental backups wil create a backup of all changes that have occurred since the lastest backup full or incremental Note backups are scheduled and executed from the target server using the systems task scheduler as the user that owns the MySQL datadr vishal Delete Save and Reschedule Cancel Object Info Session The Advanced tab allows you to pass in additional MySQL Enterprise Backup options Note E These additional options are not validated To recover backups see Section 5 7 3 Backup Recovery 5 7 3 Backup Recovery The Backup Recovery wizard is used to recover MySQL Enterprise Backup backups For more information about creating MySQL Enterprise Backup backups using MySQL Workbench see Section 5 7 2 Online Backup The Backup Recovery wizard allows you to restore backups from folders image files and backup profiles created by Section 5 7 2 Online Backup 137 Backup Recovery Figure 5 55 Workbench Backup Recovery Main page Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She 6 E Egla fa a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Stat
2. cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaed 399 H CURE beuri Leong aree ee ie eae ile ie eee es 400 H 8 DockPanel Suite LICENSE 200 cece cece cece cece ne ee cece ttrt ttrt ttan cece dene cess deed cess dann EEEE EREE EE ESEE EEEE nt 400 FES Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0D 1 LICENSE oei eeri eea aee RE ANNEE EREA EE RENEE A E ETARE REA EONTR SE 401 H 10 GDAL OGR Lice se aandaa iian aai eae etter nett ee aa a iida ERRi iii 401 H 11 GLib License for MySQL Workbench sssssssessssssssrsrssssssrrrrrrsrssssrrrrrrsrsssnstnrnnnsesnsrnnnt 405 H12 GZ CENSET N dias hated slut A A A A 406 H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 406 H 14 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html cccececeeeeeeeeeee ee ee aa eeteeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 414 FATS AODBE LICEE vice icc lonen ied e E E aa AEN EEEE E a AEAEE EEREN 415 H 16 Libiconv LICENSE A E A T E E A A 415 ATA Libint LICENSE nsina ana aaa a a aa aa a aaar aa airasia 416 FETS libpng LICENSE e ra A E A E E A 416 BETS oydan a e E AE A AE E E E E E T arr aliias 418 H20 IDZID sLICENSS eenaa EA A AAEE AAA A EAE 419 H21 Lua lipna LICENSE aier air REAA EEEE EREA EE AT TETE REONE 419 H 22 Raramiko License i Cedo a a a a aea aiid 420 H29 PORE License ri ee E E A E E ent ea el a EARE ean 420 PZ MA Pixman LiGense R ie eh eh E ee alee eee ee ee AA 421 Fi25 PROUA LICENSE is ccorerces aE AE EES E EREA E EAE UEO Ar ETSA EDAEN E
3. List of figures layers connections relationships in the diagram C 2 Modules In the GRT Modules are libraries containing a list of functions that are exported for use by code in other modules scripts or Workbench itself Modules can be written in C or Python but the data types used for arguments and the return value must be GRT types GRT modules are similar to Python modules but are imported from the built in grt module instead of directly from an external file The list of modules loaded into the grt module is obtained from grt modules Modules can be imported in Python using statements such as from grt modules import WbModel To export functions as a module from Python code you must carry out the following steps 1 The source file must be located in the user modules folder This path is displayed in the Workbench Scripting Shell with the label Looking for user plugins in It is also possible to install the file using the main menu item Scripting Install Plugin Module File 368 Plugins Tools 2 The source file name must have the extension _grt py for example my_module_grt py 3 Some module metadata must be defined This can be done using the DefineModule function from the wb module from wb import ModuleInfo DefineModule name MyModule author Your Name version 1 0 4 Functions to be exported require their signature to be declared This is achieved using the export dec
4. 5 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 6 This License Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in all respects by the law of the State of California excluding conflict of law provisions Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between BeOpen and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant 428 Python License permission to use BeOpen trademarks or trade names in a trademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party As an exception the BeOpen Python logos available at http www pythonlabs com logos html may be used according to the permissions granted on that web page 7 By copying installing or otherwise using the software Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement CNRI LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 1 6 1 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between the Corporation for National Research Initiatives having an office at 1895 Preston White Drive Reston VA 20191 CNRI and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using Python 1 6 1 software in source or binary form and its associated documentation 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this License Agreement CNRI hereby grants Licensee a nonexclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test
5. BM MySQL Workbench Fe Localhost x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie SHES S wx DEO Navigator Q Administration Performance Sc MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections LZ Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Localhost g gt Performance Schema Setup abe dencet Easy Setup introduction Instruments Consumers Actors amp Objects Threads Options Performance Schema Basics The performance schema collects data from various aspects of MySQL performance and gives very detaled information about what exactly is happening inside your MySQL database server For each statement executed the PS instruments will gather various statistics and timing information in different levels of granularity and from different subsystems from network to disk storage and keep them in the performance _schema events_ tables INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Serer Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE pace 208 amp Pertormance Reports User User User a Performance Schema Setup Instruments events_stalements tables events_stages tables Management Information Configuring Performance Schema To control the trade off between data collected and overhead the performance schema gives you a few fine grained configuration options You can configure what
6. Figure 9 45 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Copy Databases Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Copy Databases Click Next gt to continue Message Log Migrating Migrating Migrating schema world Migrating schema contents for schema world Table world city migrated Creating schema in target MySQL server at Mysql localhost 3306 Executing preamble scrip Execute statement SET COREION 1 KEY_CHECKS 0 Creating schema world Execute statement DROP SCHEMA IF EXISTS world Execute statement CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS world Review the Message Log to confirm that the migration completed with success Click Next to view a summary of the results 354 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 9 46 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Results Succeeded copied 239 of 239 rows from world country Succeeded copied 4079 of 4079 rows from world ty Succeeded copied 984 of 84 rows from world countrylanguage Click Finish to close the wizard 9 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard For a visual walk through of the migration wizard see Section 9 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration 9 8 1 Connecting to the databases A connection is made to the source and target database servers Source Connection Setup The Source Connection offers the MySQL Microsoft SQL Server and Gener
7. Installation Type Windows MySQL 5 6 Installer Package Configuration File ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini Configuration File Section mysgd Windows Service Name MySQLS Windows Hint network share or administrative share Examples of these are M lt path to file gt my ini lt server gt lt share gt lt path to file gt ny ini lt server gt C Program Fiels MySQL MySQL Server 5 5 my ini The Remote Management tab is available when connecting to MySQL remotely 101 MySQL Connections Figure 5 20 Manage Server Connections Remote Management Tab Ta MySQL Connections Connection Name MyConnection Local instance MySQL56_1 iol Remote Merarement IE MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Do not use remote management C Users philip ApoData Roaming ssh ssh_private_key Configure Server Management Wizard Clicking the icon from the Home page launches the Setup New Connection wizard The wizard provides a MySQL connection form to create anew MySQL connection and includes a Configure Server Management option as a step by step approach to creating a new MySQL server connection This can also be executed later on remote connections when from the home page by clicking the top right corner of a MySQL connection tile Figure 5 21 Configure Remote Management Remote management not set up Configure Remote Management
8. Storage Options Section The Storage Options section is available only for My1SA tables Use it to configure a custom path to the table storage and data files This can help improve server performance by locating different tables on different hard drives Merge Table Options Section Use the Merge Table Options section to configure MERGE tables To create a MERGE table select MERGE as your storage engine and then specify the My 1SA tables you wish to merge in the Union Tables dialog You may specify the action the server should take when users attempt to perform INSERT statements on the merge table You may also select the Merge Method by selecting from the list For more information about MERGE tables see The MERGE Storage Engine 7 1 12 Code Generation Overview This document provides a quick hands on introduction to using MySQL Workbench to generate code for later use for either in or outside of MySQL Workbench 7 1 12 1 Generating SQL Statements MySQL Workbench can be used to generate SQL most typically as either INSERT statements or SELECT statements 188 Code Generation Overview Below are common methods for generating SQL statements in MySQL Workbench Note R All of the MySQL Workbench Export options include the option to export as SQL Context menu options after right clicking on a schema in the schema view using the sakila column as an example Create State
9. 4 T H n SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS S AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR URPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL OPENLINK OR CONTRIBUTORS B LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY R CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF UBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS ERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN ONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF HE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE gt na Z H iS Oy 1a ee los he 1S H 16 Libiconv License The following software may be included in this product 415 Libintl License Libiconv You may be receiving a copy of the GNU LIBICONV Library with this MySQL product The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the GNU LIBICONV Library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete iconv dll or libiconv files This component is licensed under Section H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 H 17 Libintl License The following software may be included in
10. PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports Performance Schema Setup Top 2 0 by File by Bytes Top 10 by File by Latercy Top YO by Wait by Bytes Top Y0 by Walt by Latency Top VO by Thread by Latency Top gt Top 10 Worst Latency gt Top 10 MostActive Tables Problematic Ratements Stetemert Analysis Rustimes in 95th Percentile Using Temp Tables With Sorting Full Table Scans Errors or Warnings Schema Schema Object Overview Schema Index Statistics Schama Table Ratistics Schema Table Satistics with InnoDB Tables with Full Table Scans Unused Indexes wait gt Wats by Latency gt Waits by User by Latency gt Wait Classes by Latency gt Wats Classes by Average Latency innoDB gt InnoDB Suffer Rats by Schema gt InnoDB Suffer Rats by Table m Performance Schema Setup A GUI for configuring and fine tuning the Performance Schema instrumentation Initially this loads an Easy Setup page that is enough for most users Slide the Performance Schema Full Enabled slider to Top 1 0 by File by Bytes Show the top gobal 10 consumers by bytes usage by fie SOdatadir mysql backup_history Qodatadir mysal dackup_history GSdatedir mysql backup_ pose Odatadir mysql backup_history Odatadir mysql backup_poges SSdatadir mysaliprocmyD Sdatedir peformence_schemas SOdatadir pefarmance_schemaf_ SSdatadir mysal proctm Sdatsdir pecformence_schemas G datadir mysgl user frm SOdatadir perfa
11. BEOPEN PYTHON OPEN SOURCE LICENSE AGREEMENT VERSION 1 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between BeOpen com BeOpen having an office at 160 Saratoga Avenue Santa Clara CA 95051 and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using this software in source or binary form and its associated documentation the Software 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this BeOpen Python License Agreement BeOpen hereby grants Licensee a non exclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and otherwise use the Software alone or in any derivative version provided however that the BeOpen Python License is retained in the Software alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee 3 BeOpen is making the Software available to Licensee on an AS IS basis BEOPEN MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION BEOPEN MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 4 BEOPEN SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF THE SOFTWARE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF USING MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF
12. Copyright 2008 Mozilla Corporation Copyright 2008 Frederic Plourde Copyright 2009 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT HALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR NY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN CTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE R OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE COOL Ew ixman v0 17 4 and lower he following is the standard copyright agreed upon y most contributors and is currently the canonical cense though a modification is currently under iscussion Copyright holders of new code should use his license statement w
13. Data Management Questions A 1 861 How do import comma separated values CSV data into MySQL using Workbench e A 2 862 How do export MySQL data to a plain text file with a format such as CSV JSON or XML A 3 862 How to export save a MySQL database to a text file Questions and Answers A 1 How do import comma separated values CSV data into MySQL using Workbench The results view panel in Workbench has an Import records from external file option that imports CSV data directly into the result set Execute that on your CSV file and click Apply to review and commit the import 361 to your MySQL server For additional information about that see Section 5 5 Database Export and Import Note R This is different than the Data Import wizard that imports your saved MySQL files If you are importing Excel files then consider using the official MySQL for Excel Add on for Excel A 2 How do I export MySQL data to a plain text file with a format such as CSV JSON or XML The results view panel in Workbench has an Export recordset to an external file option that exports your result set to a wide variety of formats For additional information see Section 7 1 9 Export a Result Set standard MySQL formats For additional information about that see Section 5 5 Database Export and Import Note R This is different than the Data Export wizard that exports your MySQL data to If you are exporti
14. Information Category All Filtered Advanced General Advanced Insert delayed settings Advanced Thread specific settings Advanced Transactions Advanced Various General Backup General Directories Generel Features General General Generel Iternational General Memory usage Generel SQL iD Name auto_increment_increment auto_increment_offse autocommit ON automatic_sp_privileges ON back_log 70 basedr C Program Files big_tables OFF bind _address binlog_cache_size 32768 binlog_checksum CRC3I2 binlog_direct_non_trensadiona OFF binlog_format binlog_max_flush_queue_ time 0 binlog_order_commits ON binlog_row_image FULL binlog_rows_query_log_everts TT Copy Global Status and Variables to Clipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard STATEMENT Descripton rw AUTO_INCREMENT columns ere increme rv Offset added to AUTO_INCREMENT coli rw Sets the autocommit mode rw Creating and dropping stored procedure The number of outstanding connection reque Path to installation directory nv Allow big result sets by saving all tempe 1P address or hostname to bind to rw The size of the cache to hold the SQL st rw Enable disable binary log checksums nv Causes updates using statement format rw Specifies the format of the binary log nv How long to read transactions before flt rw Whether to commit in same order as wri rw Use full or minimal images when logging r sm rar 120 Custom Varia
15. Model Editor e User Defined Types Presents a dialog box that enables you to add and delete user defined data types DBDoc Model Reporting For information about this menu item see The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version Commercial version only Validation Checks the validity of the model using ANSI standards For information about this menu item see The Validation Submenus Commercial Version Commercial version only Validation MySQL Checks the validity of the model using MySQL standards For information about this menu item see The Validation Submenus Commercial Version Commercial version only e Object Notation For information about this menu item see The Object Notation Submenu Relationship Notation For information about this menu item see The Relationship Notation Submenu e Diagram Properties and Size Opens a diagram size dialog box that enables you to adjust the width or height of the canvas The unit of measure is pages the default value is two When you have tables with numerous columns use this menu item to increase the size of the EER e Model Options Sets options at the model level These options should not be confused with the options that are set globally for the Workbench application and which are referred to as Workbench Preferences The available model options are a subset of the Workbench Preferences options For more information about Workbench Preferences see S
16. MySQL Connections Shortcuts Local instance Fabric gt MySQL Utilities Ww f root admin kocalhost 3306 fabric example32274 Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs Ue SO OMO Clicking the new fabric group tile shows the managed connections New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 4 Fabric Connection Group Tiles IR Myst Workbench alo g amp B a File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Fabric Managed MySQL Servers 4 Shortcuts Fabric Server Fabric Managed Instances 3 Database Migration fySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs 2 Workbench Forum Models Visual Explain Execution Plan Improvements The Visual Explain Execution Plan feature was improved A list of changes includes e An Execution Plan tab was added to the results view All statements now offer a Visual Explain execution plan e The layout changed and was improved to allow easier navigation in large query plans New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 5 Execution Plan Explained File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She gages Query GQelvsFROMBwWoolxweawese 1 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INN
17. SSL CA File Path to the Certification Authority file for SSL SSL CERT File Path the Certificate file for SSL SSL Key File Path to the Key file for SSL SSL Cipher Optional list of permissible ciphers to use for SSL encryption Local Socket Pipe Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using a socket file on Unix or a named pipe on Windows Parameters The unique field here is Socket Pipe Path Enter the name of the socket or pipe here If the field is left blank the default socket or pipe name is used On Unix the default socket name is tmp mysql sock On Microsoft Windows the default pipe name is MySQL This option can be seen in the following screenshot 98 MySQL Connections Figure 5 17 Manage DB Connections Socket Pipe Parameters MySQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profil Connection Method v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssi Advanced Socket Pipe Path Path to local socket or pipe file Leave emoty for default Username root Name of the user to connect with Password Store in Vault lt ear The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set no Default Schema The schema that will be used as default schema Advanced These are
18. Select Schemata Retrieve Objects Select Changes to Apply s kp iadli eteaat educational_id INT 11 NOT NULL title VARCHAR 45 NULL DEFAULT NULL PRIMARY KEY educational_id ENGINE InnoDB DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_general_ci E TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection educational Review DB Changes H CWONOUARWNe BRE UNH SET SQL_MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS 4 m Stp D6 changes and update model oriy You may now save the SQL statement to a file or the clipboard or execute the SQL statement If you choose to execute the change in MySQL Workbench then you may optionally choose to skip DB changes so that only your model is altered Synchronize With Any Source To start the wizard open a model and select Database Synchronize With Any Source from the main menu The steps are similar to the Synchronize Model wizard but with additional options to create and or use SQL script files See the Select Sources page 282 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs Figure 8 54 Synchronize With Any Source Select Sources Introduction Select Databases for Updates Select Sources Source Database To Take Updates From Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File
19. The procedure for uninstalling MySQL Workbench on Linux depends on the package you are using Uninstalling DEB packages 51 MySQL Workbench on OS X To uninstall a Debian package use this command shell gt sudo dpkg r mysql workbench community This command does not remove the configuration files If you wish to also remove the configuration files use this command shell gt sudo dpkg purge mysql workbench community Uninstalling RPM packages To uninstall an RPM package use this command shell gt sudo rpm e mysql workbench community This command does not remove the configuration files What Is Not Removed By default the uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and more These files are stored under your user s mysql workbench directory Note E By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is username mysql workbench where username is the path to your user s home directory Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbench schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 2 5 MySQL Workbench on OS X 2 5 1 Installing MySQL Workbench for OS X is distributed
20. Treat BINARY VARBINARY as non binary character string Binary byte string values are not displayed by default in the results grid but are instead marked as BLOB values These can then be viewed or edited with the BLOB editor Nonbinary character string values are displayed in the results grid and can be edited in the grid cell or using the BLOB editor If this option is turned on data truncation may result Binary byte string values may contain null bytes as part of their valid data whereas for nonbinary character strings a null byte terminates the string Confirm Data Changes In the SQL Editor if you edit table data and then click the Applying changes to data button MySQL Workbench launches a wizard to step you through applying your changes This gives you a chance to review the SQL that will be applied to the live server to make the requested changes If this option is deselected the changes will be applied to the server without the wizard being displayed and without giving you a chance to review the changes that will be made 3 2 3 Administration Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the Administration functionality in MySQL Workbench 66 Modeling Preferences Figure 3 10 Preferences Administration f Workbench Preferences EJ General Editors Y SQL Editor iA Path to mysqldump Tool an Leave blank to use bundled version je itors SQL Execution Administration Y Modeling i Tic Is
21. When using FreeTDS TDS_VERSION 7 0 is needed in the connection string If you pick a FreeTDS specific connection method option in the connection dialog that option is added to the connection string automatically 344 Connection Setup 9 5 2 3 OS X See the FreeTDS setup notes for Linux 9 5 3 Connection Setup Using an ODBC DataSource Using Connection Parameters 9 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping Table 9 2 Type mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment INT INT TINYINT TINYINT UNSIGNED flag set in MySQL SMALLINT SMALLINT BIGINT BIGINT BIT TINYINT 1 FLOAT FLOAT Precision value is used for storage size in both REAL FLOAT NUMERIC DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL MONEY DECIMAL SMALLMONEY DECIMAL CHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have CHAR columns with a length up to 255 characters Anything larger is migrated as LONGTEXT NCHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have VARCHAR columns with a length up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype VARCHAR VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types NVARCHAR VARCHAR Dependi
22. below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and anstallation of the Library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 408 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publis
23. informational screen e All Objects An object view that allows you to view and edit the object definitions Double click on a row to modify a target objects name e Column Mappings Shows all of the table column mappings and allows you to individually review and fix the mapping for all column types default values and other attributes 311 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 11 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Migration Problems MySQL Workbench Fe Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Manual OVERVIEW Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Vew Migration Problem Source Selection Migration Problems All Objects Target Selection Column Mappings Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results No migration problems found 2 warning s Use the View pulldown menu to review al objects DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection ts OK 312 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 12 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing All Objects i gt fe Migration x File Edit View Database T
24. ta MySQL Workbench Oo amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts focainost3307 S localhost 3306 Local instance MySQL56 Local instance ee MySQL Utilities ze A Database Migration MYSQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs U Om OO 6Planet MySQL sakila_full 2A Workbench Forum gt gt gt Scripting Shell 1 From the Navigator panel on the left select the movies table from the dvd_collection schema that we created earlier in this tutorial Right click on the movies table and choose Select Rows Limit 1000 from the context menu Note E The Navigator panel has both Management and Schemas tabs 176 Tutorial Adding Data Figure 7 13 Getting Started Tutorial Adding Data from the SQL Editor File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help fe saenors Navigator SCHEMAS ali fFACISBFIQGGORIs lt QA Mi Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies v amp dvd_collection v Tebles vE movies VEB colunas edt E E Bport impon HE T Wrap Cel Conten ga C movie_i gt title j release_date gt release_date gt EP Indexes b m Foreign Keys gt a Triggers b l Views gt EP Stored Procedures gt EP Functions gt information_schema gt performance_schema gt sakila gt gt M test world Pirie Schemas Information a Message E 1 20 07 13 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies LIMIT 0 100
25. without clearly specifying any license terms An updated version on the author s website came with a license that contained a GPL incompatible advertising clause To rectify this situation for PyCrypto 2 1 the following steps have been taken 1 Obtaining explicit permission from the original contributors to dedicate their contributions to the public domain if they have not already done so See the LEGAL copy stmts directory for contributors statements 2 Replacing some modules with clearly licensed code from other sources e g the DES and DES3 modules were replaced with new ones based on Tom St Denis s public domain LibTomCrypt library 3 Replacing some modules with code written from scratch e g the RIPEMD and Blowfish modules were re implemented from their respective algorithm specifications without reference to the old implementations 4 Removing some modules altogether without replacing them To the best of our knowledge with the exceptions noted below or within the files themselves the files that constitute PyCrypto are in the public domain Most are distributed with the following notice The contents of this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the public domain is not available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royalty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reser
26. 2609 root localhost 56371 Sleep None 2621 root tocalhost 57031 None 2622 root localhost 57032 None 2624 root focalhost 57034 SHOW FULL PROCESSLIST 2625 root localhost 57035 None Kill Connection l Refresh 39 MySQL Workbench Editions Figure 1 40 Server Status Workbench 6 0 e0e MySQL Workbench a My Local example com DB sakila a 5 Management Schemes Administration Server Status X MANAGEMENT Clem Connections My Local example com DB BD Users and Privileges ia A E Status and System Variables Host scissors local R ai ri Running 1 25 amp Data Expor MySQL Socket tmp mysql sock 4 Data import Restore Server 5 6 Port 3306 7 INSTANCE Version 5 6 10 MySQL Community Server GPL B startup Shutdown Compiled For 05x10 7 x86_64 raffic Key Efficiency 27 49 KB s 99 9 9 7 0 Ay Server Logs P Options File Available Server Features annann Performance Schema On SSL Availability Off Thread Pool nja PAM Authentication Off Queries per Second Memcached Plugin nja Password Validation n a 0 Semisync Replication Plugin n a Audit Log nja Server Directories peneuowann Base Directory Jusrt local mys i o rhe er SSE Data Directory use local mysql data j Otjectinto Session Disk Space in Data Dir 198Gi of 465Gi available Table actor Plugins Directory ust local mysql lib ptugin Columns Tmp Directory var tmp actor id smallint S UN Al PK Error Log On usr local mysql data scissors local err mi
27. 37 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 38 Visual Explain Workbench 6 0 avyfAOC SB COR eae 4 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id 6 INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id 7 WHERE rental return_date IS NULL e AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE LIMIT 5 100 698 Spacing E 1000 4 Mid attached_condition 1 rental isnull sakila rental return_date and sakta rental rertal_date interval sakita film rental_duration day lt lt cache gt curdate Explain Improved Server Status Additional server status information was added and the user interface was improved Select Server Status from the Management tab to open this window 38 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 39 Server Status Workbench 5 2 Server Status SERVER HEALTH Se EE i Host 127 0 0 1 Server 5 6 10 Status Running Connection Usage 7 Traffic 1833 KB s Query Cache Nitrate 0 00 Key Efficiency 99 89 CONNECTIONS io User Host De Command Time State info 2596 root localhost 56321 Sleep 2597 root localhost 56322 Sleep None 2608 root focalhost 56370 Sleep
28. Arguments connection password Melee Meee Modules EALL The Notifications Tab The set of notification classes used by MySQL Workbench modules Click a notification class for a description of its use 378 Tutorial Writing Plugins Figure C 7 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Notifications IN Workbench Scripting She UBlI AH 7 ueg r mo E Elli Notifications V application gt GNAppClosing gt GNAppShouldCose gt GNAppStarted gt GNApplicationActivated gt GNColorsChanged gt GNFocusChanged gt GNFormTitleDidChange gt GNMainFormChanged gt GNTextSelectionChanged gt GNUIFormCreated gt GNUIFormDestroyed v modeling gt GNDocumentOpened gt GRNModelClosed gt GRNModelCreated gt GRNModelOpened V objecteditor GRNEditorFormDidRevet GRNEditorFormDidSwitchObjec GRNEditorFormWillSave GRNObjectEditorDiddose GRNObjectEditorWilldose GRNObiectEditorWillOpen GNDocumentOpened modeling Sent when a Workbench document file is opened Sender NULL Extra Info Dictionary path path of the file that was opened a EEEE Notifications C 6 Tutorial Writing Plugins This tutorial shows you how to extend MySQL Workbench by creating a plugin The Sample Plugin EER Diagrams are useful for visualizing complex database schemata They are often created for existing databases to clarify their purpose or document them MySQL Workbench provides facilities for reverse enginee
29. BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 21 Lua liblua License The following software may be included in this product Lua liblua Copyright 1994 2008 Lua org PUC Rio 419 Paramiko License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 4 he above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be ncluded in all copies or substantial portions of the Software le HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND XPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT
30. Browse Notice how the source and destination types can be altered The steps that follow depend on these source and destination types and the Synchronize Model describes the basic functionality of this wizard 8 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs This facility enables you to create a report detailing the differences between your MySQL Workbench model and a live database or script Choose Database Compare Schemas from the main menu to run the Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs wizard The first step in the wizard is to specify which catalogs to compare For example you may wish to compare your live database against your current MySQL Workbench model 283 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs Figure 8 55 Catalog Sources Selection Select Sources Select Databases for Updates Source Database To Take Updates From Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server Script File You then proceed through the wizard providing connection information if accessing a live database The wizard then produces a catalog diff report showing the differences between the compared catalogs 284 Table Templates Figure 8 56 Catalog Differences Report F Select Sources Differences Found in Catalog Comparison Target Database Table world city
31. CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 10 GDAL OGR License The following software may be included in this product 401 GDAL OGR License GDAL OGR GDAL OGR Licensing This file attempts to include all licenses that apply within the GDAL OGR source tree in particular any that are supposed to be exposed to the end user for credit requirements for instance The contents of this file can be displayed from GDAL commandline utilities using the license commandline switch GDAL OGR General In general GDAL OGR is licensed under an MIT X style license with the following terms Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software ei THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS R IMPLIE
32. Commands DML Bytes_sert 115814076 The number of bytes sent to all clients Commands General Com_admin_commands 328 Count of admin statements Commands Prepered Statement Com_assign_to_keycache 0 Count of CACHE INDEX statements Commands Replication Com_alter_db Count of ALTER DATABASE statements Commands Show Com_alter_db_upgrade Count of ALTER DATABASE UPGRADE DATA Commands Transaction Com_alter_event Count for ALTER EVENT statements INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard OF Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information General Handler InnoDB Suffer pool Com_alter_function Com_alter_procedure Com_alter_server a Count of ALTER FUNCTION statements Count of ALTER PROCEDURE statements Count of ALTER SERVER statements Copy Global Status and Variables to Clipboard Copy Selected to Cipboard M MyFirstConnection x File Edit View Query Databese Server Tools Scripting Help HNS ONAE Aw Navigator SQL File 1 MANAGEMENT Serer Status av TE amp Client Connections Server Variables users and Privileges Status Veriables System Variables Status and System Variable Administration Status and Syst amp Data Export amp Data importRestore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports O Pertormance Schema Setup Management
33. ENUM BIT and SET must contain at least one value when entering these data types into MySQL Workbench 7 1 11 3 The Indexes Tab The Indexes tab holds all index information for your table Use this tab to add drop and modify indexes Figure 7 18 The Indexes Tab Ede et Va Gay Denias Sae Ti Sa air HH gaada Gis Index Name Type PRIMARY PRIMARY idx_fk_store_id INDEX Column idx_fk_address_id INDEX vJ customer_id idx_last_name INDEX store_id first_name last_name email E address_id E active create_date last_update Select an index by right clicking it The Index Columns section displays information about the selected index To add an index click the last row in the index list Enter a name for the index and select the index type from the list Select the column or columns that you wish to index by checking the column name in the Index Columns list You can remove a column from the index by removing the check mark from the appropriate column You can also specify the order of an index by choosing ASC or DESC under the Order column Create an index prefix by specifying a numeric value under the Length column You cannot enter a prefix value for fields that have a data type that does not support prefixing To drop an index right click the row of the index you wish to delete then select the Delete Selected Indexes menu item 183 The MySQL Table Editor 7 1 11 4 The Foreign Keys Tab The Foreign Keys tab is
34. Inc all rights reserved Author Andrew Dalke Copyright 1995 S997 Automnatrix sinc alle rights reserved Author Skip Montanaro Copyright 1991 1995 Stichting Mathematisch Centrum all rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this Python software and its associated documentation for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of neither Automatrix Bioreason or Mojam Media be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission UUencode and UUdecode functions The uu module contains the following notice Copyright 1994 by Lance Ellinghouse Cathedral City California Republic United States of America All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Lance Ellinghouse not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution 434 Python License of the software without specific written prior permission LANCE ELLINGHOUSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
35. LL Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export Data Import Restore Start Time User GHost Query Time Lock Tine Rows Sent Rows Examined Detail 130718 13 57 54 rootfroot localh 10 229565 0 001000 0 use sakila 140107 18 24 57 root root localh 10 342818 0 000000 0 0 SET timestamp 1389147897 INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Management Information Gamadia a Log File Location C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data PHILIP US slow log Log File Size 38 2 kB Name MyFrstcomecton Showing 2 records starting at byte offset 0 Host focahhost set Oldest lt Previous Page Next Page gt Most Recent Refresh 5 1 4 Service Control The Startup Shutdown functionality includes e Viewing the Startup Message Log Start up and shut down the MySQL instance e View the current status of the MySQL instance 112 Configuration options file Figure 5 30 Navigator Management Instance Startup Shutdown File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Heleg a Navigator Administration Startup Shutdo x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections MyFirstConnection Startup Shutdown MySQL Server D Users and Privileges The database server instance is running Stop Server 6 Status and System Variables Data Export t m T
36. Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The Routine Groups Tab Use the Routine Groups tab of the routine groups editor to perform the following tasks e Rename the routine group using the Name field e Add routines to the group by dragging and dropping them Add comments to the routine group The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the routine group editor functions in exactly the same way as the Privileges tab of the table editor For more information see The Privileges Tab Modifying a Routine Group Using the Properties Palette When you select a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette All of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 8 1 1 12 The Properties Palette 8 1 7 Creating Layers You can add layers to a database only from an EER Diagram Layers are used to help organize objects on the canvas Typically related objects are added to the same layer for example you may choose to add all your views to one layer 8 1 7 1 Adding Layers to an EER Diagram To add layers to an EER Diagram use the Layer tool on the vertical toolbar Select an EER Diagram tab and left click the layer icon on the vertical toolbar The layer icon is the rectangle with a
37. Overview Select the schemata you want to migrate SOURCE amp TARGET Indude Catalog Schema Source Selection vo _ Cl AdventureWorks Target Setection E dbo Fetch Seh List HumanResources etc mas Lis Person Schemas Selection m B Production Reverse Engineer Source Purchasing Sales OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Schema Name Mapping Method Target Creation Options Choose how the reverse engineered schemas and objects should be mapped Create Schemas Create Target Results D Keep schemas as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table DATA MIGRATION Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table i schemata selected Data Transfer Setup Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_Table Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Reverse Engineer Source The source metadata is fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engineered This is an automated and informational step that reports related errors and or general log information View the logs and then press Next to continue 308 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 8 MySQL Workbench migration Reverse Engineer Source File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Reverse Engineer Source OVERVIEW Overview Selected schema metadata wil now be fetched from the s
38. Script File Send Updates To Destination Database Server ALTER Script File For additional information see Section 8 5 1 Database Synchronization 8 4 1 2 Forward Engineering to a Live Server Use forward engineering to export your schema design to a MySQL server Select the model that you wish to forward engineer and then choose the Database Forward Engineer menu item from the main menu The first step of the process is to connect to a MySQL server to create the new database schema This page enables you to use a previously stored connection or enter the connection parameters 264 Forward Engineering Figure 8 34 Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Cc ti Opti e ODO DA Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Stored Connection Localhost v Select from saved connection settings Connection Method Standard TCP IP Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters Hostname localhost Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port root Name of the user to connect with Password The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Next cance After the connection parameters have been set click Next The next page of the wizard displays is Catalog Validation validation is available only in the Commercial Edition Figure 8 35 Catal
39. You may also select any or all of the following check boxes e Match Case e Whole Word e Use Regular Expression e Search in Comments e Search in SQL for Views SPs etc Any text you enter into the Find Text list is retained for the duration of your session Use the Next or Previous buttons to find occurrences of your search criterion Clicking the Find All button opens a Find Results window anchored at the bottom of the application If you wish you may undock this window as you would any other Use this window to navigate to objects For example double clicking the Description of an object located on an EER diagram navigates to the specific diagram and selects the object Notice that the properties of the object are displayed in the Properties palette The Find dialog window can also be opened using the Control F key combination Use Control G to find the next occurrence and Control Shift G to find a previous occurrence Close the Find dialog window by clicking the x in the top right corner or by pressing the Esc key Workbench Preferences This menu item enables you to set global preferences for the MySQL Workbench application For further information see Section 3 2 Workbench Preferences The View Menu This context aware menu features general options for changing the view in MySQL Workbench These options change depending on the current tab and here are the available View menu items General options e Home Selects t
40. and wants to make the derivative work available to others as provided herein then Licensee hereby agrees to include in any such work a brief summary of 427 Python License the changes made to Python 4 PSF is making Python available to Licensee on an AS IS basis PSF MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION PSF MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF PYTHON WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 5 PSF SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF PYTHON FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF MODIFYING DISTRIBUTING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF 6 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 7 Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between PSF and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant permission to use PSF trademarks or trade name in a trademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party 8 By copying installing or otherwise using Python Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement BEOPEN COM LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 2 0
41. check boxes Add two additional columns using the same method as described above Column Name Data Type Column Properties movie_title VARCHAR 45 NN release_date DATE YYYY MM DD None 246 Creating a Model Figure 8 18 Getting Started Tutorial Editing table columns Model Overview User Types List Definition TINYINT 1 Schema dvd_collection TINYINT 1 DECIMAL 10 Ls FLOAT movie_id y DOUBLE gt movie_titie VARCHAR 45 TINYINT 4 release_date DATE SMALLINT 6 ee Ea MEDIUMINT INT 11 BIGINT 20 INT 11 MEDIUMBLOB MEDIUMTEXT MENT IMTFXT NN UQ BIN UN ZF AI Def X 7 7 Colaton Table Default Comments Columns 7 For a visual representation EER diagram of this schema select Model Create Diagram from Catalog Objects to create the EER Diagram for the model 247 Creating a Model Figure 8 19 Getting Started Tutorial EER Diagram li EER Diagram x File Edit View Arange Model Database Tools Scripting Help B Oies zig ai Bird s Eye Diagram Modeling Additions miim O tide VARCHAR 45 release_date DATE gt fins Catalog Tree v 3 dvd_collection Vv gt Tables gt ly movies Views AP Routine Groups DPea eet 8 Sia Layers User Types History Display Autoplace Objects of the Catalo Movemovies i 5A mi 5A zi IEE 3 Description Properties Templates Ready 8 Inthe table
42. oy Backup Recovery Management Betoun Information Object Info Feira 5 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface MySQL Workbench offers a MySQL Enterprise Backup GUI interface and supports MySQL Enterprise Backup 3 6 0 and above It is listed in the Management Navigator tab for a MySQL connection There are two MySQL Enterprise Backup related sections in the Navigator Online Backup Sets a backup profile that defines what should be backed up where the backup should be stored and when the frequency MySQL should be backed up e Restore Restores the MySQL server to a specific point in time typically by restoring a backup that was created by the Online Backup feature in MySQL Workbench The MySQL Enterprise Backup configuration is located on the MySQL server and not locally This information includes the MySQL Enterprise Backup configuration backup profiles job scheduling backup operations and data This also means that the backup operations are executed with or without MySQL Workbench running 5 7 1 General Requirements MySQL Enterprise Backup is a MySQL Enterprise Feature that is separate from MySQL Workbench For more information about its functionality see the MySQL Enterprise Backup documentation at http dev mysql com doc mysql enterprise backup en MySQL Workbench provides an interface to MySQL 130 General Requirements Enterprise Backup as described in the following documentation In addition to having
43. perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and otherwise use Python 1 6 1 alone or in any derivative version provided however that CNRI s License Agreement and CNRI s notice of copyright i e Copyright c 1995 2001 Corporation for National Research Initiatives All Rights Reserved are retained in Python 1 6 1 alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee Alternately in lieu of CNRI s License Agreement Licensee may substitute the following text omitting the quotes Python 1 6 1 is made available subject to the terms and conditions in CNRI s License Agreement This Agreement together with Python 1 6 1 may be located on the Internet using the following unique persistent identifier known as a handle 1895 22 1013 This Agreement may also be obtained from a proxy server on the Internet using the following URL http hdl handle net 1895 22 1013 3 In the event Licensee prepares a derivative work that is based on or incorporates Python 1 6 1 or any part thereof and wants to make the derivative work available to others as provided herein then Licensee hereby agrees to include in any such work a brief summary of the changes made to Python 1 6 1 4 CNRI is making Python 1 6 1 available to Licensee on an AS IS basis CNRI MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR MPLIED BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT LIMITATION CNRI MAKES NO AND DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
44. users phiip appdata Vocal temp tmpgsgkum cn host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Nump 20 140219 sakia_inventory sq 10 46 31 Restoring sakila language preted mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmpwoSdpv cnf host localhost user root port 3306 default set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump20 140219 sakia_language sql Said 46 32 Restoring sakla payment Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmouivpmx cnf host localhost user root port 3306 defauit character set utf8 comments lt C Jsers phiip Documents dumnps Dump20 140219 sakia_payment sal 10 46 32 Restoring sakila rental Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmpez3vzi cnf host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users philip Documents dumps Oump 20 140219 sakfa_rental sql 10 46 34 Restoring sakila staff Rumning mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmprphikkh cnf host locahost user root port 3305 default characier seteutf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumps Dump20 140219 sakia_staff sql 10 46 34 Restoring sakla store Running mysql exe defaults file c users phiip appdata jocal t
45. when and how much wil be instrumented by the Performance Schema by tweaking three option categories Actors filters the users hosts and DB objects to collect data for the performance_schema This was introduced in MySQL 5 6 Instruments allow fine tuning of what kind of stats are gathered for whatever is being monitored Consumers toggle which of the performance _schema event_ tables should be filed You can also use the simplified configuration interface for one click setup of the performance schema for same common use cases Cear Event Tables Reset to Factory Defaults Revert Apply For additional information see Chapter 6 Performance Tools Server Variable Groupings Variables can now be organized using custom groupings in the Status and System Variables Management tab To create a custom group right click on a variable and choose either Add to Custom Category to create a new category or an existing custom category For additional information see Section 5 4 Status and System Variables 17 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 17 Status And System Variables Custom File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HNE HEE gg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status Client Connections Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export MyFirstConnection Server Variables Status Variables System Variables Name Value Descriptio
46. will add a More Snippets section to the snippets selection box Shared Snippets Shared snippets are saved ina mysqlworkbench schema on the connected MySQL server Selecting Shared for the first time will request permission for MySQL Workbench to create this shared mysqlworkbench schema Users connected to this MySQL server are allowed to create edit and use these shared snippets Note kK Shared snippets were added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 The mysqlworkbench schema is hidden from within MySQL Workbench as it is considered an internal schema that does not need to be seen or edited Built in Snippets Several built in SQL snippets are bundled with MySQL Workbench and typically show the SQL syntax for MySQL operations They are divided up into the following categories DB Mgmt Database Management Syntax examples use SHOW in many forms to provide information about databases tables columns or status information about the MySQL server SQL DDL SQL Data Definition Language Syntax examples include creating altering and dropping tables indexes views and procedures e SQL DML SQL Data Manipulation Language Syntax examples for operations such as SELECT INSERT and REPLACE The built in operations are stored in text files in the same directory as the custom snippet files Saving and Editing Snippets To save a Snippet choose the Snippets Insert icon Vey or right click in the snippet window and choose Add S
47. 1 Server Manageme nt s cc202 ever naranai a aa agreed ected tee 81 5 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator 00 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee aaa eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeseneees 81 5 12 MYSQL Connmections u s c22 2ihtiy encaeyideditivedeliehan babel inane 82 51 3 Semer LOS sirrane ineen an aaea syed eene a aaea a aeaa 110 5 1 4 Service Controls scsaisha dad ensticloecrsenedagldindatdeniiglovi giant dndal E E aS 112 5 1 5 Configuration Options file 0 cce ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees ee aa ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaa eae neeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaed 113 5 2 Users and Privilege s icnic cctsaes acai biecetiedqsdieleebicdeaveehedavhadealeduedtelinnaah indy cedavdeda E a ia 114 5B Sefver Status ssccenteteessantapecentstacinesedadecdiyateteidaqndadeve e a ea aie i ae aeaa a aa ae nia aae 118 5 4 Status and System Variables ccc cece eee eee ee ete eter ee ee ee eee teen eee ee ead ee esse ae aaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaee 119 5 5 Database Export and IMport 2 0 0 0 center eee a reirei KENANA LERNEN eeeeaaaeeeeeaaaaeeeeaaaeeeeeaaeeees 121 5 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface 2 0 2 2 cc cc ceceeeee cece ee etee eect ents ee ae eee ener ee ee ease aaa te eeeeeeeeaaaaaateeeeeeeeeaea 126 5 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface c ccceeeeeee cee eeeeeeeee esse aeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneneeeees 130 5 7 1 General Requirement cccccceeeeeae ence eeee cece ee ae ae a eeee ee akaa i AA E ie a aai 130 5 7
48. 102 MySQL Connections Executing this wizard is required to perform tasks requiring shell access to the host For example starting stopping the MySQL instance and editing the configuration file The steps presented in the wizard are as follows 1 Test DB Connection 2 Management and OS SSH Configuration eo Windows Management 5 Test Settings 6 Review Settings 7 MySQL Config File 8 Specify Commands Test DB Connection On this page MySQL Workbench tests your database connection and displays the results If an error occurs you are directed to view the logs which can be done by clicking the Show Logs button Management and OS Used to specify a remote management type and target operating system which is available when the Host Machine is defined as a remote host The SSH login based management option includes configuration entries for the Operating System and MySQL Installation Type SSH Configuration If you specified a Remote Host on the Specify Host Machine page you will be presented with the Host SSH Connection page that enables you to use SSH for the connection to the server instance This facility enables you to create a secure connection to remotely administer and configure the server instance You must enter the host name and user name of the account that will be used to log in to the server for administration and configuration activities If you do not enter the optional SSH Key for use with the server
49. 2 Online BACKUP ccecctees ect ipsi tees tens baalavenstanzcaatushieuctacs oactesauaw aineina SpE el usnagteactachaweesanepeactl 132 5 3 Backup RECOVETY iis en dsie nine EEEN NERA RANNE EAE NAR 137 58 The wocopytables Tool scicccsssieeccs sce ccutinanceceteneveucaeeeeet becerentbenareaesstersvsanetinedssaneewiieaaersadedereeets 140 MySQL Workbench provides a visual GUI to administer your MySQL environment The available visual tools help configure your MySQL servers administer users perform backup and recovery inspect audit data and view database health 5 1 Server Management Manage your MySQL instances with a comprehensive view of your MySQL server connections The visual tree based navigation provides detailed information about server and status variables including the number of threads bytes sent and received by clients buffer allocations size and more 5 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator The Navigator panel has a Management tab with functionality to monitor and configure your selected MySQL connection Note E The Navigator panel also has a Schemas tab for managing databases using your MySQL Connection For information about the Schemas tab see Section 7 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator 81 MySQL Connections Figure 5 1 SQL Editor Navigator Management Tab Navigator MANAGEMENT oe Server Status amp Client Connections DX Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export Manage
50. 4 2 Reverse Engineering ccceeeeeecceeneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese ee eeaeee ee eeaaee ee aeaaeaeessaaeeeeseaeneeeeneaes 268 8 5 Schema Synchronization and COMPAriSON cccceeee ee eeceeeeeeeeeee ee ae aaa eeeeeeeeeeseaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaenees 278 8 5 1 Database Synchronization ccccccceceeeeeee eee e ee ee eee cece eeeeee ee aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 278 8 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 283 8 6 Table Templates ise c sive ely eee ae A aes Sa ele eS eg 285 8 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates cccceeeeeeeeeee ee ae ea eeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaes 288 8 7 1 Supported Template Markers cccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeseeeeeeaea 292 8 7 2 Creating a Custom Template 0 ccccccececeeeeeeeeeee tees ae aeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 295 Modeling simplifies database design and maintenance by enabling you the data architect to visualize requirements and resolve design issues Model driven database design is an efficient methodology for creating valid and well performing databases while providing the flexibility to respond to evolving data requirements Models are used to build ER diagrams and physical MySQL databases MySQL Workbench provides extensive capabilities for creating and manipulating database models including t
51. 5 Uninstalling reion in EE E E AEE OE E eee 54 MySQL Workbench is available for Windows Linux and OS X Binary distributions of MySQL Workbench are available for the preceding platforms Source code distributions are also available as a tar gz package or an RPM package MySQL Workbench downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads tools workbench The following sections explain the installation process for each of these platforms 2 1 System Requirements MySQL Workbench is available on a number of operating systems and platforms For information about those platforms that are officially supported see http www mysql com support supportedplatforms workbench html on the MySQL Web site General Requirements Although it is not required MySQL Workbench is designed for use with MySQL server either locally or remotely For additional information about connecting to a MySQL server see Section 5 1 2 MySQL Connections For additional information about installing a MySQL server see Installing and Upgrading MySQL Note On startup the application checks the OpenGL version and chooses between software and hardware rendering To determine which rendering method is being used open the Help menu and choose the System Info item Requirements for Linux e The requirements for Linux are embedded within their respective packages Use the platform specific tool for example yum or apt to install the package and their
52. 965 Lon 87d 5 50 96 W ime er Geometry Data Viewer The SQL field and form editors were updated to support the GEOMETRY datatype You can view geometry data such as polygons from a single row as an image or as text The available formats include WKT GeoJSON GML and KML New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 7 Geometry Data Viewer Form Editor Navigate Ki 4 1 178 DDI Edit Ge E View Geometry as WKT s O OGR_FID i SHAPE2 POLYGON 61 210817091725744 35 650072333309225 62 23065 1483005886 35 270663967422294 62 98466230657661 35 404040839167621 63 193538445900352 35 857 1656357 1891 4 63 982895949 15871 36 007957465146603 64 546479119733903 36 312073269 184268 64 746105177677407 37 111817735333304 65 588947788357842 Form pteseatt t re 37 305216783185642 65 74563073 1066625 37 661 1640488 12068 66 21738488 1459338 Sie nagi g 37 39379018813392 68 51860680528867 37 362784328758792 67 075782098259623 a F 37 356143907209287 67 829999627559516 37 144994004864685 68 13556237 1701383 gt 37 023115139304309 68 859445835245936 37 344335842430596 69 196272820924378 E se 37 151143500307427 69 518785434857961 37 60899669041342 70 116578403610333 ATE 37 588222764632093 70 270574171840138 37 735164699854025 70 376304152309302 wove AR ARAADSEON1NITEI2 TN ANRARINENGTIORRT IR ARRIRIRAIIIRAIS 71 VARIA ATAINIRE Scalerank 1 Featurecla Admin O country Labelrank 3 900000 Sovereignt Afghanistan Sov_a
53. A CULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT HALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE PH Zz K awg D 2 Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him H 20 Libzip License The following software may be included in this product Woi Copyright C 1999 2008 Dieter Baron and Thomas Klausner The authors can be contacted at lt libzip nih at gt Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are mers 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the aistribucion 3 The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING
54. Additionally you can double click in a row in the object tree to edit the object name or double click the database row to change its name 335 Review the proposed migration Figure 9 33 Manual Editing All Objects r E MYSQL Workbench Lol f Migraton x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Manual Editing OVERVIEW O Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects View All Objects Y Source Selection Source Object Target Object Migration Message Y Target Selection gt nja g Preamble v Northwind Northwind v se 8 pete IE Y Tables Tables schemata Selection Spe cetecores mf cotegos VY Reverse Engineer Source Ij CustomerCustomeDe CustomerCustomerDemo CustomerDemographics CustomerDemographks Customers I Customers Employees Employees EmployeeTerritories EmployeeTerritories Order Details a Order Details a Orders a Orders Pen derte Pen dinrte gt e OBJECT MIGRATION gt Y Source Objects gt gt gt gt Y Migration Target Creation Options Create Schemata You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitions by selecting the item and pressing F2 SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object Crente Target Rests CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwind Categories CategoryID INT 10 NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT Cat
55. Control Y Also find a Delete ob ject_name menu item for removing the currently selected object The keyboard command for this action is Control Delete You can also right click an object and choose the delete option from the pop up menu The Delete ob ject_name menu item behaves differently depending upon circumstances For example if an EER Diagram is active and a table on the canvas is the currently selected object a dialog box may open asking whether you want to remove the table from the canvas only or from the database as well For information about setting the default behavior when deleting from an EER Diagram see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences Warning X If the MySQL Model page is active the selected object is deleted from the catalog and there will be no confirmation dialog box 204 Model Editor Choose Edit Selected to edit the currently selected object You can also perform edits in a new window by selecting Edit Selected in New Window The keyboard shortcuts for Edit Selected and Edit Selected in New Window are Control E and Control Shift E respectively The Select item has the following submenus Select All Keyboard shortcut Control A Selects all the objects on the active EER diagram e Similar Figures Objects of the same type Finds objects similar to the currently selected object e Connected Figures Finds all the objects connected to the currently selected object These menu items are ac
56. DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries If you develop a new library and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public we recommend making it free software that everyone can redistribute and change You can do so by permitting redistribution under these terms or alternatively under the terms of the ordinary General Public License To apply these terms attach the following notices to the library It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found lt one line to give the library s name and a brief idea of what it does gt Copyright C lt year gt lt name of author gt This library is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 1 of the License or at your option any later version This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful 413 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without eve
57. Dashboard 72 root localhost None Query Sending data FOREGR thread sqio HAKKHAKA E Pertormance Reports root localhost None Sleep None 94 FOREGR thread sqio E Pertormance Schema Setup Management E Hide sleeping connections J Hide background threads F Don t load ful thread info Refresh Rate DontRefresh v Client Connections and Metadata locks The Client Connections management window includes a Show Details for connections to MySQL 5 6 and above These details are separated into three tabs e Details connection details such as Process ID Type User Host Instrumented and additional information 107 MySQL Connections Figure 5 25 Client Connections Details File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She jIHh we Quer f Local instance MySQLS7 Client Connections Threads Connected 4 Threads Running 1 Threads Created 4 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 7 Connection Limit 151 Aborted Clients 1 Aborted Connections 0 Errors 0 Id U Host 0B Command Time State ThreadId Type Name Details Locks Attributes 3 root localhost sakila Sleep 7 None 25 FOREGROUND thread sql one P fast 4 root localhost sakila Sleep 8 None 26 FOREGROUND thread sql one mk 5 root localhost None Query O Sendin 27 FOREGROUND thread sqljone 6 root localhost None Sleep None 28 FOREGROUND thread sql one Command 5 27 thread sdi on
58. Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dda amp amp a Navigator Query 1 employee a CEBI f 80e 2 Bis a ME Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM adventureworks employeej v amp adventureworks v Tables gt E department gt E employee Resut Grid JH amp Y Fiter Rows gt E employeeaddress EmployeelD _NationallDNumt Contacto gt B employeedepartmenthistory gt I ay ER 1417207 1209 wes 1972 05 15 gt E jobcandidate 253022876 1030 1977 06 03 gt E shift 509647174 es ineerin 1964 12 13 Views EP Stored Procedures 112457891 1290 aes l 1965 01 23 480168528 eee 1945 08 29 24756624 eee ing 1965 04 19 309738752 one ion 1946 02 16 690627818 eae jon 1946 07 06 695256903 eee z wee 1942 10 29 912265825 mu Management Information Table employee int 11 AI PK varchar i5 DORRA a es e e timestamp Note R If a MySQL Workbench SQL Editor tab is already opened then the schema list within the Object Browser must be refreshed in order to view the newly imported schema 9 2 2 Migrating from supported databases When a supported RDBMS product is being migrated the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard will automatically convert as much information as it can but you may still be required to manually edit the automatically migrated schema for difficult cases or when the default mapping is not as d
59. Editing Table Values MySQL Model testmwb x File Edit View Arange Model Database Tools Scripting Help Sla b k mea Description Editor Model Overview GH Add Diagram EER Diagram Zeya omas Double click to edit Tables 1 item Add Table Views 0 items Toggle collation engine editor m Add View Definition G BOOL TINYINT 1 B BOOLEAN TINYINT 1 EJ FIXED DECIMAL 10 x FLOAT4 FLOAT EN FLOATS DOUBLE bd INT1 TINYINT 4 B INT SMALLINT 6 B INTS MEDIUMINT PK NN UQ BIN UN ZF AI Default B INT4 INT 11 Mme S INTS BIGINT 20 VARCHBR 45 7 i Comments INTEGER INT 11 i J i LONG VAR MEDIUMBLOB T LONG VAR MEDIUMTEXT Add table columns here douple click Additional tabs LONG MEDIUMTEXT _ defaults to Columns EL MINNI FINT MENT IMINT m P m Table Name Collation Comments Collation Table Default User Types ipeay Indexes Foreign Keys Triggers Partitioning Options Inserts Privileges Table tablel created in schema mydb In our example above columns were added using the Columns tab Clicking an empty row will add a new column and clicking an existing column starts edit mode Click the Tab key to move to the next column and set the column s data type Altering the table by adding indexes or other features is also possible using the table editor by clicking
60. F2 Modifier Option 2 OS X All Set Marker n Modifier Shift n n is integer 1 9 EER Diagram Go to Marker n Modifier n n is integer 1 9 EER Diagram Arrange Menu Table B 4 Arrange menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Bring to Front Modifier Shift F EER Diagram Send to Back Modifier Shift B EER Diagram Model Menu Table B 5 Model menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Add Diagram Modifier T Model EER Diagram Validate All Modifier Alt V Model EER Diagram Validate All MySQL Modifier Alt B Model EER Diagram Model Options Command Alt Shortcut available only Model EER Diagram on OS X Query Menu Table B 6 Query menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Execute statement Modifier Return SQL Editor Execute statements Modifier Shift Return SQL Editor New Tab Modifier T SQL Editor Database Menu 364 Table B 7 Database menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Query Database Modifier U All Reverse Engineer Modifier R Model EER Diagram Forward Engineer Modifier G Model EER Diagram Synchronize Model Modifier Y Model EER Diagram Scripting Menu Table B 8 Scripting menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Scripting Shell Modifier F3 Modifier Option 3 on OS All X Run Workbench
61. FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF PYTHON 1 6 1 WILL NOT NFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY RIGHTS 5 CNRI SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR ANY OTHER USERS OF PYTHON 6 1 FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR LOSS AS A RESULT OF MODIFYING DISTRIBUTING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON 1 6 1 OR ANY DERIVATIVE THEREOF EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF 6 This License Agreement will automatically terminate upon a material breach of its terms and conditions 7 This License Agreement shall be governed by the federal intellectual property law of the United States including without limitation the federal copyright law and to the extent such U S federal law does not apply by the law of the Commonwealth of Virginva excluding Virginia s conflict of law provisions Notwithstanding the foregoing with regard to derivative works based on Python 1 6 1 that incorporate non separable material that was previously distributed under the GNU General Public License GPL the law of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall govern this License 429 Python License Agreement only as to issues arising under or with respect to Paragraphs 4 5 and 7 of this License Agreement Nothing in this License Agreement shall be deemed to create any relationship of agency partnership or joint venture between CNRI and Licensee This License Agreement does not grant permission to use CNRI trademarks or trade name in a tr
62. Fi User Accounts Details for account mysqibackup localhost CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES PERFORMANCE Dashboara amp Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup 5 3 Server Status Get an immediate view into the basic health indicators and counters for your MySQL environment This includes viewing the server s running state stopped running available features primary server directories replication state and security settings for authentication and SSL Reports also include information and graphs to track memory usage connections hit rates and more 118 Status and System Variables Figure 5 36 Navigator Management Server Status File Edit View Query Outabase Server Tools Scriptieg Help So JOS 8s MANAGEMENT Server status li Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges GBI Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data import Restore PHILIP US MySQL 3307 5 74 m14 log MYSQL Community Server GPL Win64 x86_64 B sanup Shutdown C ProgramData MySQt MySQ Server 5 7 my iei A Server Logs z Tue Sep 16 20 44 50 2014 1 day 0 35 P Options File Refresh _ PERFORMANCE Oasndoara A G Pertormance Reports Available Server Features recO8 Butter Usage A E Performance Schema Setup Performance Schema o 64 5 na n ve a nia 7 Nrtes per Second o INSTANCE Server Directories Base Orectory C Program Files MySQt MySQt Server 5 7 Data Orectory G ProgramData
63. Fite Edt View Query Ootabese Server Tools Scripting Help HEG HAEE a SOL File x Gal FHOMBMOORi a UE ie SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE YEAR c_orderdate 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 AND 3 o_clerk LIKE 0223 year dots orders o_cederDATE 1992 and momth dbt3 orders o_orderDATE 4 and dbt3 orders o_derk ike 0223 Rows Examined per Scan 1500000 Rows Produced per Join 1500000 Fitered rato of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not retuned 1 003805 SELECT FROM odes WHERE YEARip_orderdste 1992 AND MONTH gt _orderdate 4 AND o_cleck LIKE X022 LIMIT Q 1000 18rowis retur 1201 sec 0 000 sec 2 003816 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE YEARib _orderdate 1932 AND MONTHi gt _orderdate 4 AND 0 cek UKE 7 0227 OK 0 000 sec Figure 6 9 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Full Table Scan Traditional View id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt SIMPLE orders ALL 1500000 Using where Notice that Why did this query generate a full table scan Why is our indexed o_orderdate column missing as a possible key Looking more closely we notice that our indexed column is being used in an expression as WHERE YEAR o_orderdate 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 so its index is not used To use the existing index we can adjust the
64. Layer Title Tahoma 11 Routine Group Figure Ite Tahoma 12 Routine Group Figure Title Tahoma Bold 12 Table Figure Items Tahoma 11 Color Presets Table Figure Section Table Figure Title View Figure Title Tahoma Bold 11 Tahoma Bold 12 Tahoma Bold 12 These are the available colors used while modeling and they are divided into two sections First the colors used when creating tables and views The second section are available colors for items such as layers and notes Fonts These define the fonts and font sizes used while modeling 72 Fonts and Colors Preferences 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences Figure 3 16 Preferences Fonts and Colors Workbench Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others Fonts Fonts SQL Editor Resultset Grid Scripting Shell Script Editor Color Scheme Global font for SQL text editors Resultset grid in SQL Editor Scripting Shell output area Code editors in scripting shell Select your scheme System Default The scheme that determines the core colors System Default Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 alternative High Contrast e SQL Editor Consolas 10 Global font for SQL text editors e Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Resultset grid in SQL editor Scripting Shell Consolas 10
65. MEB Available if the user s privileges are invalid which alters the user by adding the RELOAD SUPER and REPLICATION CLIENT ON privileges Uninstallation notes The MySQL Workbench uninstallation process does not remove the associated MySQL Enterprise Backup backup tasks To stop the scheduled backups edit the related Task Scheduler entries on Windows or remove the associated cron jobs on Linux and OS X The MySQL Workbench uninstallation process does not remove the MySQL Enterprise Backup master related configuration file the configuration files generated for each defined profile nor the MySQL backups The Settings tab 131 Online Backup Figure 5 49 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Settings MANAGEMENT Server Status Cert Connections BD Users and Privileges E Status ang System Voriables amp Oats Eeport amp Data ImpornRertore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Serer togs P Options File If PERFORMANCE Oasrooard E Pertormance Reports E Performance Schena Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE B Auct inspetor th Online Backup dy Backup Recovery MySQL Enterprise MySQL Enterprise Backup MYSQL Enterprise Bactup MEE lets you backup your MySQL server instances oring To be used the MEB executable mysqbackup must be nstaled on the target server tcan be conmioaded from eDelvery or My Orade Support Prerequisites Path to MEB Executable Provide the path to the mysgbadup e
66. MySQL Enterprise Backup installed on your host the following general requirements also apply Managing both local and remote MySQL instances is available on Linux and OS X and managing local MySQL instances is available on Microsoft Windows Remote management is configured using SSH Remote Management A MySQL connection with a root user The MySQL server configuration file path must be set and correct for the MySQL connection The user running MySQL Workbench must be a sudoer Linux OS X that is able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME And the Prerequisites set in the Settings tab are A path to the MySQL Enterprise Backup executable MySQL Enterprise Backup is available via eDelivery or My Oracle Support MOS MySQL Workbench attempts to locate the MySQL Enterprise Backup executable so check the path and adjust it accordingly The path to the Backup Home Directory where backup profiles and data is stored This can be created from within Workbench from the Settings tab The MySQL account for the Backup Process The available actions depends on the current state of this set up with options including Create MEB Account Available if a backup user does not already exist e Change Password Available if a backup user does exist e Fix Grants for
67. Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA The following template is the same but with explanatory comments added Main dictionary active SCHEMATA SCHEMATA dictionary active TABLES TABLES dictionary active COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING dictionary active COLUMNS COLUMNS dictionary active Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_NAME variable is looked up and found in COLUMNS data dictionary COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA Imagine now that for each column name displayed you also wanted to display its corresponding schema name the template would look like this SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Schema Name SCHEMA _NAMEF Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING TABLES SCHEMATA When variable lookup is performed for SCHEMA_NAME the COLUMNS dictionary is checked As the variable is not found there the parent dictionary will be checked COLUMNS_LISTING and so on until the variable is eventually found where it is held in the SCHEMATA dictionary If there are multiple schemata in the model the outer section is iterated over a matching number of times and SCHEMA_NAME accordingly has the correct value on each iteration It s important to always consider which dictionary must be active and which parents
68. Note E The Rename Tab context menu option is also new New names are preserved and remembered in your Workbench s cache directory New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 2 Pin Tab Fle Edt View Quey Denisas Server Toole Scripting Help She Haeg die city Geiv FROCISEICOPlslivawae 1 SELECT FROM world city edt c ED Se Eponimpor Hi i Wrap Cel Content TE Fetch rows E O Population 1780000 237500 186800 127800 AFG AFG AFG AFG ND NO NO NO ND NLD no ND NLD ND ND Close Tab Close Other Tabs Microsoft Access to MySQL Migration The migration wizard now supports Microsoft Access migration Select Microsoft Access as your source database in the wizard use MySQL as your target source database and then execute For additional information see Section 9 4 Microsoft Access Migration MySQL Fabric Integration MySQL Fabric cluster connectivity was added Browse view status and connect to any MySQL instance in a Fabric Cluster Note E This requires Connector Python and MySQL Utilities 1 4 3 installed including the Python module To set up a managed Fabric connection create a new MySQL connection with the new MySQL Fabric Management Node connection method The connection tiles have a different look New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 3 Fabric Connection Group Tile By MySQL Workbench i T loal x amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help
69. OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder H 8 DockPanel Suite License The following software may be included in this product DockPanel Suite The MIT License 400 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License Copyright c 2007 Weifen Luo email weifenluo yahoo com Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM O
70. Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Trigger Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export User Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected 15 The Review SQL Script page displays the SQL script that will be executed on the live server to create your schema Review the script to make sure that you understand the operations that will be carried out Click Next to execute the Forward Engineering process 250 Basic Modeling Figure 8 22 Getting Started Tutorial Review SQL Script Connection Options Review the SQL Script to be Executed Catalog Validation Options Select Objects SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 Review SQL Script SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHI SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALIC CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection USE dvd_collection WONDURWNE CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection movies movie_id INT NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT title VARCHAR 45 NOT NULL release_date DATE NULL PRIMARY KEY movie_id ENGINE InnoDB SET SQL_MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS 16 The Commit Progress page confirms that each step was executed Click Show Logs to view the logs If no errors are present click Close to close the wizard 17 The new dvd_collection database is now prese
71. PRIMARY The order of execution is bottom to top and left to right Graphic Conventions e Standard Boxes tables e Rounded boxes operations such as GROUP and SORT e Framed boxes subqueries e Diamonds joins Textual Conventions e Standard text below boxes table or alias name e Bold text below boxes key index that was used Number in top right of a box number of rows used from the table after filtering Number in top left of a box relative cost of accessing that table requires MySQL 5 7 or greater Number to the right of nested loop diamonds number of rows produced by the JOIN e Number above the loop diamonds relative cost of the JOIN requires MySQL 5 7 or greater The associated colors and descriptions used in the Visual Explain diagram Table 6 1 Visual Explain Diagram Information System Color Text on Visual Diagram Tooltip related information Name SYSTEM Blue Single row system constant Very low cost 151 Visual Explain Usage System Color Text on Visual Diagram Tooltip related information Name CONST Blue Single row constant Very low cost EQ_REF Green Unique Key Lookup Low cost The optimizer is able to find an index that it can use to retrieve the required records It is fast because the index search directly leads to the page with all the row data REF Green Non Unique Key Lookup Low medium Low if the number of matching rows is small higher as the number of
72. REL_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a REL_LISTING section the 294 Creating a Custom Template Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary REL_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section REL Section REL_LISTING Marks the start and end of a REL section the REL data dictionary becomes active in this section REL_NAME Variable REL FOREIGN KEYS The relationship name REL_TYPE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship type REL_PARENTTABLE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship parent table REL_CHILDTABLE Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship child table REL_CARD Variable REL FOREIGN_KEYS The relationship cardinality FOREIGN_KEY_ID Variable REL Foreign key ID FOREIGN_KEYS Section SCHEMATA Marks the start and end of a FOREIGN_KEYS section the FOREIGN_KEYS data dictionary becomes active in this section FK_DELETE_RULE Variable FOREIGN_KEYS The foreign key delete rule FK_UPDATE_RULE Variable FOREIGN_KEYS The foreign key update rule FK_MANDATORY Variable FOREIGN_KEYS Whether the foreign key is mandatory TABLE_COMMENT LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING section the TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section TABLE_COMMENT Variable TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING The table comment DDL_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a DDL_LIS
73. Removed support for non ANSI compilers removed references to Ghostscript clarified derivation from RFC 1321 now handles byte order either statically or dynamically 1999 11 04 lpd Edited comments slightly for automatic TOC extraction 1999 10 18 lpd Fixed typo in header comment ansi2knr rather than md5 added conditionalization for C compilation from Martin Purschke lt purschke bnl gov gt 1999 05 02 ipa Original version Asynchronous socket services The asynchat and asyncore modules contain the following notice Copyright 1996 by Sam Rushing All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Sam Rushing not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission SAM RUSHING DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM RUSHING BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
74. Reporing sree ee aE EE EEEE AKEE EEEa EEEE ERREEN 239 8 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeees 243 8 3 Modeling TUNAS eos disrite Teseo Ea EE ERE ONAT ENRERE EAEE EATE EREA ONEENS 244 8 3 1 Creating a Model eroaa aiai a a a a aaa 244 8 3 2 BaSe MOdelNG erene tree EEE E ESERE EEEE EE E ant Aart 251 8 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script ssseesssssesessessererrrrrrrssrtrrrrrrerssrsrrrrrrerssns 253 8 3 4 Using the Default SCHEMA cece cece cece riia a aaaeei aiar igi 255 8 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database cc eecceceee eect etter ee centres eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaaaeeeeaeaees 257 8 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering ceeeeeeee cece teeter eee ee ener tessa aee esse aaneeeeeaaeeeeeeaaneeeeeaa 259 8 4 1 Forward Engineering ccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ae IE AEREA AEEA ANA 259 8 4 2 Reverse ENGInGSriinG srest s en eea a e EAER NEA EA REA O ARAARA EEEE 268 8 5 Schema Synchronization and COMparison c ccceceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeees 278 8 5 1 D tabase Synehronization irean are aaae na hee aae aaae a aana aa hee tes See wade 278 8 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs cccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 283 8 6 Table Templates iteiten eee rE ETIE ERa ONEEN REA ORR eA EATERS 285 8 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates cccccee
75. Schema Contents in Schema Tree Enumerating populating and drawing large numbers of items can significantly increase loading times For this reason this facility can be switched off for models containing large numbers of schemata and tables e Show Data Dictionaries and Internal Schemas Whether to show data directories and internal schemas in the schema tree such as INFORMATION_SCHEMA mysql and schemas starting with Combine Management Tools and Schema Tree tab This affects the Object Browser in the left sidebar and this option can also be toggled from the sidebar The management tools and schema tree can be viewable as separate tabs or as a single long list 61 SQL Editor Preferences MySQL Session DBMS connection keep alive interval in seconds 600 Time interval between sending keep alive messages to the DBMS Set to 0 to not send keep alive messages DBMS connection read time out in seconds 600 The maximum amount of time the query can take to return data from the DBMS Other Internal Workbench Schema mysqlworkbench This schema is used by MySQL Workbench to store information required for certain operations such as saving shared SQL snippets Safe Updates forbid UPDATE and DELETE queries to execute that lack a corresponding key in a WHERE clause or lack a LIMIT clause Setting this option requires a MySQL server reconnection This makes it possible to catch UPDATE and DE
76. Script File Modifier Shift R All Help Menu Table B 9 Help menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Help Index F1 Command Option question on OS All X EER Diagram Mode In the EER Diagram view a number of other keyboard shortcuts are available Table B 10 EER diagram mode keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Selection tool Hand tool Escape Delete tool Layer tool Note tool Image tool Ziro Table tool View tool Routine Group tool Non lIdentifying Relationship 1 1 Non ldentifying Relationship 1 n Identifying Relationship 1 1 Identifying Relationship 1 n Identifying Relationship n m Relationship Using Existing Columns olal p olni lo lt 4 365 Table B 11 Keyboard shortcut changes MySQL Workbench version The Change 5 2 45 The Modifier shortcut was added to comment uncomment SQL in the SQL editor 5 2 45 On Microsoft Windows the Modifier W shortcut was changed to Control F4 this shortcut closes MySQL Workbench tabs 366 Appendix C Extending Workbench Table of Contents C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization ccccceceecceeeeeeeee cece ce aa ee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneneeeees 367 C2 MOGUIGS soirs iastan iaaa EASKE TA Aa EE AAA aA E a A des 368 C3 Pl gins y SL OOIS ere eaa E E E E E O E E 369 C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin
77. Scripting Shell output area e Script Editor Consolas 10 Code editors in scripting shell Color Scheme On Microsoft Windows set the scheme that determines the code colors 73 Advanced Preferences 3 2 6 Advanced Preferences Figure 3 17 Preferences Advanced AN Workbench Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor SSH keep alive interval in seconds Object Editors Use 0 to disable SQL Execution Administration YV Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others EXS SSH SSH KeepAlive 0 This interval in seconds without sending any data over the connection a keepalive packet will be sent This option applies to both SSH tunnel connections and remote management via SSH 74 Other Preferences 3 2 7 Other Preferences Figure 3 18 Preferences Others A BR Workbench Preferences Fz General Editors SQL Editor Others Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others F Allow more than one instance of MySQL Workbench to run Others Allow more than one instance of MySQL Workbench to run By default only one instance of MySQL Workbench can be running at the same time EY Note All MySQL Workbench instances share the same files and settings so enable at your own risk 3 3 Configurati
78. Server Logs amp Options File Key Efficiency 50 0 Tuce Feb 18 17 59 22 2014 1 23 PERFORMANCE Dashboard ET Pertormance Reports GS Pertormance Schema Setup Available Server Features Performance Schema e Thread Pool nia Mencached Plugn nfa Semisync Repkcaton Plugin nia SSL Avallabaty Windows Authentcabon Password Valdation Audit Log innoO6 Sutter Usage Server Directories Base Drectory C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 inccOB Wirtes per Second Data Dvectery C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data 0 0 Otsk Space in Dats Or 89 00 GB of 326 00 GB available Plugins Directory C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 lib plugin Tmp Directory C Windows SERVIC 2 NETWOR 1 AppData Local Temp Ero Log On PHILIP US err Manegement SES Information 15 Test the other Navigator panel options that relate to your new MySQL connection Check its status MySQL logs and measure its performance statistics from the Dashboard Notice the Management and Schemas tabs on the bottom of the Navigator panel The Schemas view displays the schemas that are associated with your new MySQL connection Alternatively you can merge the Schemas and Management tabs by either clicking the merge icon on the top right of the Navigator panel or by enabling the Show Management Tools and Schema Tree in a single tab SQL Editor preference This concludes the Creating a MySQL connection tutorial For
79. Server Status g Qient Connections D Users and Privileges EF Status and System Variables Report Top 1 0 by File by Bytes Data Export v yo Show the top dobel 10 consumers by bytes usage by fle amp Data impor Restore gt Top 10 by File by Bytes Top YO by File by Latescy Fie Re TotalRead AvgRead Writes Total Witter Avg Writ Total Write INSTANCE amp Top YO by Wait by Bytes SOdatadic mysgql backup_history 14044 559 35M8 398KB 704 490 529 723 bytes 559 83M8 0 09 Startup Shutdown Top 1 0 by Walt by Latency BOdatadir mysal vackup_historyd 3332 28 77MB 9 15KB o Obytes Obytes 29 77M8 0 40 E Server Logs Top WO by Thread by Latency SSdatedir mysgl backup_ poze 3332 1 7M8 361 K8 Obytes Obytes 11 76MB 0 40 Y Top SSdatodir mysql backup_history 47 1629K6 Jbytes 99 32 47K JSbytes SB 74KB 6642 Options File gt Top 10 Worst Latency Odatadir mysql backup_poyes 4 162K JSbytes 951 JLSWMI ISbytes 477KB 64 gt Top 10 MostActive Tables SSdatadir mysaliprocmyd 324 15253K8 5i7bytes 7 3 K3 1 7 KE 239 32KB 3141 Y Problematic Ratements Sdatedir peformence_schemas 3 283K 104byles O bytes Obytes 283KB 0 00 Dashboard gt Stetement Analysis SOdatedir pecformance_schemaf 28 1524K 0 SS bytes Obytes Obytes 15 24KB 000 amp Performance Reports gt Ructimes in 95th Percestile Sodatadir mysal proc m 23 1227KB 45 bytes Obytes Obytes 12 27KB 040 EN Performance Schema Setup gt Using Temp Tables SSdatodir peformence_schemas 3 3 72KB 136 b
80. TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL LANCE ELLINGHOUSE CENTRUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Modified by Jack Jansen CWI July 1995 Use binascii module to do the actual line by line conversion between ascii and binary This results in a 1000 fold speedup The C version is still 5 times faster though Arguments more compliant with Python standard XML Remote Procedure Calls The xmlrpclib module contains the following notice The XML RPC client interface is Copyright c 1999 2002 by Secret Labs AB Copyright c 1999 2002 by Fredrik Lundh By obtaining using and or copying this software and or its associated documentation you agree that you have read understood and will comply with the following terms and conditions Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its associated documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Secret Labs AB or the author not be used in advertising or publicity perta
81. The Model Overview panel has several sections e EER Diagrams e Physical Schemata e Schema Privileges e SQL Scripts e Model Notes For each of these sections add objects to a project by clicking the appropriate add object icon You may also rename edit cut copy or delete objects on this page by right clicking to open a pop up menu The following sections further discuss the MySQL Model page 8 1 1 1 Modeling Menus Some menu items are not available in the MySQL Workbench Community edition of this application and are available only in MySQL Workbench Commercial This is indicated where applicable The File Menu Use the File menu to open a project begin a new project or save a project Choosing New Model opens the default schema mydb Choosing Open Model opens a file dialog box with the default file type set to MySQL Workbench Models mwb extension To display a list of recently opened MWB files choose the Open Recent menu item The keyboard shortcut to create a new project is Control N and the command to open an existing project is Control O To close the currently active MySQL Model or EER Diagram tab use the Close Tab menu item You can also do this from the keyboard by pressing Control W To reopen the MySQL Model tab see The View Menu To reopen an EER Diagram tab double click the EER Diagramiconinthe EER Diagrams section of the MySQL Model page Use the Save Model or Save Model As menu items to save
82. The SQL Scripts Panel Use the SOL Scripts panel to attach SQL scripts to the model for documentation and organizational purposes and optionally these attachments can be included in the output script when performing forward engineering or model schema synchronization If you created your project from an SQL script and plan to create an ALTER script you may want to add the original script here since it will be needed to create an ALTER script For more information see Altering a Schema Note E The ability to use the attachments when performing forward engineering and synchronization was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 Figure 8 6 SQL Scripts Editor Y SQL Scripts serr SQL P Add Script script gt Model Notes a Hlg q T a Synchronization Do not include Forward Engineering Do not include Do not includ 1 Script contents here Top of te j Before DDL After DDL N Script placement dropdown for Synchronization and Forward Engineering 8 1 1 7 The Model Notes Panel Use the Model Notes panel to write project notes Any scripts or notes added will be saved with your project 8 1 1 8 The History Palette Use the History palette to review the actions that you have taken Left clicking an entry opens a pop up menu with the item Copy History Entries to Clipboard Choose this item to select a single entry You 216 Model Editor can select multiple contiguous entries by pressing the Shift k
83. USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 35 VSQLite License The following software may be included in this product VSQLite VSQLitet virtuosic bytes SQLite3 C wrapper Copyright c 2006 Vinzenz Feenstra vinzenz feenstra virtuosic bytes com All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are MEET Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of virtuosic bytes nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVEN
84. Unzip Unei pore Wig Pocket Unzip Pocket Zip and Maczic for TES own source and binary releases gdal ogr ogrsf_frmts dxf intronurbs cpp This code is derived from the code associated with the book An Introduction to NURBS by David F Rogers More information on the book and the code is available at http www nar associates com nurbs Copyright c 2009 David F Rogers All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the David F Rogers nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission HIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS ND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE RE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE TABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR ONSE
85. VARCHAR POLYGON VARCHAR CIRCLE VARCHAR TXID_SNAPSHOT VARCHAR 9 7 MySQL migration Perform MySQL server version upgrades to move off older MySQL versions to the latest version The standard migration wizard can migrate MySQL to MySQL and a simpler Schema Transfer Wizard can also be used MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard The MySQL Schema Transfer wizard helps you move your data from an older MySQL server version to a different typically later MySQL version This migration tool is meant for developer hosts as it is simpler than the standard migration wizard because it only migrates MySQL to MySQL The data is transferred and not based on a consistent snapshot so it works best on local MySQL instances Note E You should not use this wizard on production MySQL instances To open the wizard select Database Schema Transfer Wizard from the main menu 351 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Figure 9 42 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Overview Overview Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Schema Transfer Wizard The MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard helps you to move your data from an older MySQL server to the latest MySQL GA General Availabilty version Itis meant for developer machines to get you working with the latest MySQL Server quickly The data is transferred on the fly and not based on a consistent snapshot This works well for local instances that are used for development purposes Please note that you should not use this
86. Windows and l1og level for Linux and OS X 44 MySQL Workbench on Windows log level level Controls the verbosity level for logging output from Workbench With increasingly levels of verbosity the valid values for level are error warning info debug1 debug2 and debug3 The location of the generated log files such as wb 10g are as follows Platform Default location Linux mysql workbench log OS X Library Application Support Workbench log Microsoft Windows C Users user_nameAppData Roaming MySQL Workbench log e admin instance Open an administration tab to the named MySQL instance e upgrade mysql dbs Open the Migration Wizard tab e migration Open the Migration Wizard tab log to stderr Also log to stderr e version Show MySQL Workbench version number and exit e verbose v Enable diagnostics output e query connection connection_string e Empty Open a query tab and prompts for a connection Connection Open a named connection e Connection_string Create a connection based on the entered connection string which should be in the form SUSER SHOST SPORT e model modelfile pen the given EER model file e script script Open the given SQL file in a connection typically used with the query parameter e run code Execute the given code using the default language for GRT shell e run python script Execute the giv
87. Windows management requires a user account on this machine which has the required privileges to query system status and to control services For configuration file manipulation read write access to the file is needed Windows Management Select the service to manage from the list below It will also help to find the configuration file MySQL56_1 Running Start mode Auto Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini 8 The wizard will now check its ability to access the start and stop commands and check access to the MySQL Server configuration file 88 MySQL Connections Figure 5 8 Getting Started Tutorial Test Settings Introduction P gt A Testing Host Machine Settings Test DB Connection The connection to the host machine is being tested This might take a few moments depending on your network connection ct to host machine Windows Management cation of start stop commands Check MySQL configura Test Settings tion file Testing host machine settings is done Message Log Check if C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini can be accessed File was found at the expected location Check if section for instance mysqld exists in C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini mysqld section found in configuration file 9 You now have a chance to review the configuration settings The information displayed varies slightly depending on platform connectio
88. Yum or APT repository packages These binaries are built by the MySQL Release team For additional information about installing these see Yum or APT They contain the newest versions of MySQL Workbench Your Linux distributions repository packages These binaries are built and maintained by members of the Linux distribution you use and not by the MySQL team They are stable but the releases often lag behind Download official MySQL packages Downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench Download the source code and compile yourself The source code is available at http dev mysql com downloads workbench as a tar gz or RPM package Note R 32 bit binary builds are not available as of MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 You can use the source code to build your own 32 bit version as needed The procedure for installing on Linux depends on which Linux distribution you are using 48 Installing Requirements for Linux e The requirements for Linux are embedded within their respective packages Use the platform specific tool for example yum or apt to install the package and their dependencies e The Save password in keychain functionality requires gnome keyring to store the passwords Note that on KDE systems the gnome keyring daemon is not started by default e For Linux and OS X the MySQL server administration features require sudo privileges to execute several commands The sudo user must be capable of execut
89. _ The number of queries that have taken mor The number of merge passes that the sort The number of sorts that were done using t The number of sorted rows The number of sorts that were done by sca Information Object Info 5 5 Database Export and Import Data Export This tab allows you to export your MySQL data Select each schema you want to export optionally choose specific schema objects tables from each schema and generate the export Configuration options include 121 Data Export exporting to a project folder or self contained SQL file optionally dump stored routines and events or skip table data E Select the Database objects to export and configure the related options E Figure 5 40 Navigator Management Data Export Object Selection Note Alternatively use Section 7 1 9 Export a Result Set to export a specific result set in the SQL editor to another format such as CSV JSON HTML and XML Note Click Refresh to load the current objects File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shes Hsd ve Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports os Performance Schema Setup Management Information Object Info Admini
90. a model When you save a model its name appears in the title bar of the application If you have made changes to a project and have not saved those changes an asterisk appears in the title bar following the model name When you save a model it is saved as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb Use the Import menu item to import a MySQL data definition DDL script file For example this might be a file created by issuing the command mysqldump no data MySQL Workbench handles the script as follows e Ifthe script does not contain a CREATE DATABASE db_name statement the schema objects are copied to the default schema mydb If the script creates a database a new tab bearing the database name is added to the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page e Ifthe script contains data the data is ignored For details about importing a DDL script see Section 8 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script Under the Import submenu you can also import DBDesigner4 files 203 Model Editor There are variety of items under the Export submenu You may generate the SQL statements necessary to create a new database or alter an existing one For more information about these menu items see Section 8 4 1 1 Forward Engineering Using an SQL Script Using the Export submenu you can also export an EER diagram as a PNG SVG PDF or Postscript file For an example of a PNG file see Figure 8 29 T
91. a read lock for InnoDB and MyISAM T film_actor InnoDB T film_category InnoDB o Don t write to BINLOG local Analyze Table T film text MyISAM T inventory InnoDB DD language InnoDB Optimize Table I payment InnoDB Reorganizes the physical storage of table data and associated index data Di rental InnoDB to reduce storage space and improve 1 0 efficiency when accessing the table staff InnoDB noi InnoDB _ Optimize FULLTEXT only Number of words to optimize per run 2000 o Don t write to BINLOG local Optimize Table Check Table CHECK TABLE checks a table or tables for errors For MyISAM tables the key statistics are updated as well o gt _ Fast Changed Check Table Checksum Table CHECKSUM TABLE reports a checksum for the contents of a table o Quick if supported Checksum Table For additional information see Schema Inspector Cascaded DELETE statements generator You can generate a series of DELETE statements needed to delete a row from that table which includes rows from other tables that reference it recursively The SELECT version allows you to preview what rows would be deleted Right click a table and select Copy to Clipboard Delete with References 34 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 35 Cascading SELECT eee a My Local example com DB sakila wa euean E MySQL Workbench Management Schemas E sat File 3 x SCHEMAS el FfROB COM sawe Q Filter objects 16 SET customer_id_to_
92. a table opens a context menu with the following items e Cut table_name Cut a table to optionally paste it into another schema e Copy table_name Copy a table to optionally paste it into another schema e Paste table_name Paste a cut or copied table The Paste option is also accessable from the main Edit menu e Edit Table Changes the docked table editor to the selected table e Edit in New Tab Opens the table in a new table editor tab e Copy SQL to Clipboard Copies a CREATE TABLE statement for the table e Copy Column Names to Clipboard Copies a comma separated list of column names e Copy Insert to Clipboard Copies INSERT statements based on the model s inserts Nothing is copied to the clipboard if the table has no inserts defined Copy Insert Template to Clipboard Copies a generic INSERT statement that is based on the model e Delete table_name Remove a table from the database Warning O This immediately deletes the table without a confirmation dialog box 223 Creating Tables If the table editor is not open the Edit Table item opens it If it is already open the selected table replaces the previous one Edit in New Tab opens an additional table editor tab Any tables added to the Physical Schemata section also show up in the Catalog palette on the right side of the application They may be added to an EER Diagram by dragging and dropping them from this palette
93. activity and performance statistics Data points include the Table Open Cache efficiency SQL Statements Executed and counts per second for SELECT INSERT UPDATE DELETE CREATE ALTER and DROP statements InnoDB Status This provides an overview of the InnoDB Buffer Pool and disk activity that is generated by the InnoDB storage engine Data points are separated into three groups Note Hover over a graph to see additional information such as a total count Usage Read Requests The number of logical read requests per second InnoDB has performed to the buffer pool e Write Requests The number of logical write requests per second InnoDB has performed to the buffer pool e Disk Reads The number of logical reads that InnoDB could not satisfy from the buffer pool As a result these had to be read from the disk InnoDB Buffer Pool Usage The percentage of the InnoDB buffer pool that is in use Hover over the graphic to see additional information such as Usage Rate and Pages Free Writes e Data Written The number of writes written to the InnoDB redo log file e Writes The number of physical writes written to the InnoDB redo log file e InnoDB Disk Writes Hover over this dynamic graph to see the number of disk writes over a specific second The available range includes the last 120 seconds e Writing Total amount of data in bytes written using file operations by the InnoDB storage engine e Reads e Doubl
94. amp Migration warnings expandto view lt m You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitions by diding them once selected SQL CREATE Saipt for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks Employec ddress EmployeeID INT NOT NULL COMMENT Primary key Foreign key to Employee Er Lock edited SQL Address1D INT NOT NULL COMMENT Pnmary key Foreign key to Address Addre rowguid VARCHAR 64 UNIQUE NOT NULL COMMENT ROWGUIDCOL number ui E Comment out ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMME PRIMARY KEY EmployeelD AddressID COMMENT Cross reference table mapping employees to their address es Apply Changes Discard Changes csoka netan conce 313 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 13 MySQL Workbench migration Manual Editing Column Mappings Mansal Editing Review and edt migrated objects You can manusly edt the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects vew Column Mappings Source Selection Sourc Source Table Source Column Source Type Source Fisgs N Source Defaut Value Source Cola a Target Schema Target Table Target Coluw Target Selection Adve Gy amp eloyes 9 EndDate DATETIME AdventureWorks O EndOete E Adve ij Employed StartDate DATETIME E Adventureworks Enployede StatDate Adve J ploy
95. and then Finish to close the wizard Figure 8 42 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Results Revers inn Sa Input and Options SQL Import Finished Successfully Reverse Engineer Results Import of SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sq has finished 23 tables 7 views and 6 stored procedures were imported in 1 schemas Go Back to the previous page to review the logs Back D f Finish j Cancel Before exiting MySQL Workbench be sure to save the schema Choose the File Save menu item and the reverse engineered database will be saved as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb See Section 8 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script for a tutorial on reverse engineering the sakila database Creating a DDL script You can create a data definition DDL script by executing the mysqldump db name no data gt script _file sql command Using the no data option ensures that the script contains only DDL statements However if you are working with a script that also contains DML statements you need not remove them they will be ignored Note R If you plan to redesign a database within MySQL Workbench and then export the changes be sure to retain a copy of the original DDL script You will need 270 Reverse Engineering the original script to create an ALTER script For more information see Altering a Schema Use the databases option with mysqldump if you wish to create
96. be saved to a file or snippet for later use At any point you can also execute the statements you have entered To save a Snippet of code entered into the SQL Query panel click the Save SQL to Snippets List icon in the Snippets panel enter a name optional and click OK The snippet can be inserted into the SQL Query panel at any time by double clicking the snippet in the SQL Snippets panel 162 SQL Query Window Toolbar Figure 7 2 SQL Editor SQL Query Panel File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dH a Navigator SCHEMAS amp Filter objects amp sakila gt EP Tables gt amp views gt EP stored Procedures gt EP Functions countrylanguage EP views EP Stored Procedures SP Functions Object information Executes the SQL statement GBIF amp CB O O A umto 0000s 10 SELECT name code FROM country SQL query panel lt m Result Grid T 4 Fiter Rows EERRRZEERREg Export fy Output results from statements Form Editor Output style Feld Types Log of executed statements 1 21 45 36 SELECT name code FROM country LIMIT 0 1000 Hide show panels D SQL Additions a gt SELECT Topic SELECT Syntax SELECT ALL DISTINCT DISTINCTROW HIGH_PRIORITY STRAIGHT_DOIN q SQL SMALL RESULT SQL_BIG_RESULT SQL CACHE SQL_NO_CACHE SQL CALC select_expr select_expr FROM table_r
97. be transformed into a physical database on a target MySQL Server by executing the forward engineering wizard All SQL code is automatically generated to help eliminate the normal error prone process of manually writing complex SQL code MySQL Workbench also enables you to reverse engineer an existing database or packaged application to get better insight into its database design In addition to forward and reverse engineering existing databases it can also import SQL scripts to build models and export models to DDL scripts to execute at a later time 8 4 1 Forward Engineering It is possible to forward engineer a database using an SQL script or by connecting to a live database 8 4 1 1 Forward Engineering Using an SQL Script To create a script of your database model choose the Export item from the File menu You may export a script to alter an existing database or create a new database The script to create a database is similar to the one created using the mysqldump db_name command If you choose to create a database there are several export options available Creating a Schema Select the File Export Forward Engineer SQL CREATE Script menu item to start the Forward Engineer SQL Script wizard The following figure shows the first page of the wizard 259 Forward Engineering Figure 8 30 SQL Export Options Forward Engineer SQL Seit CO SQL Export Options SOL Ex Opti Output SQL Script File Leave blank to view
98. by MySQL Workbench can be met by a subset of graphical operations These are implemented in a cross platform GUI library MForms This further reduces the development effort because plugin developers can use MForms rather than writing front end specific code for each supported platform This also helps consistency of operation across all platforms MForms is coded in C but provides a Python interface To use it the Python code must import the mforms module MForms Containers Given the problems of using an absolute coordinate system across different platforms MForms employs containers that perform automatic layout The basic containers that MForms provides include Form A top level window which can contain a single control usually another container The window will be sized automatically to fit its contents but can also be sized statically e Box This is a container that can be filled with one or more controls in a vertical or horizontal layout Each child control can be set to use either the minimum of required space or fill the box in the direction of the layout In the direction perpendicular to the layout for example vertical in a horizontal layout the smallest possible size that can accommodate all child controls will be employed So in this example the smallest height possible to accommodate the controls would be used e Table This is a container that can organize one or more controls in a grid The number of rows and colum
99. by choosing Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code Connect to Server After combining the two the generated PHP code will look like this 192 Object Management lt php Shost localhost Sport 3306 Ssocket Ue Suser nobocy i Spassworcde uu Sdbname Upeies tla p Scon new mysqli host user S password Sdbname port socket or die Could not connect to the database server mysqli_connect_error Scon gt close Squery SELECT actor_id first_name last_name last_update FROM actor WHERE last_update gt Slast_update 7 Sstmt gt bind_param s last_update if Sstmt S con gt prepare S query Sstmt gt execute Sstmt gt bind_result Sactor_id first_name S last_name S last_update while S stmt gt fetch SEIBLEl 4s 25 25 250 I actor kd ofirstaname sleastaname olastmupdate gt Sstmt gt close gt Note that the PHP code uses the mysqli PHP extension for MySQL This extension must be enabled in your PHP distribution for this code to work For additional details about this PHP extension see MySQL Improved Extension 7 2 Object Management The Object Browser allows you to navigate database schemas and objects From here you can perform common tasks such as selecting tables and fields to query edit tables create new or drop tables and databases perform searches and more 7 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigat
100. commands may require locking tables unti completion gt actor I category InnoDB which may take a long time for large tables address city InnoDB E category Ij country InnoDB Analyze Table ae city aa A Analyzes and stores the key distribution for a table i country jj film InnoDB During the analysis the table is locked with a read lock for InnoDB and MyISAM E customer film_actor InnoDB E film I film_category InnoDB F Don t write to BINLOG local E film_actor I film_text InnoDB i film_category inventory InnoDB T film_text language InnoDB Optimize Table gg oreto i payment InnoDB Reorganizes the physical storage of table data and associated index data i language a InnoDB to reduce storage space and improve I O effidency when accessing the table i payment InnoDB rental i InnoDB Optimize FULLTEXT only Number of words to optimize per run 2000 il staff oe gt E store Don t write to BINLOG local gt E views gt all Stored Procedures gt BE Functions Check Table CHECK TABLE checks a table or tables for errors For MyISAM tables the key statistics are updated as well o v E Fast E Changed Checksum Table CHECKSUM TABLE reports a checksum for the contents of a table lt E Quick f supported Count 16 lt Summary list Object Info Table Inspector Table Inspector View table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier
101. connection method the fields available in the Parameters SSL and Advanced tabs change accordingly More details about these options and parameters are available below Note R The Test Connection button will test the selected MySQL connection and report its connection status It also reports whether or not SSL is enabled For testing remote connections you might also use ping to check the hostname or telnet to also check the port If these fail then also check the firewall settings on each host and also that MySQL server is running on the remote host Standard TCP IP Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using TCP IP connection method If disabled use named pipes or shared memory on Windows Note E The skip networking MySQL server configuration option affects the TCP IP or Unix socket files on Unix 96 MySQL Connections Parameters tab e Hostname The host name or IP address of the MySQL server Note R The host name localhost might resolve to 127 0 0 1 or 1 on your host so note this when checking permissions For example if a web application s user only has access to 127 0 0 1 on a host and a defined connection uses localhost that resolves to 1 this connection may lack the proper permissions to the aforementioned web application Ping localhost on each host to determine where it resolves to Port The TCP IP port on which the MySQL se
102. documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution H 34 TreeViewAdv for NET License The following software may be included in this product TreeViewAdv for NET 439 VSQLite License The BSD License Copyright c 2009 Andrey Gliznetsov a gliznetsov gmail com All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the tollowing disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation andor other materials provided with the distribution THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT NCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF
103. during the caching process MySQL Workbench will save the results that were cached at the point you pressed Abort After caching an audit log the Audit Inspector page will display the results 127 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 5 46 Workbench Audit Inspector File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting She HEE g g div Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer status amp Gient Connections Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables Data Export Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Serer Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Q Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports OS Pertormance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit inspector ch Online Backup ch Backup Recovery Information No object selected Show all events 8863_2014 01 08716 20 05 8862_2014 01 08T16 20 05 9861_2014 01 08716 20 05 9860_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8859_2014 01 08716 20 05 8858_2014 01 08716 20 05 8857_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8856_2014 01 08716 20 05 8855_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8854_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8853_2014 01 08716 20 05 8852_2014 01 08716 20 05 8851_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6850_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6849_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8848_2014 01 08T15 20 05 8847_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8846_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8845_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8844_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8843_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8842_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8541_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8840_2014 01 08T16 20 05 6839_2014 01 08T16 20 05 8838_2014 01 08T16 20 05 88
104. exclusively to an EER diagram They are not enabled unless an EER diagram tab is selected The Relationship Notation submenu has these items Crow s Foot IE The default modeling style For an example see Figure 8 24 Adding Tables to the Canvas e Classic Uses a diamond shape to indicate cardinality e Connect to Columns e UML Universal Modeling Language style e IDEF1X The ICAM DEFinition language information modeling method To view the different styles set up a relationship between two or more tables and choose the different menu items 210 Model Editor The relationship notation style that you choose persists for the duration of your MySQL Workbench session and is saved along with your model When MySQL Workbench is restarted the relationship notation reverts to the default the Crow s Foot style first Changing notation styles after objects have been placed on a diagram can significantly change the appearance of the diagram Note R If you plan to export or print an EER diagram be sure to decide on a notation style The Database Menu This menu features actions against the connected MySQL server The Database menu has these items Query Database Launches the SQL Editor which enables you to create SQL code and execute it on a live server For more information see Section 7 1 Visual SQL Editor Manage Connections Launches the Manage Server Connections dialog which enables you to create a
105. film category original Janguage jd TINYINT nicer_but_slower_film_lis 3 renta _duration TINYINT 3 E sales_by_store i rentd_rate DECIMAL 4 2 actor_info L ditina tab z film_list ayer editing ta gt length SMALLINT 5 E sales_by_film_category m Hee eal Sz A customer_list m Layer Name My Sakila Views CO color 4 description 284 116 My Sakila Vi co Click each property value 323 to edit Click to choose a new color Description Layer x Select an area for the new layer To open the layer editor either double click the layer or right click the layer and choose the edit option The available context menu options are e Cut layer_name e Copy layer_name e Paste a_table_name Edit layer_name 235 Creating Notes e Delete layer_name Note R A layer may also be edited via Properties Editor on the left panel and it offers additional edit options The cut and copy items are useful for copying layers between different schemata Since layers are not schema objects no confirmation dialog box opens when you delete a layer regardless of how you have configured MySQL Workbench Deleting a layer does not delete schema objects from the catalog Adding Objects to a Layer To add an object to a layer drag and drop it directly from the Catalog palette onto a layer If you pick up an object from an EER diagram you must press Control as you drag it on
106. for a variable to be evaluated correctly The following section has a table that helps you identify section requirements 291 Supported Template Markers 8 7 1 Supported Template Markers The following table shows the supported markers These markers can be used in any template including custom templates Using the table The table shows which variables are defined in which sections The variable should be used in its correct section or its value will not be displayed If a variable t ype is a variable then the table describes its data dictionary and a parent dictionary if t ype is a section Also remember that the data dictionaries used to perform variable lookups form a hierarchical tree so it is possible to use a variable in a child section that is defined in a parent section Table 8 2 Supported Template Markers Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary TITLE Variable MAIN Title of the report GENERATED Variable MAIN Date and time when the report was generated STYLE_NAME Variable MAIN The name of the style selected in MySQL Workbench this is typically used to load the corresponding CSS file depending on the name of the style selected in MySQL Workbench SCHEMA_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of schemata in the model PROJECT_TITLE Variable MAIN Project title as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT _NAME Variable MAIN Project name
107. free of charge The Commercial Edition provides additional Enterprise features such as access to MySQL Enterprise Backup and MySQL Audit at low cost For a complete comparison see http www mysql com products workbench features html For notes detailing changes made in each release of MySQL Workbench see Appendix G MySQL Workbench Change History 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 This section summarizes how the MySQL Workbench 6 series progressed with each minor release 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 2 x in relation to MySQL Workbench 6 1 x New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 SQL Editor Most of the changes and improvements were made to the SQL editor Overlay Icons in the Object Viewer The schema navigator now includes shortcut buttons for common operations such as table data view the table editor and the table schema inspector Figure 1 1 Object Viewer Overlay Icons File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Hle gg we Query 1 Qselv FA2OCISHBIVGQSGAMIzxIiv Qe 1 SELECT gt 3 Columns gt EF indexes a Foreign Keys gt 3 Triggers gt E country gt E countrylanguage Table Editor a Views BP stored Procedures P Functions Table Inspector Management Information District Population Object Info ESAE A Pin Tab Results Option Result tabs can now be pinned to your result set window
108. generated script but not save to a file SQL Options Generate DROP Statements Before Each CREATE Statement Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip Creation of FOREIGN KEYS Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names Generate USE statements Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement Do Not Create Users Only Export Privileges Don t create view placeholder tables E Generate INSERT Statements for Tables E Disable FK checks for inserts E Create triggers after inserts The SQL Export Options displays the following facilities Output SQL Script File To specify the output file name enter it into the Output SQL Script File field or use the Browse button to select a file If this field is left blank you will be able to view the generated script but it will not be saved to a file Generate DROP Statements Before Each CREATE Statement Select this option to generate a statement to drop each object before the statement that creates it This ensures that any existing instance of each object is removed when the output is executed Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names Select this option to generate unqualified object names in SQL statements Generate USE statements 260 Forward Engineering Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements Select th
109. icons The adds a new model the folder opens an existing model from the disk and the gt opens a context menu for additional commands such as Create EER Model from Database 78 Workbench Shortcuts Workbench Shortcuts Most of the options you can select on the home screen are straight forward the ones that require explanation are detailed after the screenshot Here is a quick overview of the simpler options that open your web browser to display information about MySQL Utilities If the MySQL Utilities are installed this opens the mysqluc utility For additional information see Appendix F MySQL Utilities Database Migration Opens the migration wizard For additional information see Chapter 9 Database Migration Wizard MySQL Bug Reporter Lets you file a bug report in the MySQL bug system For additional information see Appendix D How To Report Bugs or Problems Workbench Blogs Directs you to the Workbench team s blog Planet MySQL Points you to the general MySQL blog aggregator Workbench Forum Sends you to the user forums where you can ask questions and interact with other MySQL Workbench users Scripting Shell Execute Python scripts and develop MySQL Workbench plugins Oracle eDelivery Sends you to your MySQL Workbench downloads Commercial Oracle Support Sends you to your MOS My Oracle Support page Commercial 79 80 Chapter 5 Administrative Tasks Table of Contents 5
110. idtable INT NOT NULL table1_idtablel INT NULL PRIMARY KEY idtable2 idtable1 idtable3 INDEX fk_table2_table1 table1_idtable1 ASC CONSTRAINT fk_table2_table1 FOREIGN KEY table1_idtable1 REFERENCES mydb tablet idtable1 ON DELETE NO ACTION Save to Other File Copy to Clipboard You may return to the previous page using the Back button The Finish button saves the script file and exits You can then use the saved script to create a database Altering a Schema The menu item for creating an ALTER Script File is Database Synchronize With Any Source Typically this option is used when the SQL script of a database has been imported into MySQL Workbench and changed and then you want to create a script that can be run against the database to alter it to reflect the adjusted model For instructions on importing a DDL script see Section 8 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script Select the Database Synchronize With Any Source menu item to start the wizard You will be presented with the first page showing the introduction and then the available options 263 Forward Engineering Figure 8 33 Synchronize With Any Source Options Introduction Select Databases for Updates Select Sources Source Database To Take Updates From Browse Destination Database To Receive Updates Model Schemata Live Database Server
111. in two locations in the main toolbar and within the SQL Editor itself The SQL Editor buttons are described below 163 SQL Query Window Toolbar Figure 7 3 SQL Editor Toolbar HIZ ry A AE Limitto 1000rows wlFQW ly From left to right these buttons are Open an SQL Script File Loads contents from a saved SQL script into the SQL editor Save SQL Script to File Saves contents from the SQL editor into a file Execute SQL Script Executes the selected portion of the query or the entire query if nothing is selected Execute Current SQL script Execute the statement under the keyboard cursor Explain All or Selection Execute the EXPLAIN command on the query under the keyboard cursor A Results Grid tab is also displayed when executing an EXPLAIN statement Clicking it will execute the same query as if Execute SQL Script was selected Alternatively the Visual Explain plan is already available for all executed queries Select Execution Plan from the results tab to view it Stop the query being executed Halts execution of the currently executing SQL script Note R The database connection will not be restarted and open transactions will remain open Toggle whether execution of SQL script should continue after failed statements If the red breakpoint circle is displayed the script terminates on a statement that fails If the button is depressed so that the green arrow is displayed execution co
112. include In Place preferred and Copy see the online DDL documentation for more information TABLE in MySQL Workbench This setting can also be adjusted for each ALT ER TABLI Default lock for ALTER table The default lock setting for allowing concurrent queries with ALTER E operation Options include None Shared and Exclusive see the online DDL documentation for more information Views Reformat DDL for Views Whether to automatically reformat the View DDL that is returned by the MySQL Server Note R The MySQL Server does not store the formatting information for View definitions 64 SQL Editor Preferences Preferences SQL Editor SQL Execution Figure 3 9 Preferences SQL Editor SQL Execution Workbench Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors Administration YV Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others l _SQL Execution General General Max query length to store in history in bytes 65536 E Continue SQL script execution on errors by default V Leave autocommit mode enabled by default Progress status update interval in milliseconds 500 SELECT Query Results V Limit Rows Limit Rows Count 1000 Max Field Value Length to Display in bytes 256 T Treat BINARY VARBINARY as nonbinary character string V Confirm Data Changes e Max query length
113. installed in the client side you will need an ODBC driver that supports your clients operating system and architecture For example if you are running MySQL Workbench from Linux x64 then you need a Linux x64 ODBC driver for your RDBMS In OS X MySQL Workbench is built as a 32 bit application so you need the 32 bit drivers 301 Migration Overview 9 2 Migration Overview The Migration Wizard performs the following steps when migrating a database to MySQL 1 Connects to the source RDBMS and retrieves a list of available databases schemas 2 Reverse engineers selected database schemas into a internal representation specific to the source RDBMS This step will also perform the renaming of objects schemas depending on the type of object name mapping method that is chosen 3 Automatically migrates the source RDBMS objects into MySQL specific objects a Target schema objects are created b Target table objects are created i Columns for each table are copied A Data types are mapped to MySQL data types B Default values are mapped to a MySQL supported default value if possible ii Indexes are converted iii Primary Keys are converted iv Triggers are copied and commented out if the source is not MySQL c Foreign Keys for all tables of all schemas are converted d View objects are copied and commented out if the source is not MySQL e Stored Procedure and Function objects are copied and commented out if the source
114. is not MySQL 4 Provides an opportunity to review the changes for editing and correcting errors in the migrated objects 5 Creates the migrated objects in the target MySQL server If there are errors you can return to the previous step and correct them and retry the target creation 6 Copy data of the migrated tables from the source RDBMS to MySQL MySQL Workbench provides support for migrating from some specific RDBMS products The Migration Wizard will provide the best results when migrating from such products However in some cases other unsupported database products can also be migrated by using its Generic database support as long as you have an ODBC driver for it In this case the migration will be less automatic but should still work nonetheless 9 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration This example will migrate a Microsoft SQL Server database to MySQL and include a screenshot for each step From MySQL Workbench choose Database Migrate to open the migration wizard 302 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 2 MySQL Workbench migration Start E MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Connect to Database CtrieU Manage Connections Shortcuts 2 MySQL Utilities Pa S Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Wee G Om OmO Planet MySQL ze Workbench Blogs aModel Coy Workbench Forum Scripting Shell Read the migration wi
115. job offers several elements The following information applies to the New Job operation and Configure Job is used to modify existing jobs 133 Online Backup The Backup Profile Name and its associated Comments field are used to identify the backup job s profile and this name is listed on the main page The New Job scheduling page separates the configuration information into four tabs The Contents tab defines the schemas and tables to back up and whether the job is a full or partial backup Full backup All schemas and tables are backed up Partial Select the schemas and tables objects that you want to back up Choose Select objects to included excluded to open the table inclusion and exclusion options For additional information about the include exclude and Transportable Tablespace options see the MySQL Enterprise Backup documentation titled Partial Backup and Restore Options Figure 5 51 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Contents for Full Backups lt BR MySQL Workbench fess A aO re File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dEl Egg a DO Navigator MySQL Enterprise Backup Ba x MANAGEMENT Serer Status 4 MySQL Enterprise amp Client Connections So MySQL Enterprise Backup Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Backup Profile Name DevFulBackup Full Data Full Only Comments INSTANC
116. lt kejin empress com gt Copyright C 1996 2009 by OpenLink Software lt iodbc openlinksw com gt All Rights Reserved This software is released under either the GNU Library General Public License see LICENSE LGPL or the BSD License see LICENSE BSD Note that the only valid version of the LGPL license as far as this project is concerned is the original GNU Library General Public License Version 2 dated June 1991 While not mandated by the BSD license any patches you make to the iODBC may be contributed back into the iODBC project at your discretion Contributions will benefit the Open Source and Data Access community as a whole Submissions may be made at http www iodbc org LICENSE BSD Copyright C 1995 2009 OpenLink Software Inc and Ke Jin All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AIS Wie s 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of OpenLink Software Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission
117. migration At this point the migration wizard converts the selected objects into their equivalent objects into the target MySQL server and it also generates the MySQL code needed to create them You might have to wait before the Manual Editing page is ready but here is the initial page 334 Review the proposed migration Figure 9 32 Manual Editing Initial Page r 5 MySQL Workbench lo fe Migra on x File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help SACLE Migration Task List Manual Editing OVERVIEW O Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects View MigrationProblem v Y Source Selection F Target Selection Y Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Target Creation Options No mapping problems found Guns Scena Use the View puldown menu to review al objects Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitions by selecting the item and pressing F2 Show Code and Messages The View combo box changes the way the migrated database objects are shown Also notice the Show Code and Messages buttons Click Show Code to view and edit the generated MySQL code that corresponds to the selected object
118. more These files are stored under your user s MySOQL Workbench folder Note R By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench where username is the path to your user s home directory Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbench schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 54 Chapter 3 Configuration Table of Contents 3 1 User Accessibility Options sssini aana aan A eres ee seas Aaa a a EES 55 3 2 Workbench Preferentes ressasser aaa Ea iaaa E A EA 58 3 2 1 General Editors Preferentes ecserin a E a a A 59 32 2 SQL Editor PreferenCes eirean oiea a a a a a AA A AAA 60 3 2 3 Administration Preferences cccccccceccsecceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeucecaceeaeeeeeeeeeeueeegeeeeueeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeaeees 66 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences cssicccccesissccestuncachartandessbedoeesannaviedssdvecectanhoneeastedendeashiiedeianencberhendtestates 67 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences ccccccccscececececeeeeeeeeeneeeueeeeeeeeeececeeecaeeeaeeueeeueeeaeeeeneneneees 73 3 2 6 Advanced Preferentes arsino iiaee EAE OE AEE E AEEA 74 3 2 7 Other Preferent S anomien a a A i a 75 3 3 Configuration Related Files eoriet n iE 75 3 1 User Accessibility Options MySQL Workbench includes methods to improve user accessibility Fo
119. name of the table on the canvas Pressing Tab or Enter while the cursor is in the table name field selects the Columns tab of the table editor and creates a default column named idinvoice Pressing Tab or Enter again sets the focus on the Datatype list with INT selected Notice that a field has been added to the table on the EER canvas Pressing Tab yet again and the focus shifts to adding a second column Add a Description anda Customer_id column When you are finished close the table editor by clicking the x button on the top left of the table editor 8 3 2 2 Creating a Foreign Key Select the table tool again and place another table on the canvas Name this table invoice_item Next click the 1 n Non Identifying Relationship tool First click the invoice_item table notice that a red border indicates that this table is selected Next click the invoice table This creates a foreign key in the invoice_item table the table on the many side of the relationship This relationship between the two tables is shown graphically in crow s foot notation Revert to the default mouse pointer by clicking the arrow at the top of the vertical toolbar Click on the invoice_item table and select the Foreign keys tab Click the Foreign key Name field The referenced table should show in the Referenced Table column and the appropriate column in the Referenced Column column To delete the relationship between two tables click the line joining the
120. nets agua AAEN 150 6 4 QUEFY Statist S pianek rae e a a raakaan ie aai adaa aa ararauna daise 152 6 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance ssssssssssrrsssrrrsssrrrrssrrrrssrene 154 T Database Development a1 tht Mee a ilar etd Git Rit ae 161 Pal MISUAL SOLE GIO byes Seage ete es ah ak ochre NS te Cah See at a a daa NO a 161 FAST SAL Query WINKOW enre ranirea araar a aana O A AA Eaa aaa aira aaa aaia a 162 7 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar 0 cccccccceeeeeeeeeee tees ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeees 163 7 1 3 Queryand me ETE e AS tae E eee a eee eee ae 165 Fol Results WINKOW ass cts cet cece ea e ERE A A EAA AEN SRE tied i dedeey ieeeat ideas cues 166 Fle 5 SQL SNIPPStS tab iiri a raeo e iaraa aa raie aaraa 168 7 1 6 Context Sensitive Help cceceecceeeeeeeeeee eter ee aa ee eeeeeeee sees aaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaae 170 Tel T Output HistoryPanel 2s ects iee avs erties nine rie ieste dete 171 7 1 8 Table Data Search Panel ccceceeeee esac ceeeeeeeee seen aeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeenees 173 7 19 Exporta Res l Set ceni ee an a aa a a aa aaraa neat 174 PALO Dutonal Adding Daaris e A AA AE 175 khit The MySQL Table Ed Or a a hve alae aa a aana fate E aA aia 179 7 1 12 Code Generation Overview 0 ec cccecceceeeee cece cece ee eeteeeee sete ae aaeateeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaae 188 Te Object Management iseti sett sacevadevtsberehendysadarses i
121. of specific validation tests Running any one of these tests opens an output window docked at the bottom of the application Warning messages are displayed on the left side of this window and the tests performed are displayed on the right The following sections outline the tasks performed by the validation modules 8 2 3 1 General Validation The following list names the general validation types and gives examples of specific violations e Empty Content Validation e A table with no columns e A routine or view with no SQL code defined e A routine group containing no routines A table view or routine not referenced by at least one role A user with no privileges e Objects such as tables that do not appear on at least one EER Diagram e Table Efficiency Validation A table with no primary key A primary key that does not use an integer based data type e A foreign key that refers to a column with a different data type Duplicated Identifiers Validation e Duplicate object names e Duplicate role or user names e Duplicate index or routine names e Consistency Validation e Use of the same column with columns of differing data types 243 Modeling Tutorials e Logic Validation A foreign key that refers to a column other than the primary key in the source table e Any object that is object is either read only or write only by role definition e Placeholder objects left over from reverse engineering 8 2 3 2 MySQL Sp
122. organized in much the same fashion as the Indexes tab and adding or editing a foreign key is similar to adding or editing an index Figure 7 19 The Foreign Keys Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shed Hb wv Column fk_customer_address sakila address E eustomer_id fk_customer_store sakila store E store_id E first_name E lastname E email address jd address jd o active C create_date ua last_update m fotos Foreign Keys To add a foreign key click the last row in the Foreign Key Name list Enter a name for the foreign key and select the column or columns that you wish to index by checking the column name in the Column list You can remove a column from the index by removing the check mark from the appropriate column Under Foreign Key Options choose an action for the update and delete events The options are e RESTRICT e CASCADE e SET NULL e NO ACTION To drop a foreign key right click the row you wish to delete then select the Delete Selected FKs menu item To modify properties of a foreign key select it and make the desired changes 7 1 11 5 The Triggers Tab The Triggers tab opens a textbox to create or edit existing triggers 184 The MySQL Table Editor To add a new trigger click the icon next to the trigger section To delete a trigger click the associated icon These icons become visible by hovering over a trigger or trigger s
123. p ters anced Reverse Engineer Source SSA OBJECT MIGRATION Driver SQL Server The name of the CDEC diver you are using Source Objects Migration Select from saved connection settings Server db example org SQLSERVER2005 Address instance name of the server Manual Editing Username sa Name of the user to connect with Target Creation Options 4 ars re S Create Schemas a Store in Vault J l Gear F Dass Y ail Create Target Results Database The database to connect to Leave blank to select it later DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer E Store connection for future usage as REPORT Migration Report Target Selection The target is the MySQL database that will contain the newly migrated database The current Workbench MySQL connections will be available here or you can choose Manage DB Connections to create a new connection 305 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 5 MySQL Workbench migration Target selection File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Target Selection OVERVIEW Overview Target RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Stored Connection MyConnection Select from saved comection settings Source Selection Connection Method Standard TCP IP Method to use to connect to the RDBMS oae E Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server h
124. p wsscscccsseciuessesneceend ep cecba sha neeshtaecdea ashanti end ea a AAAA EA AA A TEENE 357 9 0211 Buk Data TKanSten oi siscccisevcddade aged ct eanvediendasoteinasuedocdagwende viavddansanpodeevausdoedsaawende vanvedsundanes 357 9 86 12 Migration Repoti eser ek ieaie E ENNE SENTERA evade euaedeud aan aren yieds bens lenade shen suetaaseybtenbiees 357 9 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeceeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 357 MySQL Workbench provides the ability to migrate ODBC compliant databases to MySQL e Convert migrate different database types including MySQL across servers e Convert tables and copy data but will not convert stored procedures views or triggers Allows customization and editing during the migration process e Works on Linux OS X and Microsoft Windows This is not an exhaustive list The following sections discuss these and additional migration capabilities Set up may be the most challenging aspect of using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard There is the installation section which describes setting up ODBC requirements for Linux OS X and Microsoft 299 General installation requirements Windows and the Database Product Specific Notes section that references setup conditions for each RDBMS 9 1 General installation requirements The MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard uses ODBC to connect to a source database except for MySQL You will need the ODBC
125. perform OS shell specific quoting whenever necessary Usually quoting your parameter values with single or double quotes is enough This is in addition to any database specific quoting you use Full Table Copy This performs a full SELECT on the source table fetches records and then inserts them into the target table There are no additional arguments required The table syntax is as follows table Source_Schema Source_Table Target_Schema Target_Table Select_Expression Range Copy This performs a SELECT copy on the source table for the specified range The table must have a numeric UNIQUE NOT NULL Or PRIMARY KEY that is used to create a WHERE expression for the range The table range syntax is as follows table range Source_Schema Source_Table Target_Schema Target_Table Select_Expression Source_Key Range_Start R The generated expression is key_column gt range_start AND key_column lt range_end If you specify 1 for Range_End then the expression will be key_column gt range_start Other Options e thread count Number If you are copying more than one table you can use this option to divide the tables across several threads There is no support for dividing a single table across many threads e count only Only perform a COUNT of the SELECT which would be generated by the table option that was used The target schema and table can be omitted in t
126. property has the following functions 59 SQL Editor Preferences e Sets the SoL_MODE DBMS session variable to the value stored in the SqiMode property of the document when performing reverse engineering forward engineering or synchronization operations e Honors the SQL_MODE values defined in SqiMode so that SQL parsing is correct Only a subset of all possible SOL_MODE values affect the MySQL Workbench SQL parser These values are ANSI_QUOTES HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE IGNORE_SPACE NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES PIPES_AS_CONCAT Other values do not affect the MySQL Workbench SQL parser and are ignored If the value of SqlMode is not set the default value of the SOL_MODE session variable defined by the server stays unchanged during operations with the server However the MySQL Workbench SQL parser behaves as if SOL_MODE is also not set This may potentially lead to inconsistencies in parsing of SQL statements stored in the document If you choose to not set the Sq1Mode property ensure that the default SOL_MODE variable defined by the server does not contain any values from the following list ANSI_QUOTES HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE IGNORE_SPACE NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES PIPES_AS_CONCAT The SqiMode property is defined in two locations globally and at document scope MySQL Workbench uses the global property to initialize the document property for each new document created For each document the property value define
127. query like so SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 0223 155 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 6 10 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help i o 6 El dd a e GQeivyFfhOiMAloorisahe ie SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 4 1 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 223 5 m index Range Scan orders orders i_o_orderdate Access Type range Used Key Parts o_orderDATE Possible Keys i_o_orderdate Attached Condition aiy C dbt3 orders o_derk Ike 0223 Out Rows Examined per Scan 32642 Rows Produced per Join 32642 Fitered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 GI Action Output Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst Action A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned 1 00 00 44 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 40223 LIMIT 0 1000 18 row s retum 0 281 sec 0 000 sec 2 00 00 49 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1952 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE 0223 OK 0 000 sec Query Completed Figure 6 11 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Traditional View id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt SIMPLE orders range ioorderdate i_o_orderd
128. representation For additional information about Visual Explain see Section 6 3 Visual Explain Plan and Section 6 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Stop Stops executing the currently running script Stop Script Execution On Errors If enabled MySQL Workbench stops executing the a query if errors are found It can be enabled disabled from this menu 165 Results Window Limit Rows By default the number of returned rows LIMIT is 1000 Values defined here affects subsequent statements The number ranges from 10 to 50000 and Don t Limit Collect Performance Schema Stats Provides data to the Query Stats result set view which includes statement specific information about Timing Rows processed Temporary tables Joins per type Sorting and Index usage Collect Resultset Field Metadata Provides data to the Form Editor and Field Types result set views Reconnect to Server Reconnects to the MySQL server New Tab to Current Server Creates a duplicate of the current SQL Editor tab Auto Commit Transactions Enable to auto commit transactions Commit Transaction Commits a database transaction Rollback Transaction Rolls back a database transaction Commit Result Edits Commits any changes you have made to the server Discard Result Edits Discards any changes you have made Export Results Exports result sets to a file Selecting this option displays the Export Query Res
129. rows Sort_rows 0 A Perf sel Warnings 0 Sort merge passes Sor_merge_passes 0 eee Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Rows Processed Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 Rows atfected 0 Rows sent to client 200 Rows examined 200 Temporary Tables Temporary disk tables created 0 Temporary tables created 0 Index Usage No Index used Other Info Event td 877 Thread ld 85 E ist o0s5ems o System lock 0 0105ms oO preparing 0 0061ms BBB em 0 001 1ms freeing items 0 0163ms Time Spent per Execution Stage aggregated Checking permissions 0 0030ms E optimizing 0 0020ms Sl executing 0 004ms BBB query ena 0 0034ms ia Cleaning up 0 0006ms BBB opening tates 0 0152ms E stassscs 0 0075ms eal executing storage engine 0 2409ms BBB crosing taties 0 0055ms 6 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance In this example Visual Explain helps locate and fix problematic slow queries This tutorial uses the DBT 3 database and begins with the following query SELECT FROM orders WHERE YEAR o_orderdate AND o clerk LIKE 0223 1992 AND MONTH o_orderdate 4 In the screenshot below we executed this query and generated a Visual Explain report by selecting Query Visual Explain Current Statement from the main menu 154 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 6 8 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Full Table Scan fe ers x
130. rows increases FULLTEX Yellow Fulltext Index Search Specialized FULLTEXT search Low for this specialized search requirement REF_OR Mirb n Key Lookup Fetch NULL Values Low medium if the number of matching rows is small higher as the number of rows increases INDEX_Migr n Index Merge Medium look for a better index selection in the query to improve performance UNIQUE_S amp BAYEERWnique Key Lookup into table of Low Used for efficient Subquery subquery processing INDEX_SUB bEERY Non Unique Key Lookup into table of Low Used for efficient Subquery subquery processing RANGE Orange Index Range Scan Medium partial index scan INDEX Red Full Index Scan High especially for large indexes ALL Red Full Table Scan Very High very costly for large tables but less of an impact for small ones No usable indexes were found for the table which forces the optimizer to search every row This could also mean that the search range is so broad that the index would be useless UNKNOWIBlack unknown Note This is the default in case a match cannot be determined Visual Explain Usage To view a visual explain execution plan execute your query from the SQL editor and then choose the Execution Plan tab in the query results tab The execution plan defaults to Visual Explain but also has a Tabular Explain view that is similar to what you would see when executing EXPLAIN in the M
131. scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL 438 SQLCipher License HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE H 32 SQLCipher License Copyright c 2008 ZETETIC LLC All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the ZETETIC LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promot
132. source especially BLOBs and large TEXT fields The wizard supports migrating from specfic database systems but a generic RDBMS support is also provided The generic support is capable of migrating tables from many RDBMS that can be connected to using COBC although certain type mappings may not be performed correctly A manual mapping step is provided for reviewing and fixing any migration problems that could ocar It describes the prerequisites and requirements that should be understood before proceeding further The Open ODBC Administrator option will load odbcad32 exe and is used to confirm that the ODBC Driver for SQL Server is installed and to make configuration changes if needed Click Start Migration to continue Source Selection Select the source RDBMS that is migrating to MySQL Choose the Database System that is being migrated and the other connection parameters will change accordingly 304 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 4 MySQL Workbench migration Source Selection Parameters m File Edit View Database Tools Migration Task List Source Selection OVERVIEW Overview Source RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Database System Select a RDBMS from the list of supported systems Source Selection Target Selection Stored Connection Fetch Schemas List Connection Method ODBC native Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Schemas Selection
133. source and or binary forms provided that if you redistribute the Apple Software in its entirety and without modifications you must retain this notice and the following text and disclaimers in all such redistributions of the Apple Software Neither the name trademarks service marks or logos of Apple Computer Inc may be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Apple Software without specific prior written permission from Apple Except as expressly stated in this notice no other rights or licenses express or implied are granted by Apple herein including but not limited to any patent rights that may be 437 ScintillaNET License infringed by your derivative works or by other works in which the Apple Software may be incorporated The Apple Software is provided by Apple on an AS IS basis APPLE MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE REGARDING THE APPLE SOFTWARE OR ITS USE AND OPERATION ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH YOUR PRODUCTS IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE REPRODUCTION MODIFICATION AND OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE APPLE SOFTWARE HOWEVER CAUSED AND WHETHER UNDER THE
134. tab mydb Select this tab then click the button on the upper right in the Physical Schemata panel To view all the objects in the sakila schema you may need to expand the Physical Schemata window Move the mouse pointer anywhere over the gray area that defines the lower edge of the Physical Schemata window Hold down the right mouse button and move the mouse to adjust the size of the window After you have expanded the window all the objects in the sakila database should be visible Tables appear at the top followed by views and then routines There are no routine groups in this schema but you should see the Routine Groups section and an Add Group icon For a complete description of importing a MySQL create script see Section 8 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script 8 3 3 1 Adding an EER Diagram To create an EER diagram for the sakila database first add an EER diagram by double clicking the Add Diagram icon in the EER Diagrams panel to create and open a new EER Diagram editor The EER Diagram canvas is where object modeling takes place To add a table to the canvas select the Catalog tab in the middle panel on the right side of the application to display any schemata that appear in the MySQL Model tab Find the sak ila schema and expand the view of its objects by clicking the button to the left of the schema name Expand the tables list in the same way You can add tables to the EER canvas by dragging
135. table cache The number of tables that are open 7 The number of files that have been opened The number of frm files that have been cac The number of tables that have been open The current number of prepared statements The number of statements executed by the The number of statements that clients have The number of joins that perform table scar The number of joins that used a range sear The number of joins thatused ranges on th The number of joins without keys that chedl The number of joins that did a full scan of t __ The number of queries that have taken mor The number of merge passes that the sort lt z The number of sorts that were done using t The number of sorted rows The number of sorts that were done by sca The number of times that a table lock was z The number of times that a table lock could p SQL Editor Views Additional viewing options were added for executed statements Result Grid Available previously and it remains the default view 18 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 18 SQL Editor Result Grid Sex MySQL Workbench Scie 4 Localhost sakila x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help BEA SEa al x Navigator y SCHEMAS HI FHOIBFIOG Risa hE Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor dvd_collection information_schema newschema Eda c Eb Eh Emonjimport fj 5 Wrap CsI Content g Ll performance_schema last_update 3 J L 2006 02 150 20
136. that performed a full table scan Accesses query performance and the where clause s and if no index is used then it recommends adding indexes for large tables Errors or Warnings Lists statements that have raised errors or warnings e Schema Object Overview High Overhead Shows counts by object type for each schema Note R This can take a long time to execute on instances with a large number of objects Schema Index Statistics e Schema Table Statistics e Schema Table Statistics with InnoDB buffer e Tables with Full Table Scans Finds tables that are being accessed by full table scans ordering them by the number of rows scanned DESC Unused Indexes List of indexes that were never used since the server started or since P_S data collection started e Waits by Time Lists the top wait events by their total time ignoring idle this may be very large e Waits by User by Time Lists the top wait events by their total time ignoring idle this may be very large e Wait Classes by Time Lists the top wait classes by total time ignoring idle this may be very large e Waits Classes by Average Time Lists the top wait classes by average time ignoring idle this may be very large InnoDB Buffer Stats by Schema Summarizes the output of the INFORMATION_SCHEMA INNODB_BUFFER_PAGE table aggregating it by schema e InnoDB Buffer Stats by Table Summarizes the output of the INFORMATION_SCHEMA INNODB_BUFFER_PAGE table aggregat
137. that such material is not subject to copyright protection BOr E CS t aa joy This is version 2005 Feb 10 of the Info ZIP copyright and license The definitive version of this document should be available at ftp ftp info zip org pub infozip license html indefinitely Copyright fe VOso 2008 Into 4iP All rights reserved For the purposes of this copyright and license Info ZIP is defined as the following set of individuals Mark Adler John Bush Karl Davis Harald Denker Jean Michel Dubois Jean loup Gailly Hunter Goatley Ed Gordon Ian Gorman Chris Herborth Dirk Haase Greg Hartwig Robert Heath Jonathan Hudson Paul Kienitz David Kirschbaum Johnny Lee Onno van der Linden Igor Mandrichenko Steve P Miller Sergio Monesi Keith Owens George Petrov Greg Roelofs Kai Uwe Rommel Steve Salisbury Dave Smith Steven M Schweda Christian Spieler Cosmin Truta Antoine Verheijen Paul von Behren Rich Wales Mike White This software is provided as is without warranty of any kind express or implied In no event shall Info ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct indirect incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 Redistributions of source code must reta
138. the following disclaimer must be included in all copies of the Software in whole or in part and all derivative works of the Software unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine executable object code generated by a source language processor THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 5 Cairo License The following software may be included in this product Cairo You are receiving a copy of the Cairo in both source and object code in the following DLL libcairo dll or dynamic libraries MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks libcairo 2 dylib and MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks libpixman 1 0 dylib The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to Cairo Oracle distributes it under the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 separately from the Oracle programs you receive You can also separately obtain and use Cairo independent of the Oracle programs under a dual license subject to the terms of the LGPL or the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 Lf you do not wish to in
139. the EER canvas but not the schema If the table editor is not open the Edit View item opens it If it is already open the selected table replaces the previous one Edit in New Window opens a new view editor tab The cut and copy items are useful for copying views between different schemata Copy SQL to Clipboard copies the CREATE VIEW statement to the clipboard Warning O Use the Delete view_name item to remove a view from the database There will be no confirmation dialog box Any views added to the Physical Schemata section also show up in the Catalog palette on the left side of the application They may be added to an EER Diagram when in the EER Diagram tab by dragging and dropping them from this palette 8 1 5 2 Adding Views to an EER Diagram Views can also be added to an EER Diagram using the View tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then left click the view icon on the vertical toolbar The view icon is the two overlapping rectangles found below the table icon Clicking this icon changes the mouse pointer to a view pointer To change the mouse pointer to a view pointer from the keyboard use the V key 229 Creating Routines and Routine Groups Choosing the View tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the main menu bar When the Views pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list and a color chart list Use these lists to select
140. the Workbench GUI This is typically done using the main menu or the context sensitive menu Much of the MySQL Workbench functionality is implemented using plugins for example table view and routine editors are native C plugins as are the forward and reverse engineering wizards The Administrator facility in MySQL Workbench is implemented entirely as a plugin in Python 369 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MForms A plugin can be a simple function that performs some action on an input and ends without further interaction with the user Examples of this include auto arranging a diagram or making batch changes to objects To create a simple plugin the function must be located in a module and declared as a plugin using the plugin decorator of the ModuleInfo object Plugins can have an indefinite runtime such as when they are driven by the user through a graphical user interface This is the case for the object editors and wizards within MySQL Workbench Although the wizard type of plugin must be declared in the usual way only the entry point of the plugin will need to be executed in the plugin function as most of the additional functionality will be invoked as a result of the user interacting with the GUI Note E Reloading a plugin requires MySQL Workbench to be restarted Imported plugin files and their compiled counterparts are stored here Table C 2 User Plugin File Location Operating System File Path Windo
141. the database as well as all its objects If there is no CREATE DATABASE db_name statement in your script file you must import the database objects into an existing schema or if there is no schema a new unnamed schema is created 8 4 2 2 Reverse Engineering a Live Database To reverse engineer a live database choose the Database Reverse Engineer menu item from the main menu This opens the Reverse Engineer Database wizard Figure 8 43 Reverse Engineer Database Wizard Reverse Engineer Database a Connection Options Set Parameters for Connecting to a DBMS Stored Connection KIAN v Select from saved connection settings Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssk Advanced Hostname localhost Port 3306 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP p Username root Name of the user to connect with Password The user s password Will be requested later if it s The first page of the wizard enables you to set up a connection to the live database you wish to reverse engineer You can set up a new connection or select a previously created stored connection Typical information required for the connection includes host name user name and password After this information has been entered or you have selected a stored connection click the Next button to proceed to the next page 271 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 44 Connect to DBMS
142. the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission HIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS ND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE RE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE IABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR ONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF UBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS NTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN ONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE BILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Sl 2 ie lt POHNAH PR Jal O n n H 3 Bitstream Vera License The following software may be included in this product Bitstream Vera Copyright c 2003 by Bitstream Inc All Rights Reserved Bitstream Vera is a trademark of Bitstream Inc Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any 397 Boost Library License person obtaining a copy of the fonts accompanying this license Fonts and as
143. the left Do this by selecting a role and then clicking the lt button Use the Shift key to select multiple contiguous roles and the Control key to select noncontiguous roles To assign privileges to a role click the role in the Roles list This displays all available privileges in the Assigned Privileges list The privileges that display are ALL CREATE DROP GRANT OPTION REFERENCES ALTER e DELETE INDEX INSERT SELECT UPDATE TRIGGER You can choose to assign all privileges to a specific role or any other privilege as listed previously Privileges irrelevant to a specific table such as the FILE privilege are not shown If a role has already been granted privileges on a specific table those privileges show as already checked in the Assigned Privileges list 232 Creating Routines and Routine Groups 8 1 6 2 Routine Groups Adding Routine Groups to the Physical Schemata Double clicking the Add Routine Group icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page adds a routine group with the default name of rout ines1 If a routine group with this name already exists the new routine group is named routines2 Adding a new routine group automatically opens the routine groups editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the routine groups editor see The Routine Group Editor Right clicking a routine group opens a pop up
144. the model but this is configurable during the synchronization process Caution A Because MySQL databases correspond to directories within the data directory you must consider case sensitivity for database table and trigger names which follow the case sensitivity rules of the underlying file system for your operating system Synchronizing models with objects that differ in case may lead to MySQL Workbench producing a DROP statement for that object before recreating it as lowercase For more information see Identifier Case Sensitivity Workarounds include using a consistent convention where the most portable code uses lower case database and table names Or a temporary workaround is to delete the DROP SCHEMA IF EXISTS line from the generated query MySQL Workbench enables control over the direction of synchronization and which objects to synchronize in a completely flexible way Synchronization options include Specify all or specific tables and objects to synchronize e Synchronize both the model and live database or only update one or the other unidirectional or bidirectional Optionally update from or to an SQL script file e Instead of executing the synchronization you may generate an ALTER Script File to later perform the appropriate updates e Fine tune how the synchronization will be performed by choosing the direction of each individual object or configuring particular objects to be ignored There are two similar
145. they are stored in a file created by MySQL Workbench under the user s application data folder sappdata such as C Users username AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench known_hosts The SSH connection options are viewable in the following screenshot Figure 5 18 Manage DB Connections SSH Parameters G MySQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Standard TCP IP over SSH v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssL Advanced SSH Hostname jocathost 22 SSH server hostname with optional port number SSH Username ser Name of the SSH user to connect with SSH Password Store in vaut JI dear SSH user password to connect to the SSH tunnel SSH Key File ni Path to SSH private key file MySQL Hostname 127 0 0 1 MySQL server host relative to the SSH server MySQL Server Port 3306 TCP IP port of the MySQL server Username root Name of the user to connect with The MySQL user s password Wil be requested later if not The schema that will be used as default schema Ce Come Grove ve Advanced The options here are the same as for the Standard TCP IP connection See Standard TCP IP Connection Method SSL The options here are the same as for the Standard TCP IP connection See Standard TCP IP Connection Method S
146. this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software This work was produced at the University of California Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory under contract no W 7405 ENG 48 between the U S Department of Energy and The Regents of the University of California for the operation of UC LLNL DISCLAIMER This software was prepared as an account of work sponsored by an agency of the United States Government Neither the United States Government nor the University of California nor any of their em ployees makes any warranty express or implied or assumes any liability or responsibility for the accuracy completeness or usefulness of any information apparatus product or process disclosed or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights Reference herein to any specific commer cial products process or service by trade name trademark manufacturer or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement recommendation or favoring by the United States Government or the University of California The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States Government or the University of California and shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes A The source code for the md5 module contains the following notice Copyright C 1999 2002 Aladdin Enterprises All rights reserved This so
147. through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version 412 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of
148. to use interface for analyzing and creating indexes for your tables Note kK This feature was added in MySQL Workbench 6 1 To open right click on a table in the object browser and choose Table Inspector from the context menu 198 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 7 28 Open the Table Inspector File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AHE gaang Navigator Query 3 Q sakila v sakila v Fil Tables gt E actor gt address gt category Table Inspector gt city z gt E country Copy to Clipboard gt gt customen Send to SQL Editor gt gt film gt film_acto Create Table gt film_cate Create Table Like gt gt E film_tet Alter Table gt inventory i gt language Table Maintenance gt payment Drop Table gt rental gt staff Truncate Table gt store Search Table Data gt views gt Ell Stored Proce Refresh All b F Functions The Table Inspector shows information related to the table 199 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 7 29 Table Inspector Info Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help ADe gnana g Navigator SCHEMAS a a Localinstance MySQLS7 v sakila sakila actor v Tables gt E actor gt address gt E category gt E city gt E country gt E customer gt E film gt E film_actor a Table rows gt
149. tool on production MySQL instances Production databases require a more complex data migration scenario in most cases Read the overview text and click Start the Wizard to begin Figure 9 43 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Connection Selection File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Connection Selection Select the connection for the source MySQL server where databases wil be copied from and the destination server where they should be copied to Source MySQL Server Select the connection for the source MySQL server instance Source Connection Local instance MySQL55 localhost 3307 Connection succeeded Destination MySQL Server Select the connection object for the destination MySQL server instance Target Connection Local instance MySQLS6 localhost 3306 Connection succeeded 352 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Choose your target and source MySQL connections After choosing and testing your MySQL connections click Next to continue Figure 9 44 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Schema Selection Local inst j X o Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Schema Selection Select the schemas to copy to the destination server and dick Start Copy gt to start the process 7 Migrate MyISAM tables to InnoDB Choose the schemas to migrate and click Start Copy to begin copying the selected schemas from the source to target MySQL server 353 MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard
150. used by Workbench to hold model document data It is also the mechanism by which Workbench can interact with Modules and Plugins Workbench model data such as diagrams schemata and tables is stored in a hierarchy of objects that can be accessed by any plugin The information is represented using standard data types integers doubles strings dicts lists and objects The GRT can be accessed using the Python scripting language Awareness is required of how the GRT data types map into Python For example the GRT integer double and string data types are seen as corresponding Python data types Lists and dicts are kept in their internal representation but can generally be treated as Python lists and dicts and accessed in the usual way Objects contain data fields and methods but the GRT recognizes only objects from a pre registered class hierarchy It is possible to fully examine the classes contained within the GRT using the Workbench Scripting Shell Dots in class names are changed to underscores in their Python counterparts For example db mysql Table becomes db_mysql_Table in Python The Application Objects Tree GRT Tree As mentioned previously Workbench document data is stored in an object hierarchy This hierarchy is known as the GRT Tree The GRT Tree can be accessed and modified from supported external scripting 367 Modules languages such as Python Care should be taken when modifying the GRT Tree to prevent a mist
151. without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of InfoSeek not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission This permission is explicitly restricted to the copying and modification of the software to remain in Python compiled Python or other languages such as C wherein the modified or derived code is exclusively imported into a Python module INFOSEEK CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL INFOSEEK CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Execution tracing The trace module contains the following notice Portions copyright 4200L Autonomous Zones industries Inc all rights err reserved and offered to the public under the terms of the Python 2 2 license Author Zooko O Whielacronx http zooko com mailto zooko zooko com Copyright 2000 Mojam Media Inc all rights reserved Author Skip Montanaro Copyright 1999 Bioreason
152. you do not need to re enter it whenever a new MySQL connection is needed Under Modeling the Role Editor now has Add Everything and Check All Privileges options The Preferences layout changed The tabs were replaced by a list using a horizontal sidebar and additional category names were added For additional information see Section 3 2 Workbench Preferences Keyboard shortcuts now function in the Scripting Shell Model diagram notes can now be resized and automatically rearranged You can also change the style attributes such as the font background color and text color 12 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 12 Model Diagram Note Formatting Big Text Text Z tablet v EE RRE 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 1 x in relation to MySQL Workbench 6 0 x New Navigator PERFORMANCE Section The new PERFORMANCE section includes Dashboard Performance Reports and Performance Schema Setup pages Generally this new performance reporting feature provides a graphical representation of key statistics from the MySQL server status and provides an overview of the MySQL server subsystems Dashboard View server performance statistics in a graphical dashboard 13 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 13 Performance Dashboard BE 501 Workbench fe localhost x File Edit View Query Database Server Toos Scripting H
153. you will need the following e Follow the installation guide for installing iODBC on your system For more information see Section 9 1 General installation requirements e Access to a running PostgreSQL instance with privileges to the database you want to migrate otherwise known as the source database The Migration Wizard officially supports PostgreSQL 8 0 and above although older versions may work e Access to a running MySQL Server instance with privileges to the database you want to migrate The Migration Wizard officially supports MySQL 5 0 and above 346 Preparations 9 6 1 1 Microsoft Windows Download and install the MSI package for psqlODBC Choose the newest file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions msi which will be at the bottom of the downloads page This will install psqlIODBC on your system and allow you to migrate from Postgresql to MySQL using MySQL Workbench 9 6 1 2 Linux After installing iODBC proceed to install the PostgreSQL ODBC drivers Download the psqlODBC source tarball file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions src Use the latest version available for download which will be at the bottom of the downloads page The file will look similar to psqlodbc 09 01 0200 tar gz Extract this tarball to a temporary location open a terminal and cd into that directory The installation process is shell gt cd the src directory shell gt configure with iodbc enabl
154. 0 Orow s retuned int 12 AI PK ji 7 varchar 45 Object Info Feta 2 This displays the query and its associated results grid The table is empty and data may be added into the results grid Note E The movie_idcolumn is set to AUTO_INCREMENT so values are not needed for this column Input the following data into the movies table title release_date Gone with the Wind 1939 04 17 The Hound of the Baskervilles 1939 03 31 The Matrix 1999 06 11 Above the Law 1988 04 08 Iron Man 2 2010 05 07 Note E Do not modify movie_id column values 3 Click Apply to apply these changes to the live MySQL server 4 View the data grid again and observe the generated AUTO_INCREMENT values 177 Tutorial Adding Data Figure 7 14 Getting Started Tutorial Edit Data File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help eG 6 3s amp bl fa Query 1 G eaivy vyQ2CISA E Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies Navigator Query 2 SCHEMAS Ol z v dvd_collection v Tebles vE movies vI Columns gt movie_id gt title Result Grid 4Y Fiter Rows movie_id tide release_date ede c E Eb Exportfimport Sj 5 wrap Cel Contenti 3 C gt release_date F p gt EP Indexes b E Foreign Keys gt tp Triggers gt FS views gt EP Stored Procedures gt EP Functions 1 Gone with the Wind 1939 04 17 The Hound of the B
155. 00 NOT NULL COMMENT Sh StantTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shi EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shifi ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT PRIMARY KEY ShiftID COMMENT Work shift lookup table Reverse Engineer Source ON OU SW Output Messages DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Data Transfer Setup The next steps involve transferring data from the source RDBMS to the target MySQL database The setup screen includes the following options Data Copy e Online copy of table data to target RDBMS This default will copy the data to the target RDBMS e Create a batch file to copy the data at another time The data may also be dumped to a file that can be executed at a later time or be used as a backup Options e Truncate target tables before copying data In case the target database already exists this will delete said data e Worker tasks The default value is 2 This is the number of tasks database connections used while copying the data e Enable debug output for table copy Shows debugging information 317 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 17 MySQL Workbench migration Data Transfer Setup Migration Task List Data Transfer Setup OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the capy of the migrated schema tables in the target MySQL server and click Nex
156. 06 A My Addressbook a E 127 0 0 13306 Hello World Johndoe 127 0 0 1 3306 LY fore GORKO B a Unified SQL Editor and Administration interface In the new user interface the Server Administration functionality such as start stop server managing user accounts etc is now accessible directly from the SQL Editor interface located near where the schema information can be browsed and queries executed The image below contains three screenshots of the Schema window in the SQL Editor The first is from MySQL Workbench 5 2 the second is MySQL Workbench 6 0 with the management tab collapsed and the third shows what the merged management tab looks like Toggle the merged and tabbed views by clicking the new merge button next to the refresh button 29 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 30 Comparing the SQL Editor interface for Workbench 5 2 and 6 0 009 l 009 aoe fe SQL Editor My Local example co a Gi 63 6 6 E fal le tel dol SE elal sci digi d SCHEMAS o MANAGEMENT J soi Q Search objects jj SCHEMAS He foal Server Status Gai rs and Privil gt test bE skila J users rivileges gt test My Local example com DB sakil My Local example com DB sakila E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data Import Restore INSTANCE g Startup Shutdown Server Logs amp Options File SCHEMAS Q Filter objects b sakila b test Object Info Sess
157. 06 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 2006 02 15 0 smalint S UN 2006 02 15 0 AI PK varchar 45 2006 02 15 0 varchar 45 timestamp 2006 02 35 0 Apply Cancel ance Form Editor You can now edit records row by row in a form style editor 19 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 19 SQL Editor Form Editor BH MySQL Workbench cine amp Localhost sakila x Database Server Tools Scripting Help 2 SCHEMAS a Bl7 FACIRBEIGORI 39 We Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor gt dvd_collection gt information_schema gt newschema um gt of edit Ee ED gt performance_scheme Vv amp sakila v E Tebles gt E actor gt E address gt category gt Ba Last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 smalint 5 UN AI PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp Field Types Displays information about the selected fields similar to passing in column type info from the command line client 20 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 20 SQL Editor Field Types BY Ms Workbench Eer Fe Localhost sakila x File Edit View Query Database Serer Tools Scripting Help 6 8 636 2G amp fa Navigator SCHEMAS SEIS FAOISFIGSRMI QAWME Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor dvd_collect
158. 1l1 nvd3dum nvwgf2um nvwgf2um Current user language English United States 8 1 1 2 The Toolbar The MySQL Workbench toolbar is located immediately below the menu bar Click the tools in the toolbar to perform the following actions e The new document icon Creates a new document e The folder icon Opens a MySQL Workbench file mwb extension e The save icon Saves the current MySQL Workbench project The right and left arrows The left arrow performs an Undo operation The right arrow performs a Redo operation Other tools appear on the toolbar depending upon the context Tool Specific Toolbar Items When an EER diagram canvas is selected the following icons appear to the right of the arrow icons e The toggle grid icon Turns the grid on and off The grid icon Aligns objects on the canvas with the grid e The new EER diagram icon Creates a new EER diagram tab The toolbar also changes depending upon which tool from the vertical toolbar is active For discussion of these tools see Section 8 1 2 1 The Vertical Toolbar If the Table tool is active schemata lists engine types and collations appear on the toolbar The table properties can be modified using the Properties Editor When an object is selected the object s properties such as color can be changed in the Properties Editor 8 1 1 3 EER Diagrams Use the Add new Diagramiconinthe MySQL Model area to create EER diagrams When you add an EER diagram a
159. 3 AFG Adm0_dif 0 000000 borders2 1 Additional New SQL Editor Features e Result Set Widths resized result set column widths are now preserved and remembered This data is saved under Workbench s cache directory using the schema table column format Opened closed and reordered SQL editor tabs are now properly saved and restored The scroll position and cursor locations are also remembered e Shared Snippets these allow multiple users to share SQL code across a shared MySQL connection They are stored in a schema named mysqiworkbench on the connected MySQL server by storing the snippets in a shared MySQL instance For additional information see Section 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab e The full SQL syntax error is now viewable by hovering over the error response message e The Query Status tab was improved to include graphs and additional information Execute SQL Scripts The new Run SQL Script dialog executes an SQL script without loading it into the SQL editor This is useful because loading large scripts for editing can cause performance problems related to increased memory usage and required processing for editor features such as syntax highlighting syntax checking and code folding The dialog lets you preview a part of the script optionally specify a default schema and optionally set the default character set to use for the imported data The output window shows warnings messages and an execution progression bar Sel
160. 37 2014 01 08T16 20 05 2014 01 08 20 40 22 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 18 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 15 U C 2014 01 06 20 40 12 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 09 U C 2014 01 08 20 40 05 UC 2014 01 06 20 40 02 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 59 U 2014 01 08 20 39 56 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 52 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 49 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 46 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 42 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 39 U 2014 01 08 20 39 37 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 37 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 36 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 33 U C 2014 01 06 20 39 29 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 26 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 23 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 19 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 15 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 13 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 10 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 05 U C 2014 01 08 20 39 03 U C Query Query Query Query Query Query Query YNNNNNNNNNN ONNNNNNNNNNNNNN User root root Glo rootiroot Blo rootiroot Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo root root Glo roat root lo rootiroot Glo root root Glo root root Glo rootiroot Glo_ root root Glo root roct Glo_ rootfroot Glo roat roct Glo_ root root Glo root root Glo_ roat root Glo root root Glo roat root Glo roat root Glo root root Glo roat root Glo_ roat root Glo rootirootl lo Host IP 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 12
161. 43 2 1 System Requirements sii eeeeess ass rive beneesctie cveheneeicensaracde wee edecshd receetewpudeedh eedvibebeweeretimeeetens 43 2 2 Command line options cceceecccceee cece cece ee ee eae eeee anes cece aa aaa te eeeeee ease aaaaaeeeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeseeeeeeaea 44 2 3 MySQL Workbench on Windows c ccece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eae eeeeeeee ee aeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeseeaeaaea 45 2 23 10 INStALlING acetal ee aed are ees aed ed Geet Av tang 45 PA CAI IIG MING oer eats Ss Sata anes A E TEE a a bs betene stared E ds ete 47 2 33 38 Uninstalling sc21s 4 see thee es aed ee ne a 47 2 4 MySQL Workbench on Linux ccccceceeeeeee cece eee eect ener esse ae aaa eeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeseeeeeeaaaaaneeeeeeeees 48 2AT INSTALLING anoe tt adgeiete e E E ad dea eden A ea ees aoa ae 48 2A 2 LAUDNCRING rrr ens AAE A EEE eee ms Sean ee 51 2 43 Uninstalling ea Ghee A A es 51 2 5 MySQL Workbench on OS X ooeceeeeeecccceeeeeeeeee tees ee ae ae eeee cesses eee aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeneeseeeees 52 25A INStALlIAG ana ee Aa van eaten a ee a ances E ANEA eae ae opel 52 2S 2 LAUNCHING merr een a e a aE coh a atten teas bteseamarnde ut eneiek weeeete Sanya 54 20a Uninstalling aaaea Wore a aie aoe a 54 SB GOMPQUIALION cofcrkyavess E eave Gh als Conve ee eee Daa eee oe a ea es eae 55 3 1 User Accessibility Options rirani i e a a a aa daa adit 55 3 2 Workbench Preferences ucno oan e E E OE OARS E A 58 3 2 1 General Editors Prefere
162. 5 82 2006 02 15 04 45 25 101 2006 02 15 04 45 25 60 2006 02 15 04 45 25 97 2006 02 15 04 45 25 31 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 44 2006 02 15 04 45 25 44 2006 02 15 04 45 25 so 2006 02 15 04 45 25 2006 02 15 04 45 25 101 2006 02 15 04 45 25 82 2006 02 15 04 45 25 11 2006 02 15 04 45 25 Buttons to replace insert or copy the snippet into the SQL editor or system s clipboard De e Get Cities s SELECT FROM sakila city Insert Snippet at Cursor Replace Editor Content with Snippet Execute Snippet Copy Snippet to Clipboard Edit Snippet Add Snippet from Editor Content Delete Snippet Restore Onginal Snippet List Right click on a snippet to reveal additional options mm Snippets Local snippets are stored in the MySQL Workbench user s directory By default the My Snippets SQL snippets are stored here 168 SQL Snippets tab Table 7 1 Default Local Snippet File Location Operating System File Path Windows AppData MySQL Workbench User Snippets txt OS X username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench snippets User Snippets txt Linux username mysq l workbench snippets User Snippets txt Editing or adding snippets to My Snippets in MySQL Workbench edits this plain text file Optionally you can edit this file outside of MySQL Workbench or create new files that will also be listed under the snippets selector For example adding a file named More Snippets txt
163. 6 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 Log File Location C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data PHILIP US err Showing 797 records starting at byte offset 175883 Coen reanna Perras moreen Cate File MyFirstConnection Server Logs Fs Est View Quy Dabba Soave Tooke i Satoting I Hap BE Ehhee SQL F Detais D C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 bin mysqld Forcing dol C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 bin mysqld Forcing dos C Progrem Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 5 bin mysqld Forcing clo Binlog end Shutting down plugin partition Shutting down plugin PERFORMANCE_SCHEMA Shutting down plugin INNODS_SYS_DATAFILES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLESPACES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_FOREIGN_COLS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_FOREIGN Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_FIELDS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_COLUMNS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_INDEXES Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLESTATS Shutting down plugin INNODB_SYS_TABLES log Fle Size 235 7 kB Slow queries when available for more information see The Slow Query Log 111 Service Control Figure 5 29 Navigator Management Instance Server Logs Slow Log Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She saeugg s Navigator SQL File 1 Administration Server Logs x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections
164. 7 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 127 0 0 1 Status Command Class Info show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show_status show status eeeeeeee 8 eFeeee ee e208 828808829889 show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show globalstatus show alobalstatus Showing records 0 to 10000 from 10486 total matched entries from cache The currently audit_log policy is set to log all events lt Previous Pag Object Info The search field offers criteria for narrowing the displayed events including Show events of type Fetch and Show events of type Query and defaults to Show all events Custom filters are also available You can Add Files to Cache from the main Audit Inspector page 128 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 5 47 Wor
165. 8 1 10 Creating Images Images exist only on the EER Diagram canvas you can add them only from the EER Diagram window 8 1 10 1 Adding Images to an EER Diagram To add images to an EER Diagram use the Image tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the image icon on the vertical toolbar The image icon is the icon just above the table icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to an image pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to an image pointer by pressing the I key Create an image by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This opens a file open dialog box Select the desired image then close the dialog box to create an image on the canvas To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking this object opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut Image Copy Image e Edit Image e Edit in New Window e Delete Image These menu items function in exactly the same way as they do for other objects on an EER diagram However images are not database objects so there is no confirmation dialog box when they are deleted 8 1 10 2 The Image Editor To invoke the image editor double click an image object on an EER Diagram canvas This opens the image editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the image editor tab undocks the 238 Additional Modeling Too
166. 8 1 3 2 Adding Tables to an EER Diagram Tables can also be added to an EER Diagram using the table tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the table icon on the vertical toolbar The table icon is the rectangular tabular icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a table pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a table pointer by pressing the T key Choosing the table tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Tables pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list an engines list a collations list and a color chart list Use these lists to select the appropriate schema engine collation and color accent for the new table Make sure that you associate the new table with a database The engine and collation of a table can be changed using the table editor The color of your table can be changed using the Properties palette The Default Engine and Default Collation values refer to the database defaults Create a table by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new table with the default name tablel To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Figure 8 10 A Table on an EER Diagram address v address_id SMALLINT 5 gt address VARCHAR 50 address2 VARCHAR 50 O district VARCHAR 20 city_id SMALLINT 5 posta _co
167. 99 The following applies to all products licensed under the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 You may not use the identified files except in compliance with the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www gnu org licenses lgpl 2 1 html A copy of the license is also reproduced below Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Pree Software Foundation Inc Sil imei Stereasic IWalitcln Wileom EOS Ey WA W2iIIO 1sGil wisi Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble 406 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sur
168. AE A TEE ena 356 9 8 7 Target Creation Options vi n4ccsessei ali Meta Gaia a e a elo ieee 356 9 8 8 Schema Creation cc ssc oa haneccs babace alsa acs Sacea nau ae bead bates eats Sey Mates Seatac tees belnnae claves 357 9 8 9 Greate Target Results ii arsin iiie an e aare iea aaia aA aa a eapuietabeboneenas 357 9 8 10 Data Migration Setup esssesssessssssssrisrrisrssssrttrritttttnttnrttttssttnnrttnntasttunrnnnenannenn nn 357 9 38 11 B k Data Transfer ccicsec it eis teity tds AREE ies REEE ae AA EEEE diet ents e theese 357 98 12 Migration Repot serrr eE E ctu ayes ER A dua datraasGaneeainchateadeuebaa dinates 357 9 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ c ccceceeeeeee ae eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 357 A MySQL Workbench Frequently Asked QUESTIONS 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae aaa teense eeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 359 B Keyboard Shortcuts ic 2 eevee ie ee ee i eel ates 363 C Extending Workbench 0 ccccccceceeeee a eee e ee ee ae a ee ee ee ee aaa ee ee ee ee ee aa aaa AA an aaaaaaeeeeeeeeaeaaea 367 C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization 0 cccceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeee tees aeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 367 G28 MOGUICS re EEE elt eee Meee A E haere Migs ad auth oe Grime een TE Sande ne tats 368 G73 PlUGINSs TOOIS cate teint at eee gree hols SA ie eee te an ed ine ce ee 369 C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MFOrMs ccccceeeeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeee
169. AL Sets SQL_MODE to TRADITIONAL causing the server to operate in a more restrictive mode and ALLOW_INVALID_DATES causing dates to not be fully validated These server variables are then reset at the end of the script using the following statements SET SQL_MODE OLD_SQL_MODE SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS SET UNIQUE_CHECKS OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS Workbench Behavior Questions e A 1 861 Why do my query results sometimes say Read Only but other times can edit data in the results grid e A 2 361 I m attempting to execute a DELETE query but the query fails with an Error Code 1175 error How do proceed e A 3 3861 My MySQL server connection is timing out with an error like Error Code 2013 Lost connection to MySQL server during query Can adjust the timeout A 4 861 What do the column flag acronyms PK NN UQ BIN UN ZF Al in the MySQL Workbench Table Editor mean 360 Questions and Answers A 1 Why do my query results sometimes say Read Only but other times I can edit data in the results grid Data in the query results grid is only editable when the query results includes a primary key For example SELECT type FROM food will be read only if type is not a primary key but SELECT id type FROM food will be editable when id is a primary key Typically SELECT syntax is used in Workbench which often includes query results with a primary key For additional informat
170. AL 423 H 26 PyCrypto 2 6 LICENSE ninini aa aaa a aa aaa aia a as aia 423 TA AED Licenses wv E AEE A E AT 425 H 28 PYSOLite Licensee aa aa Holes A A Aaaa a aa A AA aa e AERIS 426 IESIND EE E EE N T E A E E A A E EE E AEA 426 HS0 SCINHMALIGENSE eeii E E A E EA EE E A 436 H 31 Scinti ANE T EIGENS aah ekerek a e ee 438 H 82 SQLCIPNSr N ea T E EE AE A E T 439 FESS TOYXME LICENSE e rrea eTe ar S AET AE ERE ERONEN E EEOAE 439 H 34 TreeViewAdv for NET License ccccceeeee cece ce eeee ce eeee eee sa eeee ae eesaeeeeaaeeesaeeesaeeeeaeeesaeeeeas 439 HSS VSOkitet Licenses A iesicer adie EEE cdot adeca uaa ENERE ake NREN A de RECIPERE ERES 440 m Fro 037 4 oA TETE Ser E E ee Oe ee eee eer er ar 441 vi Preface and Legal Notices This is the User Manual for the MySQL Workbench For license information see the Legal Notices This product may contain third party code For license information on third party code see Appendix H Third Party Licenses Legal Notices Copyright 2006 2015 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part i
171. ATES Advanced Others Model Default Target MySQL Version A limited subset of validation procedures and table editor options are affected by this MySQL version number Supported MySQL Server 5 6 features include fraction seconds support for TIME DATETIME and TIMESTAMP automatic initialization and updates for TIMESTAMP and DATETIME for example setting them to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and FULLTEXT index types with the InnoDB engine Model Table Defaults Default Storage Engine Tables created in MySQL Workbench will be defined using this default storage engine Forward Engineering and Synchronization SQL_MODE to be used in generated scripts Defaults to TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_DATES this defines the SQL_MODE used by Forward Engineering and Synchronization 70 Modeling Preferences Preferences Modeling Diagram Figure 3 14 Preferences Modeling Diagram a Workbench Preferences x General Editors Y SQL Editor All Objects Query Editor V Expand New Objects Object Editors 3 SQL Execution V Propagate Object Color Changes to All Diagrams Administration V Modeling Tables Defaults MySQL V Show Column Types Diagram Show Schema Name Appearance Fonts amp Colors jax Length of ENUMs and SETs to Display 20 Advanced Others Show Column Flags Max Number of Columns to Display 30 Larger tables will be truncated Routines Trim Routine Nam
172. Add Routine SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT Routine Groups 0 items INT 11 be Add Group gt Schema Privileges After opening the Table Templates manager make the desired adjustments and click Apply to commit the changes 287 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates Figure 8 59 Table Templates Manager Manage templates of tables with pre defined columns for frequently used table structures Table Template Ji timestamps iif user L category Column Column Collation gt Rae l Table Default gt email gt password Additional Flags gt create_time CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Click to add To open an existing template from the SQL editor hover over the Create Table Like context menu and select the desired table template For modeling double click on a template in the right modeling sidebar 8 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates This section provides an overview of creating and modifying DBDoc Model Reporting templates as used by MySQL Workbench The MySQL Workbench DBDoc Model Reporting system is based on the Google Template System This discussion does not attempt to explain the Google Template System in detail For a useful overview of how the Google Template System works see the Google document How To Use the Google Template System text files are processed by the template system built into MySQL Workbench and the m
173. Ae Result Grid T 4 Faer Ronas E c ED Ea Bpoimpon Eg a wap cot contents TZ O Ea Stored Procedures actor_id firstname _last_name last_update gt EP Functions GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 gt test NICK WAHLBERG 2006 02 15 04 34 33 History Output is the currently b W word CHASE 2006 02 15 04 34 33 selected Output scheme 2006 02 15 04 34 33 SQL statement history sections separated by day for the active y SELECT FROM sakila category MySQL connection SELECT FROM sakia fiim_tet SELECT FROM sakila film_text SELECT rental_id FROM rental WHERE invertory_id 10 AND customer_id 3 AND retum_date IS NULL SELECT CONCATicustomer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INN SELECT FROM sakia customer SELECT FROM world country Management SELECT FROM word courtry SELECT FROM sakia actor Information SQL statement history as performed in Workbench for the active MySQL connection Object Info 7 1 8 Table Data Search Panel Find data across a MySQL connection by using the text search feature on any number of tables and schemas From the Schema Tree choose the tables and or schemas you want to search and and then select Search Data Table from the context menu 173 Export a Result Set Figure 7 10 Table Search Example Multiple Tables and Schemas Sg a TR HDG OEA Ea a se Navigator Enter text to search in tables selected in the sch
174. C iODBC is recommended You can use the iODBC library provided by your distribution pyodbc is the Python module used by MySQL Workbench to interface with ODBC and may be used to migrate ODBC compliant databases such as PostgreSQL and DB2 In Windows and OS X it is included with Workbench In Linux binaries provided by Oracle also include pyodbc If you re using a self compiled binary make sure you have the latest version and that it is compiled against the ODBC manager library that you chose whether it is iODBC or unixODBC As of version 3 0 6 pyodbc will compile against unixODBC by default If you are compiling against iODBC then you must perform the following steps 1 Install the development files for iODBC Usually you just need to install the 1 ibiodbc devel or libiodbc2 dev package provided by your distribution 2 Inthe pyodbc source directory edit the setup py file and around line 157 replace the following line settings libraries append odbc with settings libraries append iodbc 3 Execute the following command as the root user CPFLAGS iodbc config cflags LDFLAGS iodbc config libs python setup py install 9 1 2 ODBC Drivers For each RDBMS you need its corresponding ODBC driver which must also be installed on the same machine that MySQL Workbench is running on This driver is usually provided by the RDBMS manufacturer but in some cases they can also be provided by third party vendors or open sour
175. Creating Notes issii innia eiai a a e aaia a a aai iiaiai 236 8 1 9 Creating Text ODjOCtS priini nienie eike ee a a aa a a A aa aeia 237 81 10 Creating MAJE S nann do ee eae te ea haa bite ee eae 238 8 2 Additional Modeling Tools arrera suena nae ana AEAN a AKEE NEENA RUKEA PRAKEN AEEA nE KEENAN KENNE POKEA ERONEN 239 8 2 1 Printing Diagrams iaeei is head eee te e KE NAA eek aed DAT VERE AANA E aK VVAA ANAA a aaa 239 8 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting sarrere ennaint N AEE KE OREN R RE 239 8 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeee ce ae ee eeeeeeeeee ee aaea ee eeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeseeeeeeaeaaaaees 243 8 3 Modeling Tutorials serris erate eA E eens ot NE AAKER EA bapa paces oc ead Wedge So bese ease ea ae 244 8 3 1 Creating a Model Arican a ie a eared dave 244 8 32 Basie MOGGIIAG noniin deck EE A OE ais nosis ates das cette ode eae tee 251 8 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script 2 00 0 cece ee cece cece ee ee aa eeeeeeeeee esse aaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeees 253 8 3 4 Using the Default Schema 00 cece cece cece cece ae ae ee te ener esse ead eee eeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 255 8 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database cece cece eeee cree eater reece eeeeaaaeeeeeaaeaeeeeaaaeeeeaaeeees 257 8 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering cceeceeeeeeee ener ee ee ener ee ee eee tesa ae ee ee ee ae eeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeaeees 259 8 4 1 Forward Engineering issie aiai iea dee a eae ideaa ae i a iaia 259 8
176. Creation Y Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source Create a SQL script file OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Manual Editing Options Keep schemata if they already exist Objects that akeady exist wil not be recreated or updated Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Here are options for executing the generated code in the target RDBMS your MySQL instance from the second step or you can dump it to an SQL script file Leave it as shown above and move to the next page The migrated SQL code will be executed on the target MySQL server You can view its progress in the Create Schemata page 338 Create the database objects Figure 9 36 Create Schemata MySQL Workbench ko fe Migraton x File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help SACLE Migration Task List Create Schemata OVERVIEW o gt Overview The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects wil now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs and if there are errors SOURCE amp TARGET you may correct them in the next step Table data wil be migrated at a later step Y Source Selection Y Target Selection F Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source Create Soipt Fie Connect to Target Database Perform Checks in Target Create Schemata and Objects OB
177. D INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL HE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Gaa 5 zl 7 gdal frmts gtiff tif_float c Cojwrenelace te 2002 nemesa Waele S Meese a Chivisae m Or EE Digital Lea INIG All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the Gals DUELON x Neither the name of Industrial Light amp Magic nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EV
178. DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the names of Gnome the Gnome Foundation and Bitstream Inc shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Font Software without prior written authorization from the Gnome Foundation or Bitstream Inc respectively For further information contact fonts at gnome dot org H 4 Boost Library License The following software may be included in this product Boost C Libraries Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below Boost Software License Version 1 0 August 17th 2003 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by this license the Software to use reproduce display distribute execute and transmit the Software 398 Cairo License and to prepare derivative works of the Software and to permit third parties to whom the Software is furnished to do so all subject to the following The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement including the above license grant this restriction and
179. E This weekly backup saves al dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Schedule Contents Options Advanced amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Backup full contents of this MySQL instance 5 Select objects to induded exduded MySQL ENTERPRISE i audit inspector Select objects to be backed up Legacy Options Online Backup a Restore Management EGUEN Information Connection Name Local instance MySQLS7 Host amp cahost Port 3307 Server MySQL Community IRSE Session 134 Online Backup Figure 5 52 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Contents for Partial Backups n BR MySQL Workbench Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges Status and System Variables amp Data Export Server Tools Scripting Help MySQL Enterprise Backup Ba_ YS Enterprise EJ MySQL Enterprise Backup Badup Profile Name badup Partial Data Not Scheduled File Edit View Query Database She jG amp amp fa 4 Data Import Restore Comments INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard g Performance Reports a Performance Schema Setup Schedule Contents Options Advanced Backup full contents of this MySQL instance Select objects to induded exdud
180. E filmcategoy If AVG row length gt E film_tet gt E inventory Osta lengh gt E language Index length gt payment Max data length 0 0 bytes gt E rental P gt E staff Data free 0 0 bytes gt fa store Table size estimate 32 0 KiB gt amp Views Update time gt P Stored Procedures Create time 2014 10 02 18 17 10 gt F Functions g loaded Auto increment 334 Table collation utf8_general_ci Create options Table actor Comment Columns F 5 Information on this page may be outdated Click to update it Object Info 1 200 Chapter 8 Database Design Modeling Table of Contents 8 1 Modeling Interface rasiaan AAE avd ae ANENE e AA Wendt ve dhdene ENE E veces 202 SF hi Model EANO tipii bie eueacensd naan icon eae E A oir ont sete 202 8 4 2 EER Diagram ENOT duriani ee Quiet Wie vibe al ee ied aden eve dee vec eee 219 85153 Creating Tables mrnte aval lepekedet hag ade vapee cap dh ia EAE OROA thea ON apeisced vids ov abe ede daa elon 223 8 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships 0 ccccceeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 225 8515 Creating ViOWS ves ic 4 tosis feeder see A E dvgh aie hie ie ieto di acne 229 8 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Group cceceeeeeeeeeeeee cece aa eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaenees 230 8 1 7 Creating Layers reier reekin aeaa beak el passa tee AA EE Aa aneka a Needed EAO ENNEA Ta hear eee de 234 8 1 8
181. ENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY Ola LIABIDITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT SIRICI IL IVANS EI AL TENG OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE 402 GDAL OGR License OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE gdal frmts hdf4 hdf eos Copyright C 1996 Hughes and Applied Research Corporation Permission to use modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation gdal frmts pcraster libcsf Copyright c 1997 2003 Utrecht University All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AIS mMer Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation an
182. ER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film id WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE LIMIT 5 m ces UI loven 2 forsee Bq View the JSON EXPLAIN source Query cost 8813 01 MySQL 5 7 Cost Information Visual Explain Type 1613 61 4013 61 Full Table Scan Non Unique Key Lookup Non Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup idx_fk_fiim_id e idx_fk_inventory_id Hover over to see additional information Visual Explain Tab Result 1 x Spatial View Panel GIS support for InnoDB tables is now supported to make it easier to visualize spatial and geometry data in a geographic context The new spatial view panel renders data from each row into a separate and selectable element When clicked you can view the rest of the data from that row in the textbox If you have multiple queries with geometry data you can overlay them onto the same map View options include the Robinson Mercator Equirectangular and Bonne projection methods Note E GIS support for InnoDB tables was added in MySQL server 5 7 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 6 Spatial View Example woFe AO S O OB umors _ QT e SELECT FROM gis_test borders2 100 9 11 cee Toot EBD zoom Q Q rese Q A jump to PS v Vo gt Sat a ENS bd Sia cue ae ane er er La 79457 9
183. F struct checksum 0xb46b524d gt lt value type string key description gt A basic TEXT report listing schemata and objects lt value gt lt value type string key name gt HIML Basic Frame Report lt value gt lt value type list content type object content struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo key styles gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo id 7550655C CD4B 4EB1 8FAB AAEE4 9B2261E struct checksum 0xab08451b gt lt value type string key description gt Designed to be viewed with a fixed sized font lt value gt lt value type string key name gt Fixed Size Font lt value gt lt value type String key previewImageFileName gt preview_basic png lt value gt lt value type String key styleTagValue gt fixed lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value type string key mainFileName gt report txt lt value gt lt value gt lt data gt The file defines wwo objects the TemplateInfo object and the TemplateStyleInfo object These objects contain information about the template that will be displayed in the DBDoc Model Reporting wizard main page Change the object GUIDs that are used in the file In this example there are two that need replacing id BD6879ED 814C 4CA3 A8 69 98 64F83B88DF id 7550655C CD4B 4EB1 8FAB AAEE4 9B2261E Generate two new GUIDS This can be done using any suitable command line tool
184. F teute Add SET TIME _ZONE 00 00 to the dump fie oie E Snternalsshow internal schemas Show internal MySQL schemas mysql nformaton_schema performance_schema in the export schema ist Management The maximum size of one packet or any generated intermediate string 1G Inserts F add4ocks Surround each table dump with LOCK TABLES and UNLOCK TABLES statements E complete insert Use complete INSERT statements that indude column names 7 extended nsert Use multipleow INSERT syntax that indude several VALUES lists E insertignore Write INSERT IGNORE statements rather than INSERT statements E replace Write REPLACE statements rather than INSERT statements Click Start Export to begin the export process 123 Data Import Restore Figure 5 42 Navigator Management Data Export Export Progress File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She ssesd Navigator Administration Data Export MANAGEMENT Local instance MySQL S7 Server Status amp Client Connections Data Export I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data Import Restore Object Selection Export Progress Export Completed Status f i INSTANCE a B Startup shutdown Log A Server Logs 14 57 28 Dumping sakla al tables amp Options File Running C Program Files MySQL MySQL Server 5 7 bin mysqidump exe defauits file c users pholson appdata ocal tem
185. G menu item Figure 8 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram m actor_id SMALLINT S film _id SMALLINT 5 tk_film_category_category film_id SMALLINT S category id TINYINT 3 category_id TINYINT 3 koaa fk_film_act r_actor fk_film_category_film fk_film_actor_film fk_film_language_original tk_film_language H language _id TINYINT 3 heee s actor Jd SMALLINT S film _id SMALLINT S fkinventory_film language _id TINYINT 3 film_id SMALLINT 6 1 fk_rental_inventory 3 rental_id INT 11 a a as ee I lt o inventory_id MEDIUMINT 8 customer _id SMALLINT S inventory_id MEDIUMINT 8 filmid SMALLINT S PR store_id TINYINT 3 f_Invenitory_store staff Jd TINYINT 3 p fk_rental_customer l l H F country _id SMALLINT S tk_city_country store_id TINYINT 3 fk_customer_store manager_staff_jd TINYINT S _ address_id SMALLINT 5 4 G customer_id SMALLINT S store_id TINYINT 3 address_id SMALLINT S y 7 _rental_staff 4 city_id SMALLINT S country_id SMALLINT S Nk stafl_store i fk_store_address i l d p l l l I _payntent_rental fk_store_dtant fk_customen address 7 payment Jd SMALLINT 5 lt customer _id SMALLINT S staff id
186. G BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Any feedback is very welcome http www math keio ac jp matumoto emt html email matumoto math keio ac jp The socket module uses the functions getaddrinfo and getnameinfo which are coded in separate source files from the WIDE Project http www wide ad jp Gaos teine O 1995 1996 WIS aiael WIG S o severe lt All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions AIS iWiSie s 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other mater
187. GHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 7 cURL libcurl License The following software may be included in this product CURT leila curs Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE Copyright c 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg lt daniel haxx se gt All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE
188. HORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE 435 Scintilla License LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Select kqueue The select and contains the following notice for the kqueue interface Copyright c 2000 Doug White 2006 James Knight 2007 Christian Heimes All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are mets 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution HIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND NY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE RE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE OR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL AMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS R SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIAB
189. Help Topics JEE General information about the Workbench runtime scripting Practical information when working on scripts and modules for Workbench wbdata Summary about Workbench model data organization modules Information about Workbench module usage plugins Information about writing Plugins and Modules for Workbench Type topic to get help on the topic Custom Python Modules 373 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs Cust Module to work with Workbench runtime grt objects CHEE 6 EOE The root object in the internal Workbench object hierarchy grt modules Location where Workbench modules are available grt classes List of classes known to the GRT system mforms A Module to access the cross platform UI toolkit used in some Workbench features wb Utility module for creating Workbench plugins Type help module object function to get information about a module object or function Type dir object to get a quick list of methods an object has For an introductory tutorial on the Python language Vigil Mito dece pytinon org tuLerialy For general Python and library reference documentation visit http python org doc Within the Workbench Scripting Shell there are five tabs on the top of the left side panel Files Globals Classes and Modules and Notifications Note E An exception is thrown while attempting to use input or read from stdin C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and No
190. How To Report Bugs or Problems View Reported Bugs Opens your default browser to see a list of current bugs Locate Log Files Opens up the directory that contains the MySQL Workbench log files Show Log File Opens up the main MySQL Workbench log file in your default text editor This file is typically named wh log Check For Updates Checks if you are using the current MySQL Workbench version If you are then a popup informs you of this If not then a prompt asks you to open the MySQL Workbench download page 212 Model Editor e About Workbench Displays the MySQL Workbench About window This also displays the MySQL Workbench version System Info Use the Help System Info menu item to display information about your system This item is especially useful for determining your rendering mode Sample output follows MySQL Workbench Community GPL for Windows version 6 1 4 revision 11773 build 1454 Configuration Directory C Users philip AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench Data Directory C Users philip Desktop MySQL MySQL Workbench 6 1 4 CE Cairo Version 1 8 8 OS Microsoft Windows 7 Service Pack 1 build 7601 64 bit CPU 4x Intel R Core TM i5 2400 CPU 3 10GHz 8 0 GiB RAM Active video adapter NVIDIA GeForce GT 610 Installed video RAM 1024 MB Current video mode 1920 x 1080 x 4294967296 colors Used bit depth 32 Driver version 9 18 13 2049 Installed display drivers nvd3dumx d1ll nvwgf2umx d1ll nvwgf2umx d
191. ILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT IABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY UT Ola THE DSE COF THIS SOFTWARES EVEN TE ADVISED OU THE ISONS HS LISI IL ING ON UCH DAMAGE mA Ar D mo T aeo 1S tea strtod and dtoa The file Python dtoa c which supplies C functions dtoa and strtod for conversion of C doubles to and from strings is derived from the file of the same name by David M Gay currently available from http www netlib org fp The original file as retrieved on March 16 2009 contains the following copyright and licensing notice RK KKK KKK IK KR I AR AA I A A IA I I I I k k k k IK The author of this software is David M Gay Copyright c 1991 2000 2001 by Lucent Technologies Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of this software and in all copies of the supporting documentation for such software THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY IN PARTICULAR NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE FRR A IK A RAR A I A A I A AA k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk k k
192. IMITED OQ THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A ARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT HALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR NY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN CTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE R OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 25 PROJ 4 License The following software may be included in this product oh ts eh iS OOP PN All source data files and other contents of the PROJ 4 package are available under the following terms Note that the PROJ 4 3 and earlier was public domain as is common with US government work but apparently this is not a well defined legal term in many countries I am placing everything under the following MIT style license because I believe it is effectively the same as public domain allowing anyone to use the code as they wish including making proprietary derivatives Though I have put my own name as copyright holder I don t mean to imply I did the work Essentially all work was done by Gerald Evenden Copyright c 2000 Frank Warmerdam Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to perm
193. In the SQL Editor choose Create Table Like right sidebar For additional information see Section 8 6 Table Templates Vertical Text or in Modeling use the A Vertical Text output option for queries equivalent to G from the command line Client was added To execute choose Query Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output 35 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 36 Vertical Text G MySQLWorkbench File Edit view Ta Database Plugins Scripting Help l 00090 Execute All or Selection CHO My Local example com DB sakila Execute All or Selection to Text te iss Execute Current Statement Se S 7 SS Sr i Q Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output Explain Current Statement NEA SCHEMAS o Gai Visual Explain Current Statement XOHRO Q Filter objects fom SELG s to v amp sakila p v Tables _ Stop Script Execution on Errors gt amp actor 100 l l gt I address gt SELECT FROM Reconnect to Server gt m category Pee eee eee eee New Tab to Current Server CHT gt i city actor_id 1 a rst nase a v Auto Commit Transactions gt E country last_update 26 Commit Transaction gt E customer aie ae Te Rollback Transaction gt E film first_name NII gt E film_actor last_name WAl Commit Result Edits last_update 20 Discard Result Edits gt E film_category actor_id 3 first_name ED gt E inventory Exp
194. JECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Y Manual Editing Finished performing tasks Click Next gt to continue Target Creation Options Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report Once the creation of the schemata and objects finishes you can move to the Create Target Results page It presents a list of created objects and includes any generated errors while they were created It will look similar to 339 Transfer the data to the MySQL database Figure 9 37 Create Target Results E MySQL Workbench a Migraton X Migration Task List OVERVIEW O Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemata List Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Y Manual Editing Y Target Creation Options Y Create Schemata DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help Create Target Results Scripts to create the target schema were executed No data has been migrated yet Review the ceaton report below for errors or warnings If there are any errors you can manually fix the scripts and dick Recreate Objects to retry the schema creation or return to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and retry the target creation j Preamble Northwind Northwind Northwind Categones
195. LAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 OK 0 000 sec Figure 6 16 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Best traditional id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra a SIMPLE orders range _i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk i_o_clerk_date _i_o_clerk_date 20 18 Using index condition 159 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance To summarize the results Table 6 2 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Query Comparison Type Possible keys Key Rows Duration Extra info Rows Scanned seconds returned all NULL NULL 1 50M 1 201 Using where 18 range i_o_orderdate i_o _orderdag642 0 281 Using index condition 18 Using where range i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk 1546 0 234 Using index condition 18 i_o clerk Using where range i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk_ da amp e 0 234 Using index condition 18 i_o clerk i_o _clerk_date 160 Chapter 7 Database Development Table of Contents Ti Visal SOL Editor ici0c wwii a hohe a ae Ae ee eee 161 FAA SQL Query WINdOW Tarse sparsa he A randana ariaa eane ahe Ved aaeds dues n tha eaa la aa A aeania tn Sedain 162 7 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar cccccccceceeeeeee cece eee ee eeeeeeeeee essa eae eeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeseeeeeeaeaaeeees 163 7 1 3 Query and Edit Menus orione e eee teeter ee ee eee ener tees ee p teases Ea iai 165 LAA Result
196. LETE statements where keys are not used properly and that would probably accidentally change or delete a large number of rows Preferences SQL Editor Query Editor Figure 3 7 Preferences SQL Editor Query Editor N Workbench Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor __ Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration YV Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others Productivity Productivity V Enable Code Completion in Editors V Automatically Start Code Completion Z Use UPPERCASE keywords on completion Comment type to use for comment shortcut Max syntax error count 100 Max number of result sets 50 SQL Beautifier V Change keywords to UPPER CASE 62 SQL Editor Preferences Enable Code Completion in Editors The SQL Editor offers Auto complete functionality by either pressing the keyboard shortcut Modifier Space or it will start automatically if the Automatically Start Code Completion preference is enabled Automatically Start Code Completion Enabled by default this will automatically execute the code auto completion feature while editing SQL in the SQL Editor If disabled you will instead use the keyboard shortcut Modifier Space to execute the auto completion routine Use UPPERCASE keywords on completion Normally keywords are shown and inserted as they come from the code editor s configuration file This setting will always
197. LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 28 PySQLite License This product uses pysqlite 2 6 3 Copyright c 2004 2007 Gerhard Haering H 29 Python License The following software may be included in this product Python Programming Language This is the official license for the Python 2 7 release A HISTORY OF THE SOFTWARE Python was created in the early 1990s by Guido van Rossum at Stichting Mathematisch Centrum CWI see http www cwi nl in the Netherlands as a successor of a language called ABC Guido remains Python s principal author although it includes many contributions from others In 1995 Guido continued his work on Python at the Corporation for National Research Initiatives CNRI see http www cnri reston va us in Reston Virginia where he released several versions of the software In May 2000 Guido and the Python core development team moved to BeOpen com to form the BeOpen PythonLabs team In October of the same year the PythonLabs team moved to Digital Creations now Zope Corporation see http www zope com In 2001 the Python Software Foundation PSF see http www python org psf was formed a non profit organization created specifically to own Python related Intellectual Property Zope Corporation is a sponsoring member of the PSF All Pytho
198. M January is 01 and December is 12 monthname The name of the month rather than the number day The day number in the format DD For example the 12th would be 12 Content options can also be set Render Table Columns Display all the columns Render Table Indices Display all the indexes Render Foreign Keys Display all the foreign keys List Foreign Keys that refer to that table Display the tables that foreign keys reference Include DDL code for objects Generates DDL code Clicking the Generate button creates the directory defined in the Output directory text box If you chose to create HTML Basic Frames you will find the following files in this directory basic css The style sheet for the overview html page index html The main page overview htm1 The model overview the navigation links shown in the sidebar restrained css The CSS file used if the Restrained Colors style option was chosen table_details html The main frame of the model report Choosing the HTML Basic Single Page option creates a style sheet and an index htmi file Choosing the HTML Detailed Frames option creates the following files basic css The style sheet for the overview html page This is used if the vibrant style is chosen coated css The CSS file used if the Coated style option was chosen index html The main page overview htm1 Overview information for the report such as report title project name and author
199. Migration Report Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard This wizard wil assist you in migrating tables and data from a supported database system to MySQL You can also use this to copy databases from one MySQL instance to another Prerequisites Before starting check the following preparation steps The Migration Wizard uses ODBC to connect to the source database You must have an ODBC driver for the source database installed and configured as Workbench does not bundle any such drivers For MySQL connections the native dient library is used Ensure you can connect to both source and target RDBMS servers Make sure you have to read schema information and data from the source database and create objects and insert data in the target MySQL server The max_sllowed_packet option in the target MySQL server must be large enough to fit the largest field value to be copied from source especially BLOBs and large TEXT fields The wizard supports migrating from speofic database systems but a generic RDEMS support is also provided The generic support is capable of migrating tables from many RDBMS that can be ted to using ODBC although certain type mappings may not be performed correctly A manual step is provided for reviewing and fixing any migration problems that could ocav Setting Up ODBC Drivers To check if you have the ODBC driver installed click Open ODBC Administrator from the MySQL Workbench migration
200. MySQL Workbench Abstract This is the MySQL Workbench Reference Manual It documents both MySQL Workbench Commercial and MySQL Workbench Community editions 6 2 through 6 2 4 If you have not yet installed MySQL Workbench Community please download your free copy from the download site MySQL Workbench Community is available for Windows OS X and Linux For notes detailing the changes in each release see the MySQL Workbench Release Notes For legal information see the Legal Notices Document generated on 2015 01 07 revision 41171 Table of Contents Preface and Legal Notices 00 cececeeeeeeeceeeee rece eee erences E AE S E ee EE T vii i General Information mieri ena non e a tants eee ee eee 1 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 ccceeeeceeeeeeeeee tees ee aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeeeeeees 1 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 o eecccccceee cece cece cece eee ee ee nese ee aa eae eeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeeeseeeeaaa 1 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 eceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae eae eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 13 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 ccce cece eeceeeeeeeee cece ee ae aa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeseeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 28 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions 20 0 0 ce ceceee cece ee enee eter teen ee eae ete ee sees ee ee deed teense eeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 40 gt INSTAN ATION ese oa id eae ANE Ate A E T ad ta haan vad cogadh ete E INE ARE aaa hatha ad deena ans
201. MySQL Workbench exchanges the variables in a section for data it does so iteratively using all data in the data dictionary in which the variable is defined MySQL Workbench builds the data dictionaries according to the model currently being processed Consider the following code snippet SCHEMATA Schema SCHEMA NAME SCHEMATA In the preceding snippet the section start and end are indicated by the SCHEMATA and SCHEMATA markers When MySQL Workbench processes the template it notes the section and iterates it until the variable data for SCHEMA_NAME in the corresponding data dictionary is exhausted For example if the model being processed contains two schemata the output for the section might resemble the following Schema Airlines Schema Airports Data Dictionaries It is important to understand the relationship between sections and data dictionaries in more detail Ina data dictionary the key for a variable is the variable name a marker The variable value is the variable s data The entry for a section in a data dictionary is different For a section entry in a data dictionary the key is the section name the marker However the value associated with the key is a list of data dictionaries In MySQL Workbench each section is usually associated with a data dictionary You can think of a section as activating its associated dictionary or dictionaries 289 Customizing DBDoc Model Rep
202. MySQt MySQL Server 5 7 Data Disk Spoce in Oota Or 205 00 GB of 326 00 GB available Plugins Directory G Program fides MySQt MySQt Server 5 7 lib plugin Tmo Orectory C Witndows SERVIC 2 NETWOR 1 AppData Local Temp Error Log On PHILIP US err Gereral Log off Slow Query Log n PHILIP US slowog Replication Slave this server is not a slave in a replication setup Authentication 5 4 Status and System Variables Status and System Variables Lists all server variables for the MySQL connection You may also copy all or selected variables to your clipboard 119 Status and System Variables Figure 5 37 Navigator Management Status Variables fe MyFirstConnection x File Edit View Query Databese Server Tools Scripting Help PACE hilis Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status Q Client Connections Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data importRestore Name Descrption Aborted_clierts The number of connections aborted because th Aborted_connecs The number of failed attempts to connect to tt Binlog_cache_disk_use The number of transactions that used atempor Filtered Binlog_cache_use The number of transactions that used the temp Binlog Binlog_stmt_cache_disk_ise The number of nontransactional statements the Commands Admin Binlog_stmt_cache_use The number of statements that used the tempt Commands DDL Bytes_received 332200 The number of bytes received from all clients
203. NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES F MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT OLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY HETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE fs SS BS 2a SS eal fel H 22 Paramiko License The following software may be included in this product Paramiko You are receiving a copy of Paramiko in both source and object code The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the Paramiko program it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete the Paramiko folder and all its contents This component is licensed under Section H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 H 23 PCRE License The following software may be included in this product PCRE Perl Compatible Regular Expressions Library PCRE LICENCE PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language Release 7 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the BSD licence as specified below The documentation for PCRE supplied in the doc directory is distributed under the same terms as the software itself The basic library functio
204. NULL Also the PNG logo in PNG format of course is supplied in the files pngbar png and pngbar jpg 88x31 and pngnow png 98x31 Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software OSI Certified Open Source is a certification mark of the Open Source Initiative Glenn Randers Pehrson glennrp at users sourceforge net Mietecin Qo 210 112 H 19 Libxml2 License The following software may be included in this product Libxm12 Except where otherwise noted in the source code e g the files h shic List eand the trio firles vvhich are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice 418 Libzip License hall be included in all copies or substantial portions f the Software on HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED OQ THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR
205. Northwind CustomerCustomeD Northwind CustomerDemograp I Northwind Customers Northwind mployees Northwind EmployeeTerritones Northwind OrderDetails I Northwind Ordecs Marthisind Mem durin ni EEEO EELI Output Messages Resdt GY Script executed successfully Script executed successfully C3 Script execut D Script executed successfully D Script exeouted successfully Script executed successfully GY Script executed successfully D Script executed successfully GY Script executed successfully D Script executed successfully mF il CB Crins manini mironn successfully SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwand Categor CategoryIO INT 10 NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT CategoryName VARCHAR 15 NOT NULL Description LONGTEXT NULL Picture LONGSLOS NULL PRIMARY KEY CategoryID INDEX CategoryName CategoryName ASC COLLATE utf8_general_ca You can still edit the migration code using the code box to the right and save your changes by clicking Apply If edits were made you still need to recreate the objects with the modified code in order to perform the changes This is done by clicking Recreate Objects In this tutorial we are not changing anything so leave the code as it is and continue on to the Data Transfer Setup page Transfer the data to the MySQL database The next step transfers data from the source Access database into your ne
206. OF THIS SOFTWARE Cookie management The Cookie module contains the following notice Copyright 2000 by Timothy O Malley lt timo alum mit edu gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Timothy O Malley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission Timothy O Malley DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL Timothy O Malley BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Profiling The profile and pstats modules contain the following notice Copyright 1994 by InfoSeek Corporation all rights reserved 433 Python License Written by James Roskind Permission to use copy modify and distribute this Python software and its associated documentation for any purpose subject to the restriction in the following sentence
207. ORY OF CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF APPLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Copyright c 2002 Apple Computer Inc All Rights Reserved H 31 ScintillaNET License The following software may be included in this product Sene ileuspaar ScintillaNET is based on the Scintilla component by Neil Hodgson ScintillaNET is released on this same license The ScintillaNET bindings are Copyright 2002 2006 by Garrett Serack lt gserack gmail com gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL GARRETT SERACK AND ALL EMPLOYERS PAST AND PRESENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE The license for Scintilla is as follows Copyright 1998 2006 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh
208. PLAIN views Switch between Result and Explain views Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup fim Access Type ALL Full Table Scan Cost Hint Very High very costy for large tables not so much for smal ones No usable indexes were found for the table and the optimizer must search every row Consider adding an index meei Hover for additional Coo information Possble Keys PRIMARY Rows Produced per Join 1000 T Fitered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned Table Inspector View table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier to use interface for analyzing and creating indexes for your tables 24 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 24 Table Inspector File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sh G El bl a a Navigator sakila actor x SCHEMAS d Info Columns indexes Triggers Foreign keys Partitions Grants Q Fiter objects MyFiestConnection E sakila actor gt dvd_collection gt information_scheme a S ee Table v E Tebles gt E actor jine InnoDB gt E address Compact gt category 4 city country i 200 customer 81 film film_actor eee E film_category 16 0 KiB film_tet 0 0 bytes inventory 0 0 bytes language E payment 320 rental Antelope wal C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6
209. Please note that the PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports E gt Pertormance Schema Setup Select Database Objects to Import only available for Project Folders E sakila Pe TS NSCS i film_category it a 4 17 tables selected Select Tables Press Start Import to start Version 5 6 16 enterprse Note E You may only select specific data objects tables to import if the data export operation used project folders instead of a self contained SQL file Click Start Import to begin the import process 125 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 5 44 Navigator Management Data Import Import Progress Navigator MANAGEMENT Server status amp Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data importRestore INSTANCE E startup shutdown A Server Logs yd Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard ET Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Data Import Import from Disk Import Progress Import Completed Status 17 of 17 imported Log 10 45 31 Restoring sakia film_text Running mysq exe defaults file c users phiip appdata jocal temp tmowhkcgd c host locahost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Jsers phiip Documents dumps Dump20 140219 sak a_film_text sql 10 46 31 Restoring sakla tory Running mysql exe defaults file c
210. QL Server migration Figure 9 40 Verify Your Results MySQL Workbench A Rn ETRE File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help EJE Elgg Gy Navigator SCHEMAS northwind v Tables gt E customers employee privileges employees inventory trensactior inventory transaction invoices order details order details status orders orders status orders tax status privileges products purchase order detai purchase order statu purchase orders sales reports shippers strinos E EAE A CE ED OD EE R TvTvvvrvyvryvryvyvryryryryrVrVVrVrVvV l 1 9 Management Information customers x EMESIS En S W Lint to 5000 rows ie SELECT FROM northwind customers Company Company A Company B Company C Company D Company E Company F Company G Company H Company 1 Company J Company K Company L Company M Company N Company O Company P Company Q Company R Edt c EO Eb Exportimport fj 5 Wrap Cel Content JA Last Name Bedecs Gratacos Solsona Axen Lee O Donnell P rez Olaeta Xe Andersen Mortensen Wacker Krschne Edwards Ludick Grilo Kupkova Goldschmidt Bagel Autier Miconi 9 5 Microsoft SQL Server migration Introduction First Name Anne Antonio Thomas Christina Martin Francsco Ming Yang Elizabeth Sven Roland Peter John Andre Carlos Helena Daniel Jean Philippe Catherine The MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard is tested against the fol
211. QUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF UBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS NTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN ONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE RISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE BILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE EENM iS lt ns te 1S 1 ey al as uU O n n H 11 GLib License for MySQL Workbench The following software may be included in this product GLib You are receiving a copy of the GLib library in both source and object code in the following folder C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQLWorkbench 5 2 on Windows and MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks on Mac OS X The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the GLib library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this library you may go to the folder C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench 5 2 and remove or replace the libglib 2 0 0 dll libgmodule 2 0 0 dl1l1 libgobject 2 0 0 d1l and libgthread 2 0 0 dll files if present on Windows or go to the folder MySQLWorkbench app Contents Frameworks and remove or replace the files libglib 2 dylib libgmodule 2 dylib and libgthread 2 dylib on Mac OS X but the Oracle program might not operate properly or at all without the library 405 Glitz Li
212. RCHA lest_name VARCHA email VARCHAR 50 address _id SMALLINT active BOOLEAN ceate_date DATETI last_update TIMEST PRIMARY idx_fk_store_id idx_fk_address_id idx_last_name EESK gt title VARGHAR 255 gt description TEXT gt release_year YEAR language_id TINY INT 4 original_language_i rental _Guraton TIN rental rate DECIMA gt length SMALLINT replacement_cost D 3 more idx tte idx_fk_language_id idx_fk_original_langua PRIMARY A AFT UPDATE upd_film l l l Value E FF8000 expanded True height 129 l indicesExpanded False left l l l l l locked manualsizing name ia a Ds ies r 1 Vetare an as The default size of the Model Navigator is two pages Use the Model Diagram Properties and Size page to change the size and diagram name m 217 Model Editor Figure 8 8 The Model Navigator Palette 5 N Peg roperti 8 1 1 10 The Catalog Tree Palette The Catalog Tree palette shows all the schemata that are present in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page Expand the view of the objects contained in a specific schema by clicking the gt button to the left of the schema name This displays the following folder icons e Tables e Views e Routine Groups Expand each of these in turn by clicking the gt button to the left of the folder icon The Catalog Tree palette is primari
213. RPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE End H 24 Pixman License The following software may be included in this product Pixman Pixman v0 21 2 The following is the MIT license agreed upon by most contributors Copyright holders of new code should use this license statement where possible They may also add themselves to the list below Cejowienelne 1S See Wee WS alse Oen Creig Copyright 1987 1988 1989 Digital Equipment Corporation Copyright 1999 2004 2008 Keith Packard Copyasic hie 00M SuiS by EN Copyright 2000 Keith Packard member of The XFree86 Project Inc Coy etene 2004 2005 2007 2008 2008 ZOLO isch eis Wine Copyright 2004 Nicholas Miell 421 Pixman License Copyright 2005 Lars Knoll amp Zack Rusin Trolltech Copyright 2005 Trolltech AS Copyright 2007 Luca Barbato Copyright 2008 Aaron Plattner NVIDIA Corporation Copyright 2008 Rodrigo Kumpera Copyright 2008 Andr Tupinamba
214. Reverse Engineer Database fal Sree tate Connect to DBMS and Fetch Information Connect to DBMS The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Connect to DBMS Retrieve Schema List from Database Execution Completed Successfully Fetch finished Review the displayed information to make sure that the connection did not generate errors then click Next The next page displays the schemata available on the server Click the check box or check boxes for any schemata you wish to process 272 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 45 Select Schemas Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options Sct to R Engi Connect to DBMS Select Schemas o Select the schemas below you want to include E sakila E test F world After you have selected the desired schemas click the Next button to continue The wizard then displays the tasks it carried out and summarizes the results of the operation 273 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 46 Retrieve Objects Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options Retrieve and Reverse Engineer Schema Objects Connect to DBMS Select Schemas The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Retrieve Objects amp Retrieve Objects from Selected Schemata Check Results Retrieval Completed Successfully Finished
215. Review the results before clicking Next to continue The next page is the Select Objects page It has a section for each object type present in the schema tables views routines and so forth This page is of special interest if you do not wish to import all the objects from the existing database It gives you the option of filtering which objects are imported Each section has a Show Filter button Click this button if you do not want to import all the objects of a specific type Here is this page with the filter open 274 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 47 Select Objects Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options E 3 Select Objects to Reverse Engineer Connect to DBMS Select Schemas Retrieve Objects Import MySQL Table Objects 3Total Objects 3 Selected Select Objects world city world country world countrylanguage Use the button to exclude objects matching wildcards such as and _ Place imported objects on a diagram This page enables you to select specific tables for import Having selected the desired tables you can optionally hide the filter by clicking the Hide Filter button The other sections such as MySQL Routine Objects have similar filters available Click Execute to continue to the next page The wizard then imports objects displaying the tasks that have been carried out and whether the operation was successful If errors were generated you can click th
216. S that is supported on your system Select PostgreSQL from the list Below that is the Stored Connection dropdown which is optional Stored connections will be listed here which are connections saved after defining a connection with the Store connection for future use as checkbox enabled The three Connection Method options are ODBC manually entered parameters Each parameter like a username is defined separately ODBC Data Source For pre configured data sources DSN e ODBC direct connection string A full ODBC connection string Note R The psqlODBC driver does not allow a connection without specifying a database name The migration process is similar to other databases See Section 9 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping for information on how the migration wizard migrates types from PostgreSQL to MySQL and Section 9 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration for a general migration guide 9 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping Table 9 3 Type mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment INT INT 349 PostgreSQL Type Mapping Source Type MySQL Type Comment SMALLINT SMALLINT BIGINT BIGINT SERIAL INT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition SMALLSERIAL SMALLINT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition BIGSERIAL BIGINT Sets AUTO_INCREMENT in its table definition BIT BIT BOOLEAN TINYINT 1 REAL FLOAT DOUBLE PRECISION DOUBLE N
217. SQL Editor user preferences panel Find panel Show the Find panel for the editor Invisible characters Toggle display of invisible characters such as newlines tabs spaces A new line is represented as LF a space as a single dot and a tab as a right arrow Wrapping Toggles the wrapping of long lines in the SQL editor window 7 1 3 Query and Edit Menus When an SQL Editor tab is selected the most important items on the main menu bar are the Query and Edit menus SQL Query Menu The Query menu features the following items Execute All or Selection Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements Execute All or Selection to Text Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements and displays it in plain text like the standard MySQL command line console Execute Current Statement Executes the current SQL statement Execute Current Statement Vertical Text Output Executes all statements in the SQL Query area or only the selected statements and displays it in plain text like the MySQL command line console does vertically G Explain Current Statement Describes the current statement by using the MySQL EXPLAIN statement Visual Explain Current Statement Visually describes the current statement based on EXPLAIN information provided by MySQL Server 5 6 and above MySQL Workbench parses the EXPLAIN JSON output from MySQL server 5 6 and outputs a visual
218. Search Table Data gt language gt a ent Refresh All gt rental ey gt A staff O omamo Sen Multiple objects selected 2 rows matched in 15 searched tables For additional information see Section 7 1 8 Table Data Search Panel Context Sensitive help for the SQL Editor Select a keyword or function in your query and after a delay it will show formatted help information from the MySQL Server equivalent to using the help command from the command line MySQL Client 31 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 32 Context Sensitive Help Q Filter objects vi sakila a ALL DISTINCT OISTINCTROW HIGH_PRIORITY Esate vom sac SMALL_RESULT SQUL_BIG neSuLT SQL_BUFFER_RESULT SQL_CACHE SQU_NO_CACHE SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS a expr select_expr ROM table_references CF EPARTITION partition list WHERE where_condition VEROUR BY col_name expr position ASC DESC WITH ROLLUP PAVING m where_condition BY col_name expr see LIMIT loffset i row count row_count OFFSET offset _ if procedure nane argument _ list INTO OUTFILE file name CHARACTER SET Charset_name export_options INTO DUMPFILE ee aot INTO var_name ane FOR UPDATE 7 LOCK IN SHARE M MODE SELECT is used to retrieve rows selected from one smailint S UN Al PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp For additional information see Section 7 1 6 Context Sen
219. T SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN 440 zlib License CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 36 zlib License The following software may be included in this product zlib Oracle gratefully acknowledges the contributions of Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler in creating the zlib general purpose compression library which is used in this product zlib h interface of the zlib general purpose compression library Copyright C 1995 2004 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler laos So nee riace Of the a versao L2 aS wily eein ZOOS Copyright C 1995 2005 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler general purpose compression library zlib h interface of the zlib general purpose compression library version iNeo Apr e2 OO Copyright C 1995 2010 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to any
220. TING section the DDL_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section DDL_SCRIPT Variable DDL_LISTING Display the DDL script of the currently active entity for example SCHEMATA TABLES 8 7 2 Creating a Custom Template In the simplest case a template consists of two files a template file which has a tp1 extension and a special file info xml The info xm1 file has important metadata about the template A third file is optional which is the preview image file This preview file provides a thumbnail image illustrating the appearance of the generated report One of the easiest ways to create a custom template is to make a copy of any existing template 295 Creating a Custom Template For example the following procedure describes how to make a custom template based on the Text Basic template 1 Navigate to the folder where the templates are stored Assuming that MySQL Workbench has been installed into the default location on Windows this would be C Program Files MySQL MySQOL Workbench 5 0 SE modules data wb_model_reporting Copy the Text_Basic tpl folder The copy can be given any suitable name for example Custom_Basic tpl Edit the info xm1 file to reflect your custom template The unedited file in this case is shown here lt xml version 1 0 gt lt data gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateInfo id BD6879ED 814C 4CA3 A8 69 98 64F83B88D
221. TINYINT 3 rental_id INT 11 fk ent_staff staff id TINYINT S giis address_id SMALLINT 5 store_id TINYINT 3 fk_staff_address 258 Forward and Reverse Engineering The object notation style used in Figure 8 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram is Workbench PKs only This notation shows only primary keys and no other columns which is especially useful where space is at a premium The relationship notation is the default Crow s Foot As the connection lines show each table is related to at least one other table in the database with the exception of the film_text table Some tables have two foreign keys that relate to the same table For example the film table has two foreign keys that relate to the language table namely fk_film_language_original and fk_film_language Where more than one relationship exists between two tables the connection lines run concurrently Identifying and nonidentifying relationships are indicated by solid and broken lines respectively For example the foreign key category_id is part of the primary key in the film_category table so its relationship to the category table is drawn with a solid line On the other hand in the city table the foreign key count ry_id Is not part of the primary key so the connection uses a broken line 8 4 Forward and Reverse Engineering MySQL Workbench provides capabilities to forward engineering physical database designs A visual data model can
222. TS LIDXMIZ LICENSE nrun a A a e a e e e a a 418 H20 EIDZID LICENSE as coc sensed rinra a E ATE 419 B21 L a libluay LICOnS pocic irpreni pe esipaari EEEN eandennt aces cencaceecesa dues cantbandeestaaeevetsatebenaseeen 419 H22 FRaramiko EiIceNS enea a A A E 420 H 29 PORE LICENSE sovainieia enine i danene ee eaves a aa E Aaaa E Ee Eaa E aaa datwerabaliaensetanvvaena 420 F24 Pixman EICGNSC nonar E a a aa a aiai 421 H 25 PROJ LICCNSE pioaren aaa a A aa aE aAA a E ENA LOSA EA sandeucdsvaideaussstvaddaaadeass sinedvae s 423 H 26 PyCrypto 2 6 License nimroricnsonornie i aaien ie E AEE TEE aAA EE Ea NEE NE 423 H27 PYODBGO LICENSE seniri i aaa AO E Aa na DAEK a Ra ex aiea RAAS aaia 425 H 28 PyS Lite License irii inean iaaa Minded erected Eaa e E a OE aE ate ie a 426 H 29 Python License iisriinerin inaia aaae aiea iaaa ihana ea apa deai aindar Ip Saaai aaa Eai daana 426 H30 Scintilla LICENSE ssoissesciicuseiaiadsaddacadvagudowads Maashadeae saduaddeda Saeed E AE E A aA 436 H 31 ScintillaNET License 2 0 0 ccc cece cece ecec cece ceca ceca cece ease ease eeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeaueegeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaeeaaeeaneeaees 438 H32 SOLGipher LICENSE vse ssaceae secretin ea ied eetet ene eececeeto gas bavegeh sae eeaeiee lint ed itaned nt eens 439 P39 Tiny XML LICENSE esis Heese cens ipine teee ence EEEE EERROR exst deny enqaceey cunt ERECAN N apd cass BAREEN dupveraeaussecseitanees 439 H 34 TreeViewAdv for NET LIGCNS6 siiiscivctocsaiatennsavereraiiveveraraveten
223. Tables a Innod8 Compact y E 0 0 bytes actor n inno08 Compact E Y T 0 0 bytes E address i InnoDB Compact l sl 0 0 bytes category Inno08 Compact f E M 0 0 bytes gt E city ul customer InnoDB Compact x 0 0 bytes country I film InnoDB Compact M x 0 0 bytes E customer wl film_actor InnoDs Compact r 0 0 bytes Li film_cstegory Inno08 Compact 0 0 bytes E film_actor iy film_text InnoDB Compact 0 0 bytes E film_category iy inventory InnoDB Compact 0 0 bytes wll language InnoDB Compact 5 0 0 bytes Ley payment Innod8 Compact b M Y 4 0 MB 4 rental inno08 Compact it l 4 0 MB wl staff InnoDB Compact E 0 0 bytes yy store InnoDB Compact E 0 0 bytes gt f store gt Views d BS sored Procedures Showing loaded schemas o Each tab lists topic oriented information such as Tables Indexes and Triggers From the Tables tab click Inspect Table to open the Table Inspector or Maintenance to open the table maintenance tools 197 Schema and Table Inspector Figure 7 27 Schema Inspector Table Maintenance File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hed ee sakila x SCHEMAS info Tables Colums Indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures Functions Grants Events Q sads Name Engne Version RoW Table Maintenance Operations v actor oe Select tables and cick the operation you want to perform v Tables address InnoDB NOTE Some
224. There are also free online tools that can be used to generate GUIDs Another way to generate GUIDs is by using the MySQL uuID function mysql gt SELECT UUID iw at B 648 4240 7d7a 1le0 870b 89c43de3bd0a 296 Creating a Custom Template 6 Once you have the new GUID values edit the info xm1 file accordingly Edit the textual information for the TemplateInfo and TemplateStyleInfo objects to reflect the purpose of the custom template The modified file will now look something like the following lt xml version 1 0 gt lt data gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateInfo id cac9ba3f ee2a 49f0 b5f6 32580fab1640 struct checksum 0xb46b524d gt lt value type string key description gt Custom basic TEXT report listing schemata and objects lt value gt lt value type String key name gt Custom Basic text report lt value gt lt value type list content type object content struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo key styles gt lt value type object struct name workbench model reporting TemplateStyleInfo id 39e3b767 a832 4016 8753 b4cb93aaz2dd6 struct checksum 0xab08451b gt lt value type string key description gt Designed to be viewed with a fixed sized font lt value gt l
225. This theme preference affects the MySQL Workbench GUI 57 Microsoft Active Accessibility MSAA Figure 3 4 High Contrast Preference General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor SQL Editor Consolas 10 Global font for SQL text editors Object Editors SQL Execution Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Resultset grid in SQL Editor Administration Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Color Scheme Advanced Select your scheme High Contrast x The scheme that determines the core co Others System Default Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 alternative High Contrast Fonts Scripting Shell Consolas 10 Scripting Shell output area Script Editor Consolas 10 Code editors in scripting shell Microsoft Active Accessibility MSAA On Windows MySQL Workbench supports MSAA which allows use of screen reader applications with MySQL Workbench 3 2 Workbench Preferences Use the Preferences menu to configure MySQL Workbench to your specific needs This menu is divided sections as described below e General Editors General purpose editor options such as SQL parsing options e SQL Editor SQL editor related preferences that also includes subsections for the Query Editor Object Editor and SQL Execution Administration Tools used by the Administrator functionality e Modeling Model related preferences that also includes subsections for Defaults MySQL MySQL specific settings Diagram EER and Appear
226. UMERIC DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL MONEY DECIMAL 19 2 CHAR CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and above can have CHAR columns with a length up to 255 characters Anything larger is migrated as LONGTEXT NATIONAL CHAR LONGTEXT Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and CHARACTER above can have VARCHAR columns with a length up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype VARCHAR VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types NATIONAL VARCHAR Depending on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and CHARACTER VARYING MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype DATE DATE TIME TIME TIMESTAMP DATETIME INTERVAL TIME BYTEA LONGBLOB TEXT LONGTEXT CIDR VARCHAR 43 INET VARCHAR 43 MACADDR VARCHAR 17 UUID VARCHAR 36 350 MySQL migration Source Type MySQL Type Comment XML LONGTEXT JSON LONGTEXT TSVECTOR LONGTEXT TSQUERY LONGTEXT ARRAY LONGTEXT POINT VARCHAR LINE VARCHAR LSEG VARCHAR BOX VARCHAR PATH
227. UT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License The following software may be included in this product Dope Toolkit wia Oo Copyright c 2005 2006 The Dojo Foundation All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions Sre Wises Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the Dojo Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT NCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER
228. Using MFOrms 0 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaes 370 C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell ccececcceeeeeeeeee cece ae ee eeeeeeeeee ee ae aa aa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeseeeeeeaaeaenees 371 C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell 0 cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 371 G 5 2 The Shell WINKOW sisccccesecccaicsetecaessdvetaesnccacacasavanae endeedenasiyeant eacdagersaueasagssadeeeevaieassaragtoneres 372 C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs csccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 374 C6 Tutorial Writing PIUQINS sasirnane anier iia aaan EE EEA EE E 379 MySQL Workbench provides an extension and scripting system that enables the developer to extend MySQL Workbench capabilities While the core of MySQL Workbench is developed using C it is possible to harness this core functionality using the Python scripting language MySQL Workbench also provides access to a cross platform GUI library MForms which enables the creation of extensions that feature a graphical user interface The extension system enables the following capabilities e Automate common tasks e Extend the Workbench user interface e Create Tools Plugins code which can be invoked from the Workbench menu system e Manipulate schemata e Create custom Workbench features C 1 GRT and Workbench Data Organization The GRT or Generic RunTime is the internal system
229. _COUNT Variable SCHEMATA Variable SCHEMATA The number of indexes in the current schema The number of foreign keys in the current schema TABLES Section SCHEMATA Marks the start and end of a TABLES section the TABLES data dictionary becomes active in this section TABLE_NAME Variable TABLES The table name TABLE_ID Variable TABLES The table ID COLUMNS_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of a COLUMNS _LISTING section the COLUMNS_LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section COLUMNS Section COLUMNS LISTING Marks the start and end of a COLUMNS section the COLUMNS data dictionary becomes active in this section COLUMN_KEY Variable COLUMNS Whether the column is a primary key COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_DATATYPE Variable COLUMNS Variable COLUMNS The column name The column data type COLUMN_NOTNULL Variable COLUMNS Whether the column permits NULL values COLUMN_DEFAULTVALUE Variable COLUMNS The column default value 293 Supported Template Markers COLUMN_ID Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary COLUMN_COMMENT COLUMNS The column comment COLUMNS The column ID COLUMN_KEY_PART COLUMNS if detailed The column key type COLUMN_NULLABLE COLUMNS if detailed Can the column contain NULL values COLUMN_AUTO_INC COLUMNS if detailed Does the c
230. a Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Store connection for future usage as Lastly click Test Connection to check whether an ODBC connection can be established If you entered the correct parameters then you should see a message reporting a successful connection attempt 330 Setting Up Target Parameters Setting Up Target Parameters Next set up the target MySQL database parameters Once there set the parameters to connect to your MySQL Server instance When you are done click on the Test Connection button and verify that you can successfully connect to it Figure 9 28 Target Database Selection fis MySQL Workbench 2 f Migration x File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help LE Migration Task List Target Selection OVERVIEW Overview Target RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Stored Connection localhost v Select from saved connection settings Source Selection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters advanced Fetch Schemata List Schemata Selection Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Reverse Engineer Source Usemame root Name of the user to connect with OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Password l Store in Vast The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set Migration Manual Editing The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it
231. a a ME 1 SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 5 Index Range Scan orders Access Type range Index Range Scan Cost Hint Medium partial index scan Key Index o_derk Used Key Parts o_derk Possible Keys i_o_orderdate i_o_derk Attached Condition dbt3 orders o_orderDATE between 1992 04 01 and 1992 04 30 Rows Examined per Scan 1546 Rows Produced per Join 1546 Filtered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned Message 1 14 58 30 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AN 18 row s retumed 2 14 58 43 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM orders WHERE 0_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 OK Figure 6 14 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Better Traditional id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra 1 SIMPLE orders range _i_o_orderdate i_o_clerk i_o_clerk 16 1546 Using index condition Using where The new o_clerk index was considered and used and our query scanned 1546 rows instead of 32642 and the query execution improved from 0 281 to 0 234 seconds However EXPLAIN estimates that this query scans 1546 rows to return 18 After reviewing our query notice that a multi column index can meet the conditions of our WHERE clause that is based on both the o_order
232. a field in the results view using record 1 in the sakila actor table as an example Copy Rows with names 191 Code Generation Overview actor_id first_name last_name last_update MY VPRO M GUUINTSS VAOOS 02 15 Wale salesis Copy Rows with names unquoted actor_id first_name last_name last_update 1 PENELOPE GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Copy Row tab separated 1 PENELOPE GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Copy Field GUINESS 7 1 12 2 Generating PHP Code MySQL Workbench can be used to generate PHP code with the bundled PHP plugin by using the Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code menu option Below is an example scenario for how to create PHP code It is a SELECT statement and optionally uses S ET to set variables SQL variables will generate PHP variables in the code which will then be bounded to the statement before execution 1 3 Generate or type in the desired SQL query into the SQL editor This example will use the sakila database with the query being SET last_update 2006 02 14 SELECT actor_id first name last name last Update EROM actor WHERE last_update gt last_update While in the SQL editor choose Tools Utilities Copy as PHP Code Iterate SELECT Results from the main menu This will copy PHP code to the clipboard Paste the code to the desired location Additionally PHP code that connects to the MySQL database can also be generated
233. a oe General Log Off ast update timestamp Slow Query Log of Replication Slave this server is not a slave in a replication setup Authentication _ Management support for target host enabied successfully ne Enterprise Features Support for MySQL Enterprise features in the Commercial edition of MySQL Workbench was added From within the Management tab for an open connection look for the following products under the heading MySQL Enterprise MySQL Enterprise Backup MEB A GUI frontend for the MEB tool After installing a commercial version of MySQL Workbench and MySQL Enterprise Backup MySQL Workbench will check for and handle the pre requisites Backup recovery is also supported This plugin supports MEB with local and remote installations of Linux and OS X and locally for MySQL Windows MySQL Audit Log Inspector A GUI for browsing the contents of generated logs by the commercial Audit Log Plugin Powerful filtering and search capabilities are available Fast browsing is provided by caching the log data locally in an encrypted file This plugin supports MEB with local and remote installations of Linux and OS X and locally for MySQL Windows Database Migration Features SQL Anywhere and SQLite are now supported 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions MySQL Workbench is available in the following editions 40 MySQL Workbench Editions Community Edition Open Source GPL This is the foundation for all other editions St
234. a per page basis The Arrange Menu The Arrange menu items apply only to objects on an EER diagram canvas and are enabled only if an EER diagram view is active The Arrange menu has these items Align to Grid Aligns items on the canvas to the grid lines Bring to Front Brings objects to the foreground Send to Back Sends objects to the background Center Diagram Contents Centers objects on the canvas Autolayout Automatically arranges objects on the canvas Reset Object Size Expands an object on an EER diagram For example if a table has a long column name that is not fully displayed this menu item expands the table to make the column visible This menu item is not enabled unless an object is selected Expand All Use this item to expand all objects on an EER diagram This item will display a table s columns if the object notation supports expansion Some object notations such as Classic do not permit expansion or contraction Indexes will not automatically be expanded unless they were previously expanded and have been collapsed using the Collapse All menu item Collapse All Undo the operation performed by Expand All The Model Menu When a model is opened this menu features actions to perform against your model and the Model menu has these items Add Diagram Creates a new EER Diagram The keyboard shortcut is Control T Create Diagram From Catalog Objects Creates an EER diagram from all the objects in the catalog 208
235. able Yes Yes Yes Yes Tablespace Yes Yes Yes N A MSSQL groups tables in schemata unless referring to CREATE TABLESPACE Sybase ASE tables are grouped in schemata which are more like user names Temporary Tables Yes Yes Yes Yes Transactions Yes Yes Yes Yes Triggers Yes Yes Yes Yes UDFs Yes Yes Yes Yes Unicode Yes Yes Yes Yes Unique Key Yes Yes Yes Yes User Yes Yes Yes Yes Views Yes Yes Yes Yes Handling Microsoft SQL Server and MySQL structural differences R A Microsoft SQL Server database is made up of one catalog and one or more schemata MySQL only supports one schema for each database or rather a MySQL database is a schema so this difference in design must be planned for The Migration Wizard must know how to handle the migration of schemata for the source Microsoft SQL Server database It can either keep all of the schemata as they are the Migration Wizard will create one database per schema or merge them into a single MySQL database Additional configure options include either remove the schema names the Migration Wizard will handle the possible name collisions that may appear along the way and an option to add the schema name to the database object names as a prefix 9 4 Microsoft Access Migration Note R This feature was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 0 General Information Microsoft Windows is required because Microsoft Access ODBC drivers are only available on Windows A
236. able the debug3 level before generating a log for the report The enabled error log levels can be configured using an environment variable or by using a command line parameter Both the environment variable and command line variants accept a single error level but enabling a more verbose option will implicitly enable the levels below it For example passing in info will also enable the error and warning levels e Environment variable WB_LOG_LEVEL Command line option log level on OS X and Linux and l1og leve1 on Microsoft Windows Note R If both the command line and environment variable are set the command line takes precedence For example Microsoft Windows shell gt cd C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench CE 6 0 9 shell gt MySQLWorkbench exe log level debug3 383 Operating System Specific Notes OS X shell gt cd Applications shell gt MySQLWorkbench log level debug3 Linux Ubuntu shell gt cd usr bin shell gt mysqlworkbench log level debug3 If the info level is enabled the system information and all paths used in the application are also logged On Microsoft Windows this also means that the log file contains the full set of current environment variables that are active for the program Operating System Specific Notes Microsoft Windows Log file location Near the user s app data folder such as C Users user AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench log for Mi
237. ad the Zip file to a convenient location and decompress the file using a Zip utility You can place the resulting directory anywhere on you system You need not install or configure the application before using it You may want to create a shortcut on your desktop or the quick launch bar 2 3 2 Launching To start MySQL Workbench on Windows select Start Programs MySQL then select MySQL Workbench This executes the MySOLWorkbench exe file on your system Alternatively start MySQL Workbench from the command line To view the available command line options issue the command MySQLWorkbench help from the MySQL Workbench installation directory You will see the following output MySQLWorkbench exe lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Options swrendering Force the diagram canvas to use software rendering instead of OpenGL query lt connection gt lt connection string gt Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt admin lt instance gt Open a administration tab to the named instance upgrade mysql dbs Open a migration wizard tab model lt model file gt Open the given EER model file Sseieiwjoe Seel Ees Open the given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter Teun ser
238. additional information about MySQL connections see Section 5 1 2 MySQL Connections 5 1 2 3 Manage Server Connections The Manage Server Connections dialog is another way to manage MySQL connections This dialog is invoked by either selecting Edit Connection or selecting Database Manage Connections from the main menu It can also be invoked from any of the wizards requiring access to a live database After the MySQL connection manager is launched you are presented with the following dialog with the Connection tab open 95 MySQL Connections Figure 5 15 Manage Server Connections Connection Tab fe MySQL Connections Connection Name MyConnection Local instance MySQL56_1 Timac MyConnection connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDSMS Parameters ssl Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Usemame foot Name of the user to connect with Store in Vaults l dear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set gt sakia The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it Connection Name The name used to refer to this connection This connection can then be selected from a list in other wizards requiring a connection Connection Method Method used to connect to the RDBMS After you select a
239. ademark sense to endorse or promote products or services of Licensee or any third party 8 By clicking on the ACCEPT button where indicated or by copying installing or otherwise using Python 1 6 1 Licensee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this License Agreement ACCEPT CWI LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR PYTHON 0 9 0 THROUGH 1 2 Copyright c 1991 1995 Stichting Mathematisch Centrum Amsterdam The Netherlands All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the name of Stichting Mathematisch Centrum or CWI not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission STICHTING MATHEMATISCH CENTRUM DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL STICHTING MATHEMATISCH CENTRUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Licenses and Acknowledgements for Incorpo
240. aii vitae 112 5 1 5 Configuration Options file 00 ceeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae eee eeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeees 113 5 2 Users and Privileges snyder 114 5B Seer StAtUs wees so evee ar le eave ts ae eal eee tao ase Mana co eae oe 118 5 4 Status and System Variables 0 0 0 0 ccccccceeeeeee cece ee ee eect ee eter esse ae aaa teeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaenees 119 5 5 Database Export and IMPON 2 0 0 eee ert eee ee tree A OAOE AS 121 5 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface 0 ccceceeeeeeeee ects ee ee eect eeee sees aa ea eeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaateeeeeeeeeaeaaea 126 5 7 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface c ceceeeeeeeeeae ee eeeeeeee sees ae aaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 130 5 7 1 General Requirement ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aa eae ee eeeeee ee aa aaaadeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeseeeeeeaea 130 5 72 Online BACKUP gs nranasan hacen ag i beets ei eee eet 132 5 7 3 Backup ReCovery joie indivi tl nee Aa divin tl ae aetna 137 5 8 The wbcopytables Tool ooe ia en NEE rece eee eres eee NEA AROAN EKEKA KENE A FSAA AKEITA LENEE ASF 140 MySQL Workbench e PEMOrmMance TOONS ecien erea earo eee are aa e rear ae resia OEE teres 145 61 Performance Dashboard sesiis sriid osne aA E AEAEE EE A 145 6 2 Performance Schema Reports cceeeeeeee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaneneeeees 146 6 3sVisual EXplal mePlease eects a hoes dan eek ute ses Sacer sees
241. ake from leading to corruption of the document Backups should be made before manipulating the tree Read only access to the tree is the safest approach and is sufficient in most cases The main nodes in the Application Object Tree Table C 1 The main nodes in the Application Object Tree Node Description wb registry Application data such as plugin registry list of editors and options wb customData A generic dictionary for data you can use to store your own data This dictionary is saved and reloaded with Workbench and is global not document specific wb options Contains some default options that are used by Workbench wb rdomsMgmt Internal registry of supported RDBMS modules known data types wb doc The currently loaded model document whb doc physicalModels 0 The currently loaded model object containing the database catalog and diagrams wb doc physicalModels 0 catalog The database catalog for the model Contains the list of schemata whb doc physicalModels 0 catalog schemata List of schemata in the model Individual schema can be accessed as a list schemata 0 schemata 1 wb doc physicalModels 0 catalog schemata 0 tables views routines Lists of tables views routines in the schema whb doc physicalModels 0 diagrams List of EER diagrams in the model wb doc physicalModels 0 diagrams 0 figures layers connections
242. ame a role click the role name Then you will be able to edit the text All roles that have been defined are listed under Roles on the left side of the role editor Double clicking a role object opens the role editor docked at the bottom of the page Figure 8 5 Role Editor Select the role to which you wish to add objects You may drag and drop objects from the Physical Schemata to the Objects section of the role editor To assign privileges to a role select it from the Roles section then select an object in the Ob jects section In the Privileges section check the rights you wish to assign to this role For example a web_user role might have only SELECT privileges and only for database objects exposed through a web interface Creating roles can make the process of assigning rights to new users much easier Adding Users To add a user double click the Add User icon This creates a user with the default name user Double clicking this user opens the user editor docked at the bottom of the application 215 Model Editor Inthe User Editor set the user s name and password using the Name and Password fields Assign one role or a number of roles to the user by selecting the desired roles from the field on the right and then clicking the lt button Roles may be revoked by moving them in the opposite direction Right clicking a user opens a pop up menu The items in the menu function as described in Adding Roles 8 1 1 6
243. ame text box e Enter the SQL to create a view using the SQL field Comment a view using the Comments text area The Comments Tab This tab enables you to enter comments for a particular view The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the view editor functions in exactly the same way as the Privileges tab of the routine editor For more information see The Privileges Tab 8 1 5 4 Modifying a View Using the Properties Palette When you select a view on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette Most of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a view on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 8 1 1 12 The Properties Palette 8 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Groups You can add Routine Groups to a database either from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page or from an EER Diagram Routines may be added only from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page 230 Creating Routines and Routine Groups To view an existing schema along with its Routines and Routine Groups choose Database Reverse Engineer from the main menu After the schema has been added to the current model you can see the schema objects on the Physical Schemata panel on the MySQL Model page The Routines and Routine Groups are listed there MySQL Workbench unifies both stored procedure
244. amp Questions For help with using MySQL please visit either the MySQL Forums or MySQL Mailing Lists where you can discuss your issues with other MySQL users For additional documentation on MySQL products including translations of the documentation into other languages and downloadable versions in variety of formats including HTML and PDF formats see the MySQL Documentation Library viii Chapter 1 General Information Table of Contents 1 1 What Is New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 cceecccceeeeeeeee cece ee eee ee ee cece sees ae aa eaten eeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaanees 1 1 1 1 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 oo cece eeeee cece eee eee eeee cree sees eae ete eeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaeeees 1 1 1 2 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 00 0 ccc ccceceee cece cece cece ae ee eee seen ee ee aa aaa cesses eeseaaaaaaeeeeeeeseaaaaanees 13 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 cecccece ee eeeeee cece eee e teen sees ee ee aa eaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeceeeeeeeeeaaaaeenees 28 1 2 MySQL Workbench Editions ssicevessiecieeastecectasbevnddas aiaveeaaacetvea aeaea EAA Ka AE aa EEEE EAE 40 This chapter provides general information about MySQL Workbench and how it has changed MySQL Workbench is a graphical tool for working with MySQL Servers and databases MySQL Workbench fully supports MySQL Server versions 5 1 and above It is also compatible with MySQL Server 5 0 but not every feature of 5 0 may be supported It does not support MySQL Server
245. ance model colors and fonts e Fonts amp Colors Change fonts for tools such as the SQL editor and results grid e Advanced Advanced options including SSH attributes 58 General Editors Preferences e Others Miscellaneous options A more detailed discussion of these options follows 3 2 1 General Editors Preferences The General Editors preferences section Figure 3 5 Preferences General Editors N Workbench Preferences General Editors Tab width 4 SQL Parsing in Code Editors SQL properties that can be set include the SQL_MoD used z insert when indenting with the tab key SQL Editor SQL Parsing in Code Editors Query Editor Default SQL_MODE for syntax i Object Editors SQL Execution V SQL Identifiers are Case Sensitive Administration Y Modeling Non Standard SQL Delimiter Defaults MySQL Indentation Diagram i Appearance Tab key inserts spaces instead of tabs Fonts amp Colors Advanced Indent width How many spaces to Others How many spaces wide are tab characters E case sensitivity of identifiers and the SQL delimiter e Default SQL_MODE for syntax checker Optionally configure the SQL_MODE for the SQL editor s SQL syntax checker The document property SqlMode defines SQL_MODE for all operations affecting SQL parsing at the document scope The purpose of this option is to preserve the consistency of SQL statements within the document The
246. andard Edition Commercial Enterprise Edition Commercial For details about each edition see http Awww mysql com products workbench features html For more information about the Enterprise edition visit http www mysql com enterprise 41 42 Chapter 2 Installation Table of Contents 2 1 System Requirements icccgececescccnciensacsnnvess diate asdsneececsiehieasadadavestdeetiew sad anevenqeeteuniadaneveatd ete ssdideeenses 43 2 2 Command line OPtionS sssrinin aaa ee ae aaa teense REA a aa aa aariaid 44 2 3 MySQL Workbench on WiINdows ccceeececeeeeeeeeeee tees ae eeeeeeeeee sees ae aaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeseeeeaeaaenneneeeees 45 2 92 1 Installing eisson a E E EE AAEE 45 2 3 2 Launching acecszcccnessteiienne trae se nciastenwene baneraneastdennaDakeran a e Aena aeaa ERA a aaa aiiai 47 293 UMIMSTAIING rennin A OE E 47 2 4 MySQL Workbench on Linux 2 0 2 2 ccceeeeeee cece eee ccc cece eee e ee eae eaten ee attt ee EEEE ESEESE EEE EEEE EES EE EEEE EE nnn EE En nEt 48 241 installing 2 eescccke cteeaxcatetion she aa e ada Ea E ie a Ea i EEA a ERE 48 2 4 2 Launching iirrene rininis ina a ad a abe ea aea EA e aaa E aaa ias 51 243 UnmslaAling erereonn in A R E ET EE EEAO OEA 51 2 5 MySQL Workbench on OS X oo eeeeeccccceeeeeee eee e ee ee ccc ee ittini ee ae tt tt tE tAn SS EEEE aaeceeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeseseeeeaeaaeaees 52 25t Installing situiran a a E R Ea OAE ERTE 52 29 2 Launching essnee aa a eA aea EAEE Ra A EAAS 54 2
247. ank to select it later Configure Server Management Test Connection l Cancel Cox The default connection values are for a typical local setup so check them and enter the appropriate values If you are unsure click the Test Connection button to check the connection parameters Do not press OK Next optionally click Configure Server Management which opens up the Configure Local Management wizard Read the Configure Local Management introduction and press Next to begin defining the new connection parameters 85 MySQL Connections Figure 5 5 Getting Started Tutorial Configure Local Management Introduction Introduction Introduction This dialog will help you to set up remote managemment for your connection At the start a connection attempt is made to determine server version and operating system of the target machine This allows you to validate the connection settings and allows the wizard to pick a meaningful configuration preset If this attemmpt fails you can still continue however Continue to the next page to start the connection This might take a few moments 5 The connection will now be tested You should see that the connection was successful If not click Back and check that you have entered the information correctly 86 MySQL Connections Figure 5 6 Getting Started Tutorial Test Database Connection Introduction Testing the Database Connection Test DB Connec
248. ard Shortcut Context New Model Modifier N All Open Model Modifier O All Open SQL Script Modifier Shift O SQL Editor Close Tab Modifier W Modifier F4 on Windows All Save Model Modifier S Model Save Script Modifier S SQL Editor Save Model As Modifier Shift S Model Save Script As Modifier Shift S SQL Editor Forward Engineer SQL Modifier Shift G Model CREATE Script Forward Engineer SQL ALTER Modifier Alt Y Model Script Synchronize With SQL Modifier Shift Y Model CREATE Script Print Modifier P EER Diagram mode only Exit Modifier Q All Edit Menu Table B 2 Edit menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Undo Modifier Z Model EER Diagram Redo Modifier Y Modifier Shift Z OS X Model EER Diagram Cut Modifier X All Copy Modifier C All Paste Modifier V All Delete Modifier Delete Command BackSpace All OS X Edit Selected Modifier E Model EER Diagram Edit Selected in New Window Modifier Shift E Model EER Diagram Select All Modifier A EER Diagram 363 Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Find Modifier F All Find Advanced Modifier Alt F Find Next F3 Find Previous Shift F3 Search and Replace Modifier Shift F Comment Uncomment lines of Modifier SQL Editor SQL Auto Complete SQL Modifier Space SQL Editor View Menu Table B 3 View menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keyboard Shortcut Context Output Window Modifier
249. arkers replaced by actual data The output files are then generated It is these output files typically HTML or text that are then viewed by the user Markers can be of six types e Template Include e Comment e Set delimiter e Pragma e Variable 288 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates e Section start and Section end The last two are the most commonly used in MySQL Workbench templates and these important markers are briefly described in the following sections Variables The use of variables in the templates is straightforward Any variables denoted by markers in the template file are replaced by their corresponding data prior to the output file being generated The mapping between variables and their corresponding data is stored by MySQL Workbench in what is known as a data dictionary In the data dictionary the variable name is the key and the variable s corresponding data is the value The data dictionaries are built by MySQL Workbench and filled with the data contained in the model being processed By way of example the following code snippet shows part of a template file Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT In the generated output file the variable SCHEMA_COUNT is replaced by the number of schemata in the model Total number of Schemata 2 A variable can appear as many times as required in the template file e Sections Sections are used to perform iteration in the templates When
250. as Data Exp Date impot Restore Backup Job Latest bedup Next Full Bsdup Next Incr Backup Configuration Status Ful Ful cat inthelost tour 2019 01 03 17 24 00 sot scheduled o Target Host PHILEP US 3306 PERFORMANCE backupsinc fell data inthelasttosr not schedsled 2014 0 09 38 00 03 MED Verson 382 daindoara TestingWord party inthelasthoer not scheduled ect scheduled o MYSQL Data Drectory C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data E Pertormance Reports Storage Drectory CG MySQL Backupttone Full E Instrumentation 212 00 GU of 326 00 GU available Latest Rl Sadup 2014 01 09 17 1138 INSTANCE Latest Incr Backup Never B Startup Shutdown Next Ful Bedeup 2014 01 09 17 2400 A Server togs Nextinc Badup Not scheduled Options File 5 MYSQL ENTERPRISE Audit Jai g rs a n z Only displayed when a backup job Fa S hoaa 4 is currently being executed immediately execute a j Sche backup job Isformetion a Recent MEB activity Type Format seus Exc Tine Ful FULL DIRECTORY success 2014 91 09 17 10 52 2014 91 09 17 11 34 Ful FULL DIRECTORY SUCCESS 2014 01 09 17 05 43 2014 91 09 17 10 39 TestisgWond INCREMENTAL DIRECTORY success 2014 01 09 27 08 56 2014 01 09 27 09 12 TestingWord PARTIAL DIRECTORY success 2014 01 09 17 08 14 2014 91 09 17 08 24 Pul PULL DIRECTORY success 2014 01 08 17 07 25 2014 01 08 17 07 44 backupsine INCREMENTAL DIRECTORY SUCCESS 2014 01 09 17 010 2014 91 09 17 00 23 backupsi
251. as a DMG file The file is named mysql workbench community version osx dmg where version is the MySQL Workbench version Downloads are available at http dev mysql com downloads tools workbench To install MySQL Workbench on OS X download the file Double click the downloaded file You will be presented with the installation window 52 Installing Figure 2 1 MySQL Workbench OS X Installation Window MySQL Workbench 6 2 Drag the MySQL Workbench icon to the Applications folder Drag the MySQL Workbench icon onto the Applications icon as instructed MySQL Workbench is now installed You can now launch MySQL Workbench from the Applications folder or from the command line shell gt Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents MacOS MySQLWorkbench help This will display the available command line options MySQLWorkbench lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Options query lt connection gt lt connection string gt Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt admin lt instance gt Open a administration tab to the named instance upgrade mysql dbs Open a migration wizard tab model lt model file gt Open the given EER model file Semijoe Gesell ia Ilke gt Open the
252. as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_AUTHOR Variable MAIN Project author as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_VERSION Variable MAIN Project version as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_DESCRIPTION Variable MAIN Project description as set for the model in Document Properties PROJECT_CREATED Variable MAIN Automatically set for the model project but as displayed in Document Properties PROJECT_CHANGED Variable MAIN Automatically set for the model project but as displayed in Document Properties TOTAL_TABLE_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of tables in all schemata in the model 292 Supported Template Markers Marker text Type Data Dictionary or Parent Corresponding data Dictionary TOTAL_COLUMN_ COUNT Variable MAIN The number of columns in all tables in all schemata in the model TOTAL_INDEX_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of indexes in the model TOTAL_FK_COUNT Variable MAIN The number of foreign keys in the model SCHEMATA Section MAIN Used to mark the start and end of a SCHEMATA section the SCHEMATA data dictionary becomes active in this section SCHEMA_NAME SCHEMA_ID Variable SCHEMATA Variable SCHEMATA The schema name The schema ID TABLE_COUNT Variable SCHEMATA The number of tables in the current schema COLUMN_COUNT Variable SCHEMATA The number of columns in the current schema INDICES_COUNT FOREIGN_KEYS
253. asaveverecaveverssasdueectanersrenaneverasavedse 439 H 35 VSOLitet LICENSE wiscccctsscccccnssiesvcasienscevccivecssedseateestcerecartedeasnacdsadeiadeeeveansseiecaasatcersacivaesaeieenreens 440 HSGN LIGECMSC cosnccatabasesivestnacehesariseduduebaeasanavlanacastudenkeuane bau duatave oun auetddanavdealQuaiatadtwarayatanavaniaemanaanlneas 441 Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the licenses that follow MySQL Workbench 6 2 e Section H 1 NET Flat TabControl License e Section H 2 ANTLR License e Section H 3 Bitstream Vera License e Section H 4 Boost Library License 395 MySQL Workbench 6 2 Section H 5 Cairo License Section H 6 CTemplate Google Template System License Section H 7 CURL libcurl License Section H 8 DockPanel Suite License Section H 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 License Section H 10 Section H 11 Section H 12 Section H 13 Section H 14 Section H 15 Section H 16 Section H 17 Section H 18 Section H 19 Section H 20 Section H 21 Section H 22 Section H 23 Section H 24 Section H 25 Section H 26 Section H 27 Section H 28 Section H 29 Section H 30 Section H 31 Section H 32 Section H 33 Section H 34 Section H 35 GDAL OGR License GLib License for MySQL Workbench Glitz License GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 HtmlRend
254. asic Frames Model documentation in HTML format that makes use of frames HTML Basic Single Page Single Page HTML documentation not using frames HTML Detailed Frames Detailed HTML documentation using frames Text Basic Text file documentation When you click a template a preview image displays on the right side of the page For the HTML Basic Frames template you can select either the Colorful orthe Restrained Colors option from the Style list The HTML Basic Single Page template offers only the Colorful style The HTML Detailed Frames template offers the Vibrant style and also the more subdued Coated style The Text Basic template offers only the Fixed Size Font style From the Base Options frame choose the report title and the output directory for the report files The following variables may be used to configure the output path e The user s home directory Available on Linux and OS X versions only e desktopfolder The user s desktop 240 DBDoc Model Reporting documentsfolder The user s Documents folders The following table shows typical values for various platforms Platform Typical Default Documents Folder Windows C Documents and Settings user_name My Documents Linux Documents OS X Users user_name Documents date The date in the format YYYY MM DD time The time in the format HHMM year The year in the format YYYY month The month in the format M
255. askervilles 1939 03 31 The Matrix 1999 06 11 Above the Law 1988 04 08 Tron Man 2 2010 05 07 information_schemae performance_schema sakila test world Management o Action Output Time Acton 1 20 07 13 SELECT FROM dvd_collection movies LIMIT 0 1000 Orow s retuned 2 22 40 45 Commit recordset changes Commi complete Information Duraton Fetch 0 000 sec 0 000 sec Message Table movies o Columns movie tite Object Info 5 Optionally you might confirm the changes by checking an external source such as the MySQL Command Line Client To check enter SELECT FROM movies from the MySQL Command Line Client to confirm that the data was entered Figure 7 15 Getting Started Tutorial View Data From The Command Line fidvanced Edition Conmercial gt Copyright lt c 2000 2614 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved gt a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and or its Other names may be trademarks of their respective Type help or h for help Type c to clear the current input statement mysql gt use dyud_collection Datahase changed gt SELECT FROM nov Saas I I I I re lease_date 1939 04 17 1939 3 31 1999 86 11 1988 84 68 2010 05 07 Gone with the Wind The Hound of the Baskervilles The Matrix Above the Law Iron Man sasnnesaae a 1 5 row
256. ason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software
257. ate 4 32642 Using index condition Using where Notice the differences The Type changed from ALL to range possible keys and used key changed from NULL to i_o_orderdate and the number of scanned rows changed from 1 5 million to about 33 thousand Still scanning 33 thousand rows while returning just 18 is unnecessary so we focus on the o_clerk column An index here should improve performance so CREATE INDEX i_o_clerk ON orders o_clerk 156 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 6 12 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Traditional View After Index id select_type table type possible_keys key key_len ref rows Extra gt E SIMPLE orders range i_o_orderdate i_o_orderdate 4 bee 32642 Using index condition Using where Notice that our new index is not being considered as a possible key This is because we are searching the suffix of the o_clerk column and indexes do not work with suffixes although they do work with prefixes In our simple case we were being lazy and could have simply used the entire clerk ID Adjusting the query shows better results SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 157 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 6 13 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Better File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds Sh we anI zao
258. ate Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup gt Ne copied REPORT AdventureWWorks EmployeePayHstory has succeeded 316 of 316 rows copied a 7 tables of 7 were fully copied Migration Report Copy data to target RDSMS finished Finished performing tasks Migration Report And finally the migration report is available and summarizes the entire migration process 319 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 19 MySQL Workbench migration Migration Report i Migration x File Edt View Detebese Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List MigrationReport OVERVIEW Overview Hf source amp TARGET MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Report oe Date Wed Apr 09 20 04 47 2014 Target Selection Source Microsoft SQL Server 9 0 5000 Fetch Schemas List Lael alah Schemas Selection L ration Reverse Engineer Source hi 1 Summary Number of migrated schemas 1 OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer note Collation Latin1_General_CS_AS migrated to ut 8_general_c GroupName REPORT Pressing Finish will close the migration window The database may now be viewed within the MySQL Workbench SQL editor 320 Migrating from supported databases Figure 9 20 MySQL Workbench migration Viewing the migrated database File
259. ates the column has NN set To add or remove a column from the primary key double click the icon You can also add a primary key by checking the PRIMARY KEY check box inthe Column Details section of the table editor If you wish to create a composite primary key you can select multiple columns and check the PK check box However there is an additional step that is required you must click the Indexes tab then in the Index Columns panel you must set the desired order of the primary keys Note E When entering default values in the case of CHAR and VARCHAR data types MySQL Workbench will attempt to automatically add quotation marks if the user does not start their entry with one For other data types the user must manage quoting if required as it will not be handled automatically by MySQL Workbench Caution A Care must be taken when entering a default value for ENUM columns because a non numeric default will not be automatically quoted You must manually add single quote characters for the default value Note that MySQL Workbench will not prevent you from entering the default value without the single quotation marks If a non numeric default value is entered without quotation marks this will lead to errors For example if the model is reverse engineered the script will contain unquoted default values for ENUM columns and will fail if an attempt is made to run the script on MySQL Server 182 The MySQL Table Editor Note E
260. ay Key Updates country LifeExpectancy Minimal Row Count Maximum Row Count country GNP Union Tables country GNPOld country LocalName Pack Keys i Has Password country GovernmentForm Data Directory j Index Directory country HeadOfState country Capital country Code2 countrylanguage CountryCode Colt umns countrylanguage Language Key Column Name Datatype Not Null Default Comment countrylanguage lsOfficial ie countrylanguage Percentage PI INT 11 Yes Indices 3 Name CHAR 35 Yes city PRIMARY CountryCode CHAR 3 Yes country PRIMARY A countrylanguage PRIMARY District CHAR 20 Yes Foreten Keys Population INT 11 Yes Connection String Default Character Set Merge Method Engine Row Format Triggers 0 Indices Index Name Columns Primary Unique Type Kind Comment nouiaov ven te DDI AOV m 242 Schema Validation Plugins If you wish to create custom templates please refer to Section 8 7 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates 8 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins MySQL Workbench provides validation modules so that you can test your models before implementing them Note R This functionality is only available in the MySQL Workbench Commercial version The validation plugins are accessed from the Model menu One plugin performs general validation for any Relational Database Management System RDMS and the other is MySQL specific Beneath these menu items are a number
261. ble Grouping Custom Variable Grouping The status and system variables are each categorized by groups such as InnoDB or Logging and you may also create your own custom groups Right click on a variable choose the custom group or create a new one and add the variable to the aforementioned group Your custom groups are listed along with the pre existing groups In the example below we created a custom group titled My Variables and are in the process of adding the Created_tmp_variables variable to it Figure 5 39 Navigator Management Adding A Variable To A Custom Group File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Ee g Gd fa Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections MyFirstConnection Server Variables 2 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Status Variables System Variables Data Export iene papaa gt rd Compression Whether the dient connection uses compres amp Data Import Restore Category Created_tmp_disk_tables The number of temporary tables on disk cre All Created_tmp_files How many temporary files mysqld has crea Filtered Created_tmp_tables a ee Binlog Delayed_errors Add to Custom Cate Commands Admin Delayed_insert_threads Commands DOL Delayed_writes Commands DML Flush_commands Commands General Not_flushed_delayed_rovs Commands Prepared Statement Open_files Commands Replication Open_streams Commands Show Open_table_definitions Commands Transac
262. ble lock wait time 0 00 0 00006400 gt I film category Errors text gt E an Had Errors NO gt R inventory Warnings 0 gt T languago gt 1D paymont Rows Processed gt i rental Rows affected 0 gt san Rows sent to client 200 gt m Rows examined 200 gt Bp Views Temporary Tables gt P3 Stored Procedures Temporary disk tables created 0 gt Functions Temporary tables created 0 gt gt sys gt test actor 2 153 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Figure 6 7 SQL Editor Query Stats with Performance Schema Graphs ece MySQL Workbench a Local instance 3306 x d 8aseaa a amp Dna yo P actor x MANAGEMENT a Hl FFA Dl O GB umt io 200 rows Basane Server Status TS SELECT FROM sakfla actor Glen Connections DX Users and Privileges oT E Status and System Variat D Oaa Epot Query Statistics ag amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE Timing as measured at client side Joins per Type gs Sh Execution time 0 00 0 00042486 Full table scans Select_scan 1 cate Joins using table scans Select_full_join 0 Server Logs Timing as measured by the server Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 P Options File Execution time 0 00 0 00035921 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 Table lock wait time 0 00 0 00007000 Joins using range Select_range 0 PERFORMANCE Dashboard Errors Sorting amp Performance Reports Had Errors NO Sorted
263. borted Connections 0 Errors 0 O hte ThreadId Type Name Parent Thr Instrumented Info Program Details Locks Attributes pne 23 FOREGROUND thread sql one 22 YES NULL MySQLWork Attribute Value pne 24 FOREGROUND thread sqi one 22 YES NULL MySQLWorki 08 Win 4 indin 25 FOREGROUND thread sal one 22 YES SELECT PR MySQLWork dient name libmysal bne 26 FOREGROUND thread sql one 22 YES NULL MySQLWork pid 5168 thread 5780 platform x86_64 program_name MySQLWorkbench _dient_version 5 6 17 m 4 F Hide sleeping connections 7 Hide background threads V Don t load full thread info RefreshRate DontRefresh v Note R This feature uses performance schema details from MySQL server 5 7 and above For additional information see Section 5 1 2 5 Client Connections Additional New Features Performance columns that display sizes now have an option to alter the value units They can be set to KB MB or GB Right click on a column header and choose Set Display Unit The migration wizard can now resume operation if a data copy failed during a database migration from for example a timeout or network failure Click Resume retry the data copy and MySQL Workbench locates the last row that was copied successfully and attempts to restart the copy from that row The MySQL connection password is now remembered across the MySQL Workbench session even if it not stored in the keychain This is so
264. c html Installing The MySQL Utilities MySQL Utilities development is managed elsewhere and require a separate download Attempting to start the MySQL Utilities when they are not installed will prompt for a download and their installation See the MySQL Utilities manual for additional information Note E MySQL Workbench searches for the mysqluc MySQL Utility in the system s PATH to determine if the MySQL Utilities are installed Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Open the MySQL Utility mysqluc MySQL Utilities Unified Console from MySQL Workbench from either the Tools menu or from the MySQL Utilities shortcut on the Home page 389 Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Figure F 1 Open MySQL Utilities From Workbench Ha MySQL Workbench File Edt View Database Tools Scripting Help Use either option to open a MySQL Utilities window Browse Audit Log File AO Ea _ Con iguration a Shortcuts Localhost Database Migration My Orade Support WOA OM Om O sakila model mem_3 0 worldmodel Workbench Blogs Janet MySQ B Home _Media Ze dvd_collection Planet MySQI The MySQL Utilities console window can be seen below with the help command executed 390 Opening MySQL Utilities From MySQL Workbench Figure F 2 The MySQL Utilities Console a BA C windows system32 cmd exe mysqluc ox Welcome to the MySQL Utilities Client lt mysqluc gt version 1 3 5 se Copyrig
265. cations to this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the public domain is not available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royalty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reserved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE usr bin env python SSUP Py Disicvisals ssc Serene Part of the Python Cryptography Toolkit Portions Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved This file contains code from the Python 2 2 setup py module the Original Code with modifications made after it was incorporated into PyCrypto the Modifications To the best of our knowledge the Python Software Foundation is the copyright holder of the Original Code and has licensed it under the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details The Modifications to this file are dedicated to the public domain To the extent that dedication to the p
266. ce Schema Setup Management Information Updated account general localhost Administrative Roles To aid in assigning privileges to MySQL Server users MySQL Workbench introduces the concept of Administrative Roles Roles are a quick way of granting a set of privileges to a user based on the work the user must carry out on the server It is also possible to assign multiple roles to a user To assign roles click the User Account you wish to modify then click the Administrative Roles tab Then click the check boxes according to the roles you wish to allocate to the user After you select a role to a user you will see the accumulated privileges in the Global Privileges Assigned to User panel For example if you select the role BackupAdmin the privileges granted include EVENT LOCK TABLES SELECT SHOW DATABASES If you also select the role of ReplicationAdmin the list of privileges expands to include REPLICATION CLIENT REPLICATION SLAVE and SUPER These roles are available DBA Grants all privileges e MaintenanceAdmin Grants privileges to maintain the server ProcessAdmin Grants privileges to monitor and kill user processes e UserAdmin Grants privileges to create users and reset passwords SecurityAdmin Grants privileges to manage logins and grant and revoke server privileges MonitorAdmin Grants privileges to monitor the server 116 Schema Privileges e DBManager Grants pri
267. ce projects Operating systems usually provide a graphical interface to help set up ODBC drivers and data sources Use that to install the driver i e make the ODBC Manager see a newly installed ODBC driver You can also use it to create a data source for a specific database instance to be connected using a previously configured driver Typically you need to provide a name for the data source the DSN in addition to the database server IP port username and sometimes the database the user has access to If MySQL Workbench is able to locate an ODBC manager GUI for your system a Tools Start ODBC Administrator menu item be present under the Tools menu as a convenience shortcut to start it e Linux There are a few GUI utilities some of which are included with unixODBC Refer to the documentation for your distribution ODBC provides iodbcadm gtk Official binaries of MySQL Workbench include it and it can be accessed through the Tools Start ODBC Administrator menu item e oS x You can use the ODBC Administrator tool which is provided as a separate download from Apple If the tool is installed in the Applications Utilities folder you can start it through the Tools Start ODBC Administrator menu item Microsoft Windows You can use the Data Sources ODBC tool under Administrative Tools And it can be started through the Tools Start ODBC Administrator menu item ODBC Driver architecture R Since the ODBC driver needs to be
268. ced covustdereenss nat dvnadeveus a aaa Aa arena adada 193 7 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeneeeeeeeeeeaaa 193 7 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel cccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaenees 196 7 2 3 Schema and Table Inspector sesssesesssssssssernersssssrtrrtrttersstsrntnrttrsetsntnnrttnsssnennnnt 197 9 Database Design Modelng eeens kesre ea eE AE E EEEE AAAA AEREO A 201 81 Modeno Martata serer ea aa a E EEA E E 202 to P IES Yoo CTH mo IKa T A Ea AAA AE A EEE A A E E E S iat 202 8 L2 EER Diagram EGIOT eona a aE A A E A E el at ake AET 219 8 1 3 Creating Tables niemi riea aara e ae aaa eae aa danais 223 8 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships ssssssesesesrssssssssrrirrrsrssssrrrrrrsrssssnrrrnrensssennns 225 8 iS Creating VICWS e ae Ea ae ae nee a e aO aAa a AERA 229 8 1 6 Creating Routines and Routine Groups 0 ccccceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeees 230 821 7 Creating Layers sirere raea raean a a a Ea aaa aa A DaO Tank EEA 234 8 1 8 Greating Notes padae a a a a aa aa a aaa 236 8 1 9 Creating ext Objects a a a A iain ae ea a r a aaan a ete ied 237 8 1 10 Creating IMaQes ii a aa aa aaa a a a Aaa a A aaa Ta E A EEAS 238 98 2 Additional Modeling TOONS ciiccccstescevscetheseengtag tis besticetechteweeeneelesvenging dhs ENRE PEAK ENRI EEA RESE 239 822 1 Printing DiaQramSs eE EAE EEEE ER 239 8 2 2 DBDoc Model
269. cense This component is licensed under Section H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 H 12 Glitz License The following software may be included in this product aleintez Copyright 2004 David Reveman Peter Nilsson Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation and that the names of David Reveman and Peter Nilsson not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission David Reveman and Peter Nilsson makes no representations about the suitapi lator this software for any purposes TE iS provided as is without express or implied warranty DAVID REVEMAN AND PETER NILSSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL DAVID REVEMAN AND PETER NILSSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 19
270. checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exclude them from the export Select Objects Export MySQL Table Objects 3 Total Objects 3 Selected Export MySQL View Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Routine Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Trigger Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export User Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected To select a subset of objects to forward engineer use the Show Filter Hide Filter button then select specific objects After you have selected your objects click Next to continue On the Review Script page you may review and edit the SQL script that will be executed Figure 8 38 Review Script Input and Options SOL Im Finished S fully Reverse Engineer Results Import of SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sql has finished 23 tables 7 views and 6 stored procedures were imported in 1 schemas Go Back to the previous page to review the logs cn 267 Reverse Engineering Click Next to continue if you are satisfied with the generated script The next page of the wizard displays the results of the forward engineering process Figure 8 39 Forward Engineering Progress Forward Engineer to Database Connection Options Forward Engineering Progress Catalog Validation Options The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to
271. chemata panel Now you are ready to add a table 245 Creating a Model Figure 8 17 Getting Started Tutorial New Schema a File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help ORACLE Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas mydb dvd_collection Tables 0 items Add Table Views 0 items Definition B BOOL TINYINT 1 gt BOOLEAN TINYINT 1 B FIXED DECIMAL 10 FLOATS FLOAT D ans ee pi Specifies which charset collati ema s tables will use f they do not have a EN INT1 TINYINT 4 setting Common choi re TFS B INT2 SMALLINT 6 IN MEDIUMINT B INT4 INT 11 B INTB BIGINT 20 B INTEGER _INT 11 i LONG VAR MEDIUMBLOB I LONG VAR MEDIUMTEXT LONG MEDIUMTEXT amp MIDDLEINT MEDIUMINT peric characters Spaces m J User Types MAGGpI Schema new_schemal created Double click Add Table in the Physical Schemata section This automatically loads the table editor with the default table name table1 Edit its Table Name field and change the table name from table1 to movies Next add several columns Double click a Column Name cell and the first field defaults to moviesid because by default MySQL Workbench appends id to the table name for the initial field Change moviesid to movie_id and keep the Datatype as INT and also select the PK PRIMARY KEY NN NOT NULL and Al AUTO_INCREMENT
272. cial exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute 411 GNU Lesser General Public Lice
273. clicking the Check path and Check section buttons The wizard then reports whether the configuration file and server configuration section can in fact be accessed It is also possible to manually enter the location of the configuration file and the section pertaining to MySQL Server data these manually entered values should be tested using the buttons provided Click the Next button to continue Review Settings The modified settings may be reviewed which also includes the default values Check the Change Parameters checkbox if the MySQL Config File section will be edited and then click Next to continue MySQL Config File Allows configuration of the MySQL server version It also allows the editing and validation of the configuration file path and validation of the server instance section Click Next to continue Specify Commands This page enables you to set the commands required to start stop and check the status of the running server instance It is possible to customize the commands if required but the defaults should be suitable in most cases The defaults are set based on the options selected in the Operating System page of the wizard Click Next to continue Complete Setup On this page you finally assign a name to the server instance This name is used in various parts of the GUI to enable you to refer to this instance After setting a suitable name click Finish to save the instance The Password Storage Vault The vault pr
274. creating indexes for tables Copy to Clipboard There are various submenus each of which copies information to the clipboard Name short Copies the table name e Name long Copies the qualified table name in the form schema table Select All Statement Copies a statement to select all columns in this form SELECT table gt columnl table gt column2 FROM schema table e Insert Statement Copies an INSERT statement to insert all columns e Update Statement Copies an UPDATE statement to update all columns e Delete Statement Copies a DELETE statement in the form DELETE FROM world country WHERE lt where_condition gt e Create Statement Copies a CREATE statement in the form DELETE FROM world country WHERE lt where_condition gt e Delete with References Copies a DELETE statement in the form of a transaction that deletes all objects that reference the row directly or indirectly Use Select with References first to preview this operation Select with References Copies a SELECT statement that selects all objects that reference the row directly or indirectly Use Delete with References to generate a DELETE statement for this operation Send to SQL Editor Provides functionality similar to Copy to Clipboard However this item inserts the SQL code directly into the SQL Query panel where it can be ed
275. cripting Shell output area efaults MySQL Script Editor Consolas 10 Code editors in scripting shell Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Color Scheme Advanced Select your scheme System Default The scheme that determines the core colors Others System Default Windows 7 Windows 8 Windows 8 alternative High Contrast Note Ql Font changes require a refresh or restart before they take effect The following image shows the SQL Editor after changing the Editor font size from 10 to 30 56 Color Presets Figure 3 3 SQL Editor with Font size 30 File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie GIA ee MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Gient Connections 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data Import Restore GQelvy FROCiSFZ ieeFlvgahes 1 SELECT FROM seas acos Aine eactive raves eactor_id laea A actors nonagenet Em adddate eaddress eaddress2 eaddress_id eaes decrypt eaes encrypt ALL AamaArint Object Info ESS Color Presets Here you define the colors used in EER diagrams for the tables views layers and notes You can edit or add additional color choices by entering their ASCII values Theming On Windows the Fonts amp Colors preference tab also includes a Color Scheme configuration section From here you can enable the High Contrast color theme
276. crosoft Windows 7 In case of errors or exceptions the log file contains the stack trace to the point MySQL Workbench can track it usually only C code and not C code Also all warnings are added to the log if the warning or greater log level is enabled If it is a crash and that cannot be replicated by the MySQL Workbench team and the stack trace cannot be obtained we will request a crashdump Instructions for enabling a crashdump can be found here and please also read the MSDN details for this as we need a full dump and not the mini dump For crashes related to display issues start MySQL Workbench with the swrendering parameter and only then as it switches off OpenGL rendering which is of no use in WBA or WQE This output will be added to the log file If it is a crash when MySQL Workbench is started especially if the error report includes something about kernelbase dl11 we will ask you to run depends exe on the MySQLWorkbench exe binary and ask for the reported errors If it is a crash when MySQL Workbench is started and it is a 64 bit version of Microsoft Windows check that the correct MSVC runtimes are installed Often people install the 64 bit version of them but only the 32 bit will function More precisely MSVC 2010 runtime x86 32 bit OS X Log File Location Library Application Support MySQL Workbench logs System crash logs generated for Workbench are in Library Logs DiagnosticReports MySQLWorkbe
277. d Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data ImportRestore comments Add comments to the dump fie create options Indude al MySQt specific table options in CREATE TABLE statements alow keywords Allow creation of column names that are keywords INSTANCE E startup Shutdown 7 quote names Quote identifiers within backtick characters Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE lock tables Lock tables for read Disable if user has no LOCK TABLES privilege Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports 7 dump date Indude dump date as Dump completed on comment if comments is given 6 Performance Schema Setup E flush logs Flush the MySQL server log files before starting the dump E delete mastertogs On a master repicaton server delete the binary logs after performing the dump operation E hex blob Dump binary columns using hexadecimal notation for example abe becomes 0x6 16263 E compress Use compression in server dient protocol E flush privileges Emit a FLUSH PRIVILEGES statement after dumping the mysql database set otid purged Add SET GLOSAL GTID_PURGED to the output AUTO F disable keys For each table surround the INSERT statements with statements to disable and enable keys E force Continue even if we get an sq error order by primary Dump each table s rows sorted by its primary key or by its first unique index SoN
278. d a xe Navigator 1 Administration Client Connecti MANAGEMENT Serer Status 1 Client Connections MyFirstComection Client Connections AL Users and Privileges Threads Connected 4 Threads Runing 1 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 2 Rejected over limit 0 E Status and System Variables Total Connections 50 Connection Limit 100 Aborted Clients 11 Aborted Connections 9 Errors 0 amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Host 06 Command Time State Thread id Type Name localhost sakila Sleep 3 None 67 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c INSTANCE localhost sakila Sleep 3 None 68 FOREGROUND thread sql one c B Startup Shutdown focalhos None Query O Sending data 69 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c A Server Logs localhos None Sleep 0 None 70 FOREGROUND thread sql one_c amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Connection Hide deeping connections V Hide background threads V Don t load ful thread info Name MyFrstConnecton o w Ei Host Jocahost Part 3305 Refresh Rate DontRefresh v Kil Query s Kil Connection s Object Info Also a Thread Stack view option was added by right clicking a connection entry in the Client Connections tab and choosing View Thread Stack 26 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 27 Client Connections View Thread Stack BRE Swayvaunugaune m Event info io socket sql client_connec
279. d at document scope always has higher priority over the one defined globally SQL Identifiers are Case Sensitive Whether to treat identifiers separately if their names differ only in letter case This is enabled by default e Non Standard SQL Delimiter Define the SQL statement delimiter to be different from the normally used delimiter such as Change this if the deliminator you normally use specifically in stored routines happens to be the current setting Indentation Note R This preference section was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 4 Tab key inserts spaces instead of tabs e Indent width 4 How many spaces to insert when indenting with the tab key Tab width 4 How many spaces wide are tab characters 3 2 2 SQL Editor Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the SQL Editor functionality in MySQL Workbench The SQL Editor preferences includes three additional sections Query Editor Object Editors and SQL Execution Preferences SQL Editor Main SQL Editor 60 SQL Editor Preferences Figure 3 6 Preferences Main SQL Editor Section r E Workbench Preferences x General Editors m Y SQL Editor SQL Editor Query Editor Save snapshot of open editors on dose Object Editors SQL Execution Interval to perform auto saving of all open script tabs Airit Auto save scripts interval 10 seconds The scripts will be restored from the last auto saved vers
280. d line Although you can manually 47 MySQL Workbench on Linux remove some of the components there is no command line option for removing MySQL Workbench Removing the MySQL Workbench directory manually will not remove all the files belonging to MySQL Workbench Removing MySQL Workbench After Installation from the MySQL Installer Open the MySQL Installer for Windows click Remove MySQL Products choose MySQL Workbench and then Execute What Is Not Removed The uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and more These files are stored under your user s sAppData directory AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench where C username AppData Note R By default the MySQL Workbench configuration directory is C username Roaming is the value of your sAppData Windows system variable Also the uninstallation process does not remove the mysqlworkbench schema that MySQL Workbench creates when sharing SQL snippets across a MySQL connection For additional information about shared snippets see Section 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab 2 4 MySQL Workbench on Linux 2 4 1 Installing There are binary distributions of MySQL Workbench available for several variants of Linux including Fedora Oracle Linux and Ubuntu Installation options include Official MySQL
281. d of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the 409 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above ona medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to cop
282. d or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of Utrecht University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE gdal frmts grib degrib The degrib and g2clib source code are modified versions of code produced by NOAA NWS and are in the public domain subject to the following restrictions http www weather gov im softa htm DISCLAIMER The United States Government makes no warranty expressed or implied as to the usefulness of the software and documentation for any purpose The U S Government its instrumentalities officers employees a
283. d or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a spe
284. data 25 FOREGRO thread sq Metadata locks MDL protect concurrent access to 2 None 26 FOREGRO thread sq object metadata not table row data locks 17 None 27 FOREGRO thread sq 3 Waiting for table metadata lock 28 FOREGRO thread sq Granted Locks and threads waiting on them 14 None 30 FOREGRO thread sq Locks this connection currently owns and connections that are waiting for them Object Type lt global gt INTENTION_ 4 sakila INTENTION vE sakila actor SHARED _UPG thread 28 EXCLUSIVE Pending Locks The connection is waiting for a lock on table sakila actor A held by threads 30 28 Type EXCLUSIVE Duration TRANSACTION Hide sleeping connections M Hide background threads M Don t load full thread info Hide Details Refresh Rate Don t Refresh Kill Query s Kill Connection s Refresh Note E The metadata lock information is provided in the performance schema as of MySQL server 5 7 3 Attributes these are connection attributes such as OS Client Name Client Version and Platform 11 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 11 Client Connection Attributes File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Hlela ee Administration Client Connecti Local instance MySQLS7 Client Connections Threads Connected 4 Threads Running 1 Threads Created 4 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 5 Connection Limit 151 Aborted Clients 0 A
285. data sakila actor ibd gt E gt views gt EP Stored Procedures 2014 01 07 18 22 40 gt Ta ran 201 es araua utf8_general_cd worid i eae Hi Hi gt gt gt gt gt gt ES gt gt gt gt gt Management Information Table actor Columns smalint 5 actor id UNALPK Information on this page may be outdated Click the Analyze Table button to update it Object Info Additional Client Connection Information Additional information was added to the Client Connections tab such as Thread ID Parent Thread Instrumented and Type 25 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 25 Client Connections MySQL Workbench 6 0 MyFirstConnection sskile x File Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Abe sega aie Navigator 1 Administration Client Connecti MANAGEMENT Serer Status amp Client Connections D Users and Privileges tnt te c i Time I Status and System Variables localhost 52711 sakila Sleep amp Data Export localhost 52734 sakila Sleep amp Data tmport Restore localhost 52735 sakila Sleep localhost 52757 None Query SHOW FULL PROCESSLIST MyFirstConnecton Client Connections INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server togs amp Options File Management Information Connection Name MyFirstConnecton hi RefreshRete DontRefresh v Ki Query Kil Connection File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Gle ga
286. database synchronization wizards available from the Database menu The simpler Synchronize Model wizard and the more flexible Synchronize with Any Source wizard The descriptions below apply to both unless explicitly told otherwise Synchronize Model with database To start the wizard open a model and select Database Synchronize Model from the main menu Follow the steps until you reach the Select Changes to Apply step 278 Database Synchronization Figure 8 50 Model and Database Differences Synchronize Model with Database Connection Options Model and Database Differences Connect to DBMS Select Schemata Double dick arrows in the list to choose whether to ignore changes update the model with database changes or vice versa You can also apply an action to multiple selected rows Retrieve Objects Model Update Source v dvd_collection dvd_collection movies movies i shows shows I N A gt J friends Select Changes to Apply educational_id INT 11 NOT NULL title VARCHAR 45 NULL DEFAULT NULL PRIMARY KEY educational_id ENGINE InnoDB DEFAULT CHARACTER SET utf8 COLLATE utf8_general_ci E TABLE IF NOT EXISTS dvd_collection educational 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Coum maana In the preceding example the live database and model both have movies shows tables In the MySQL Workbench an additional table educational has been created in the model but it lack
287. date P JobCand REPORT TE ee m i a i bii UZ Megration Report You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitons by didang them once selected SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks Shift ShatiD TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT COMMENT Primary key for Shift records Name VARCHAR 100 NOT NULL COMMENT Shik description StartTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start time EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shit end time ModifiedOete TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMMENT Oeste and time the record was PRIMARY KEY ShiftiD COHMENT Work shit lookup table SESS SSSSSSS S988 NOUbENE Appiy Changes Discard Changes onnection is OK Target Creation Options The schema may be created by either adding it to the target RDBMS creating an SQL script file or both 314 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 14 MySQL Workbench migration Target Creation Options Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Target Creation Options Overview Select options for the creation of the migrated schema in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Schema Creation Target Selection Create schema in target ROSMS Fetch Schemas List Creat
288. date and o_clerk columns CREATE INDEX io_clerk_date ON orders o_clerk o_orderdate 158 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance Note R We listed o_clerk as the first column in our index because o_orderdate uses a range Now executing the same query shows even better results An estimated 18 rows are both scanned and returned and the execution time of our query is 0 234 seconds Figure 6 15 DBT 3 Visual Explain Tutorial Index Range Scan Best File Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AEG AEA ae SQL File 1 QelivyrfFaciSslgoRisgaie 1e SELECT FROM orders 2 WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 64 30 3 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 00000223 w Query Pian Raw Explain Data Explain Display Info BBD overviews 9 Index Range Scan orders orders i_o_clerk_date Access Type range Index Range Scan Cost Hint Medium partial index scan Key Index Lo_cerk_dabe Used Key Parts o_derk o_orderDATE Possible Keys i_o_orderdate i_o_derk i_o_derk_date Rows Examined per Scan 18 Rows Produced per Join 18 Filtered ratio of rows produced per rows examined 100 Hint 100 is best lt 1 is worst A low value means the query examines a lot of rows that are not returned 1 15 43 02 SELECT FROM orders WHERE o_orderdate BETWEEN 1992 04 01 AND 1992 04 30 AND o_clerk LIKE Clerk 000000223 18row s retu 0 234 sec 0 000 sec 2 15 43 14 EXP
289. dditional connection details and attributes connection information is available for previous versions of MySQL such as the Note E The connection details viewer requires MySQL 5 6 or greater Only basic connection hosts database and state 106 MySQL Connections Figure 5 24 Client Connection Overview File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AEG Hesa a Navigator Grurestrabon C MANAGEMENT Server status MyFirstConnection Client Connections Client Connections D Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data importRestore Threads Connected 8 Threads Running 1 Threads Created 8 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 74 Connection Limit 151 Aborted Clients 11 Aborted Connections 13 Errors 0 U Host D8 Command Time State Threadid Type Name Instrumented Info Program 48 root localhost sakila Sleep 724 None 69 FOREGR thresd sqio MySQLWorkbench root localhost sakila Sleep 82 None 72 FOREGR thread sqo MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench MySQLWorkbench INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs root localhost sakila Sleep None 77 FOREGR thread salo Options File root localhost sakila Sleep None 88 FOREGR thread sqio 70 root localhost sakila Sleep None 91 FOREGR thread sqio PERFORMANCE root localhost sakila Sleep None 92 FOREGR thread sayo
290. de VARCHAR 10 phone VARGHAR 20 last_update TIMEST AMP PRIMARY idx_fk_city_id As shown in the preceding diagram the primary key is indicated by a key icon and indexed fields are indicated by a different colored diamond icon Click the arrow to the right of the table name to toggle the display of the fields Toggle the display of indexes and triggers in the same way Right clicking a table opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut table_name Copy table_name e Paste 224 Creating Foreign Key Relationships e Edit table_name e Edit table_name in New Tab e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Copy Column Names to Clipboard Copy Inserts to Clipboard Copy Insert Template to Clipboard e Delete table_name e Remove Figure table_name With the exception of the deletion item these menu items function as described in Section 8 1 3 1 Adding Tables to the Physical Schemata The behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences 8 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships Foreign key constraints are supported for the TnnoDB storage engine only For other storage engines the foreign key syntax is correctly parsed but not implemented For more information see Foreign Key Differences Using MySQL Workbench you may add a foreign key from within the table editor or by using the relationship tool
291. defaults are usually a good choice already Windows Management for single server machines Test Settings Command to start the MySQL server Review Settings Command to stop the MySQL server MySQL Config File Status check command Specify Commands Check this box if you want or need the above commands to be executed with elevated Operating System Privileges Click Finish to close the Configure Server Management dialog which reveals the original Setup New Connection window 12 After reviewing the Setup New Connection information press Test Connection again to make sure it still functions and then OK to create the new MySQL connection 92 MySQL Connections Figure 5 12 Getting Started Tutorial Setup New Connection SN Setup New Connection Lo B 3 J i Connection Name MyFirstConnection Type a name for the connection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssi Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Port 3306 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username root Name of the user to connect with Password l Store in Vault Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later corsa ra Caman Co Fo 13 Your new MyFirstConnection MySQL connection is now listed on the Home window 93 MySQL Co
292. dependencies 43 Requirements for Windows e The Save password in keychain functionality requires gnome keyring to store the passwords Note that on KDE systems the gnome keyring daemon is not started by default For Linux and OS X the MySQL server administration features require sudo privileges to execute several commands The sudo user must be capable of executing the following system commands usr bin sudo usr bin nohup usr bin uptime usr bin which usr bin stat bin bash bin mkdir Monan bin rmdir pinda bin cp pim is Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME For MySQL Workbench to execute MySQL Enterprise Backup commands the sudo user must also be able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary Requirements for Windows e Microsoft NET 4 0 Framework e Microsoft Visual C 2013 Redistributable Package MSVC2013 Note R The 2010 version was used in previous editions of MySQL Workbench 6 e Windows 7 and above Note R MySQL Workbench 6 1 supports earlier versions of Windows including Vista 2 2 Command line options In addition to platform specific command line options MySQL Workbench has the following command line options Note R On Microsoft Windows the command line options contain one leading dash instead of two For example use l1og leve1 for Microsoft
293. ditor can be exported to common file formats including CSV JSON HTML and XML 174 Tutorial Adding Data Note 9 Alternatively use Section 5 5 Database Export and Import to export larger sets of data such as entire tables and databases Figure 7 11 Exporting a Result Set File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She HAEE a Navigator city Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM world city gt 8 sakila 4 m gt sys s 3 v world Result Grid 4 Fiter Rows eat c Eo Eh Eponjimport LEJ a Wrap cel Content EE Fetch ro D Countryt District Population p 1 1780000 SCHEMAS R GBelivyFfaciSslG eRiznivs lt aie Export yA Import gt E countrylanguage E views EP Stored Procedures EP Functions BB Export Resultset wr Sle E Desktop 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 CSV csv CSV separated csv HTML html e SQL INSERT statements sql L Excel Spreadsheet xml Export Types mi Table city XML saml gt XML mysql format 2 nl Rever Object Info Tab separated t t 7 1 10 Tutorial Adding Data In the previous section you created a model schema and table You also forward engineered your model to the live MySQL server This section uses MySQL Workbench to add data into your MySQL database Open a MySQL connection 175 Tutorial Adding Data Figure 7 12 Getting Started Tutorial SQL Editor fi
294. djust the size by dragging any of these rectangles You can also make changes to a layer by selecting the layer and changing properties in the Properties panel Using the Properties panel is the only way to change the name of a layer To activate the layer tool from the keyboard use the L key For more information about layers see Section 8 1 7 Creating Layers The Text Tool The text tool is the square icon with a capital N in the top left corner Use this tool to place text objects on the EER diagram canvas Click the tool then click the desired location on the canvas After a text object has been dropped on the canvas the mouse pointer reverts to its default 221 EER Diagram Editor To add text to a text object right click the text object and choose Edit Note or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu You can manipulate the properties of a text object by selecting it and then changing its properties in the Properties panel To activate the text tool from the keyboard use the N key For more information about text objects see Section 8 1 9 Creating Text Objects The Image Tool Use the image tool to place an image on the canvas When this tool is selected and you click the canvas a dialog box opens enabling you to select the desired graphic file To activate the image tool from the keyboard use the I key For more information about images see Section 8 1 10 Creating Images The Table To
295. do yum install mysql workbench community Manually Installing a Package shell gt sudo rpm i package rpm package rpm is the MySQL Workbench package name for example mysql workbench community version lfcl10 x86_64 rpm where version is the MySQL Workbench version number Installing Oracle Enterprise Linux and similar MySQL Workbench requires access to the EPEL repository EPEL is a repository with additional RPM packages that are not part of the core RHEL OEL distribution This includes packages such as tinyxml that MySQL Workbench requires 50 Launching You need to set up the EPEL repository in yum to resolve the required dependencies For example using Oracle Linux 6 5 you would shell gt wget http download fedoraproject org pub epel 6 i386 epel release 6 8 noarch rpm shell gt rpm ivh epel release 6 8 noarch rpm shell gt yum repolist Loaded plugins refresh packagekit rhnplugin repo id repo name status epel Extra Packages for Enterprise Linux 6 x86_64 Tr L24 These instructions also apply to similar Linux distributions such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux CentOS and Scientific Linux 2 4 2 Launching After MySQL Workbench has been installed it can be launched by selecting Applications Programming MySQL Workbench from the main menu MySQL Workbench can also be launched from the command line on Linux Type the command shell gt usr bin mysql workbench help This will display the ava
296. dock it Any number of notes may be open at the same time Each additional note appears as a tab at the top of the note editor Use the editor to change the name of a note or its contents 8 1 9 Creating Text Objects Text objects are applicable only to an EER diagram They can be used for documentation purposes for example to explain a grouping of schema objects They are also useful for creating titles for an EER diagram should you decide to export a diagram as a PDF or PNG file 8 1 9 1 Adding Text Objects to an EER Diagram To add text objects to an EER Diagram use the Text Object tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the text object icon on the vertical toolbar The text object icon is the rectangular icon found below the label icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a text object pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a text object pointer by pressing the N key Choosing the Text Object tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Text Object pointer is active this toolbar contains a color chart list Use this list to select the color accent for the new text object The color of your text object can be changed later using the Properties palette Create a text object by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new text object with the default name text1 To revert to the defau
297. dress summarizeDisplay top triggersExpanded width Description History Changing the color of a table is a good way to identify a table quickly something that becomes more important as the number of tables increases Changing the color of a table is also an easy way to identify a table in the Model Navigator panel This panel the uppermost panel on the left side of the page gives a bird s eye view of the entire EER canvas Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the Eile menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 254 Using the Default Schema 8 3 4 Using the Default Schema When you first open MySQL Workbench a default schema mydb appears as the leftmost tab of the Physical Schemata section of MySQL Workbench You can begin designing a database by using this default schema Figure 8 26 The Default Schema Model Overview Gt Add Diagram EER Diagram Y Physical Schemas J myb Tables 0 items o Add Table Views Oitems a Add View Routines 0 items gy Add Routine Routine Groups 0 items g Add Group gt Schema Privileges gt SQL Scripts gt Model Notes To change the name of the default schema double click the schema tab This opens a schema editor window docked at the bottom of the application To undock or redock this window double click anywhere in the editor title bar To rename the schema use the field labeled Name After you have
298. driver installed that corresponds to the database you want to migrate from For example PostgreSQL can be migrated with the psqlodbc ODBC driver Microsoft SQL Server can be migrated using the native Microsoft SQL Server driver on Windows or with FreeTDS on Linux and OS X The following diagram shows the general components involved in an ODBC connection Figure 9 1 MySQL Workbench migration installation diagram client side MS SQL 3 ODBC Driver Server ODBC Driver Manager Other RDBMS 3 aka ODBC Driver MySQL MySQL Workbench When specifying the source RDBMS you can either use a data source configured externally or provide the individual connection parameters to MySQL Workbench If you already have an ODBC Data Source configured in your system then you can use that in MySQL Workbench Note 9 The migration process does not support source or target RDBMS connections through SSH A workaround is to set up an encrypted tunnel and then treat the MySQL target as a standard TCP unencrypted connection 9 1 1 ODBC Libraries Note E This section may be skipped when using a MySQL Workbench binary that is provided by Oracle An ODBC Driver Manager library must be present Both Windows and OS X provides one 300 ODBC Drivers Linux iODBC MySQL Workbench binaries provided by Oracle already include iODBC and no additional action is required If you compile it yourself you must install iODBC or unixODB
299. e ib_logfile0 SCHEMAS A 130814 10 24 28 mysqlbackup INFO Copying the log file ib_logfile 1 state Copying redo log Q Filter objects state Completed 130814 10 24 29 mysqlbackup INFO Copy back operation completed successfully gt sakila 130814 10 24 29 mysqlbackup INFO Finished copying backup files to C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data test gt world mysqglbackup completed OK mysqlbackup copy back exited with status 0 Information Backup recovery finished successfully Connection Recover backup finished Name Local instance Start MySQL server MySQL56_1 artes Start MySQL server finished Finished performing tasks 5 6 13 enterprise commercial ad Login User root Current User root ocathost jesus Session 5 8 The wbcopytables Tool wbocopytables is a command line utility included in MySQL Workbench that allows you to copy table data from a supported source database server to MySQL It is used by the Workbench Migration wizard to copy data after the schema is migrated and created in the target MySQL server wbcopytables can connect to the source database using either ODBC the Python DBAPI or the native MySQL client library The copy is performed by executing a SELECT statement on the source database and then INSERT inserts the retrieved rows to the target MySQL server Several options allow you to control the data that is copied Table 5 1 File Location Default Operating Sy
300. e icon or double click a package to show the properties of the struct 377 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs If you switch to the hierarchical view you will see Grt Ob ject the parent object from which all other objects are derived The Modules Tab The Modules tab enables you to browse the MySQL Workbench installed modules and their functions Clicking a module within the explorer causes its details to be displayed in a panel below the explorer This facility is useful for exploring the available modules and their supported functions It is also a way to check whether custom modules have been correctly installed Figure C 6 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Modules r EGI Pal y u EEEE egla Modules List GRT Modules gt f DbMySQLRE gt has DbPostgresq Migration gt DbPostgresqIRE gt fas DbSQLAnywhereMigration gt f DbSQLAnywhereRE gt F9 DbSQLiteMigration v 9 DbSQLiteRE gt f initializeDBMSInfo gt f getDataSourceNames gt f quoteldentifier gt f fullyQualifiedObjectName gt f connect gt f disconnect gt f isConnected gt f getTargetDBMSName gt f getSupportedObjectTypes gt f getServerVersion gt f getCatalogNames gt f getSchemaNames gt f getTableNames gt f getViewNames gt f getTriggerNames gt f getProcedureNames gt f cetFunctionNames Function int connect db mgmt Connection connection string password
301. e W What s New in This Release Workbench Read about all changes in this MySQL Workbench release My jae Doc MySQL Utilities Databas Jon MySQL Bug kbench Reporter m Workspace SQL Development Data Modeling Server Administration Connect to existing databases and run A Create and manage models forward amp Configure your database server setup SQL Queries SQL scripts edit data and reverse engineer compare ani user accounts browse status variables ji manage database objects 1 synchronize schemas report and server logs g Open Connection to Start Querying ei Open Existing EER Model amp Server Administration gt se My Local example com DB E sakila_fuli My Local example com DB WE User root Host 127 0 0 1 3306 Last modified Tue Jun 4 14 06 28 2013 39 Local Type GE example com live example com live amp My Addressbook R My Addressbook e Bo GE Hello World R Hello World amp New Connection amp New Server Instance B Edit Table Data g Create New EER Model ai Manage Import Export Edit SQL Script Create EER Model From Existing Database Manage Security x Gs Manage Connections Create EER Model From SQL Script TE Manage Server Instances gt 28 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 29 Home Screen Workbench 6 0 e098 MySQL Workbench MySQL Connections Shortcuts My Local example com DB example com live wey MySQL Doc Library root wa jphedos Sm 127 0 0 1 3306 E 427 0 0 133
302. e panel below the tree Figure C 4 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Globals UO ew POR SA el wis Q Globals Tree GRT Globals ve VO wb gt rdbmsMaomt gt salEditors gt customData gt info v options gt commonOptions gt 4 disabledPlugins v options v TableTemplates gt 0 timestamps gt 1 user gt 2 category gt paperTypes gt recentFiles gt owner gt registry gt starters gt state wb options options TableTemplates 1 mergeUnion minRows modelOnly name nextAuto Inc oldName owner lt gt packKeys partitionCount 0 partitionDefinitions lt list gt PartitionExpression partitionType password primaryKey raidChunkSize raidChunks raidType rowFormat subpartitionCount subpartitionExpression subpartitionType Globals FI ERRES o0c0o000000000000000000 f The Classes Tab Type dict object workbench Workbench object db mgmt Management list object db query Editor dict object app Info object app Options dict list string dict list object db mysql Table object db mysql Table object db mysq Table object db mysql Table listlobject app Papertype list string object workbench Workbench object app Registy object app Starters dict Modules Notifications 376 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs A class is a user defined data type formed by combining primitive data types i
303. e Immediate panel type the following command to grant access CurrentProject Connection Execute GRANT SELECT ON MSysRelationships TO Admin 325 Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 9 22 GRANT SELECT ON MSysRelationships TO Admin CurrentUser Admin CurrentProject Connection Execute GRANT SELECT ON MSysRelationships TO Admin e Quit the Microsoft Access application Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard From the main MySQL Workbench screen you can start the Migration Wizard by clicking on the Database Migration launcher in the Workbench Central panel or through Database Migrate from the main menu 326 Start the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard Figure 9 23 Start the Migration Wizard fa MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Connect to Database CtrieU Manage Connections Shortcuts 2 MySQL Utilities Pa Database Migration Wee G Om OmO ilaModel A new tab showing the Overview page of the Migration Wizard should appear 327 Setting Up ODBC Drivers Figure 9 24 Migration Overview Page Migration Tesk List OVERVIEW SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT
304. e Show Logs button to see the nature of the errors 275 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 48 Reverse Engineer Progress Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options Engi ing P Connect to DBMS Select Schemas The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Retrieve Objects Reverse Engineer Selected Objects Place Objects on Diagram Select Objects Reverse Engineer Operation Completed Successfully Finished parsing MySQL SQL script Click Next to continue to the next page The final page of the wizard provides a summary of the reverse engineered objects 276 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 49 Results Reverse Engineer Database z Connection Options gt Reverse Engineering Results Connect to DBMS Select Schemas Retrieve Objects Summary of Reverse Engineered Objects Select Objects 3 tables from schema world Reverse Engineer Results Click Finish to exit the wizard Before exiting MySQL Workbench be sure to save the schema Choose the File Save menu item to save the reverse engineered database as a MySQL Workbench file with the extension mwb Errors During Reverse Engineering During reverse engineering the application checks for tables and views that duplicate existing names and disallows duplicate names if necessary If you attempt to import an object that duplicates the name of an existin
305. e a SQL soipt fie Schemas Selection Scot Fie C Users phiip igration_scipt sqi Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Options Migration E Keep schemas if they akeady exist Objects that already exist wil not be recreated or updated Manual Editing Target Creation Options Creste Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Create Schemata Now the schemata is created The complete log is also available here 315 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 15 MySQL Workbench migration Create Schemata amp Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Creabe Schema Hei IIt 9200005 2920060 2920065 HIE II IKIE SII IORI DIESEL E IIE III INE IIE II IIE PIII SDI IIE IIK OVERVIEW Overview The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects wil now be executed in the target database You can monitor execution in the logs and if there are errors SOURCE amp TARGET you may correct them in the next step Table data wil be migrated at a later step Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source Create Script Fie Y Connect to Target Database D Perform Checks in Target Y Create Schemas and Objects OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing ipaa tasks gt continue M
306. e products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ZETETIC LLC AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL ZETETIC LLC BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 33 TinyXML License The following software may be included in this product TinyXML TinyXML is released under the zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product
307. e pthreads shell gt make shell gt sudo make install Verify the installation by confirming that the file psqlodbcw so is in the usr local 1lib directory Next you must register your new ODBC Driver Open the iODBC Data Source Administrator application by either executing iodbcadm gtk in the command line or by launching it from the Overview page of the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard by clicking the Open ODBC Administrator button Go to the ODBC Drivers tab in the iODBC Data Source Administrator It should look similar to 347 Preparations Figure 9 41 The iODBC Data Source Administrator iODBC Data Source Administrator User DSN System DSN File DSN ODBC Drivers Connection Pooling Traci ODBC Drivers that are installed on your system Name File Date Size Addadriver Remove the driver Configure the dri An ODBC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information fi ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup program if available or add it with the Add button Cancel Click Add a driver then fill out the form with the following values Description of the driver psqlODBC Driver file name usr local lib psqlodbcw so Setup file name No value is needed here And lastly clicking OK will complete the psqlODBc driver registration 348 Drivers 9 6 1 3 OS X To compile psqlODBC on OS X you will need to have Xcode and its Command Line Tools compo
308. e the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipient
309. e this software in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of this software Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software in dangerous applications Oracle is a registered trademark of Oracle Corporation and or its affiliates MySQL is a trademark of Oracle Corporation and or its affiliates and shall not be used without Oracle s express written authorization Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners This software and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services This document in any form software or printed matter contains proprietary information that is the exclusive property of Oracle Your access to and use of this material is subject to the terms and conditions of your Oracle Software License and Service Agreement which has been executed and with which you agree to comply This document and information contained herein may not be disclosed copied reprod
310. e_connection FOREGROUND root localhost None Query 0 Sending data State Role Instrumented YES Parent Thread Id 22 Info SELECT t PROCESSLIST_ID IF NAME thread sql event_scheduler event_scheduler t PROCESSLIST_USER PROCESSLIST_USER t PROCESSLIST_HOST t PROCESSLIST_DB t PROCESSLIST_COMMAND t PROCESSLIST_TIME t PROCESSLIST_STATE t THREAD_ID t TYPE t NAME t PARENT_THREAD_ID t INSTRUMENTED t PROCESSLIST_INFO a ATTR_VALUE FROM performance_schema threads t LEFT OUTER JOIN performance_schema session_connect_attrs a ON t processlist_id a processlist_id AND a attr_name IS NULL OR a attr_name program_name WHERE t TYPE lt gt BACKGROUND Explain for Connection Hide sleeping connections 7 Hide background threads V Don t load full thread info Hide Detais RefreshRate DontRefresh v Kill Query s Kal Connection s Refresh e Locks MySQL uses metadata locking to manage access to objects such as tables and triggers Sometimes a query might be blocked while being manipulated by another connection from another user The Locks feature utilizes these MySQL metadata locks MDL to show the locked connections that are blocked or being waiting on and shows information about the locks what they are waiting for and what they hold 108 MySQL Connections Figure 5 26 Metadata Locks Browser Query 1 Ee Administration Client Con
311. each tab within the table editor 8 3 4 2 Creating Other Schema Objects Additional objects such as views or routines can be added in the same way as tables Any objects you have created can be found in the Catalog palette on the right To view these schema objects select the Catalog tab in the middle palette on the right View all the objects by clicking the button to the left of the schema name Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the File menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 8 3 5 Documenting the sakila Database This chapter highlights the capabilities of MySQL Workbench as a documentation tool using the sakila database as an example This is a sample database provided by MySQL that you can find by visiting the 257 Documenting the sakila Database http dev mysql com doc page selecting the Other Docs tab and looking in the Example Databases section An EER diagram is an invaluable aid to a quick understanding of any database There is no need to read through table definition statements glancing at an EER diagram can immediately indicate that various tables are related You can also see how tables are related what the foreign keys are and what the nature of the relationship is 8 3 5 1 A PNG File of the sakila Database Find following an EER diagram showing all the tables in the sakila database This image was created using the File Export Export as PN
312. eae 2 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id Z WHERE rental return_date IS NULL 8 AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE 9 LIMIT 5 100 698 Spacing 4 4 attached_condition 1 rental snui sakila rental return_date and sak a rental remal_date interval sakila film rental_duration day lt lt cache gt curdate 23 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 23 Visual Explain Workbench 6 1 Teles AE MyConnection x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie caennay SQL File 1 Query 1 Query2 BEI FACISFIGOMIGQA ME 1 SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer 2 address phone film title 3 FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 4 INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id 5 INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id 6 INNER JOIN film ON inventory film id fila fila id m Query Plan Raw Explain Data Explain Display Cost Infor A Switch EX
313. eceeeeeseaseaeeeeeseeeeeeasaaeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaea 345 9 6 PostgreSQL migration sicazecsseyercsierscdeetaviedvenvacudeesbugede aviadeeenGuyoeey a a EA a EA EEE 346 oo PVE PAT AUO MS e T T anaeeert teers 346 90 2 DIVOS orire insk na RATES EOT SEEKER ERA EE 349 9 6 3 COMNMECHON Setup srererieposnen ani a a a E E E EEEa 349 9 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping cccccccccsesseseeeeeeceeeeeaseaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeseeesesaeaeeseseeeeeeaaa 349 9 7 MYSQL migraatio M seceeesise cas a E 351 9 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ae aeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 355 9 8 1 Connecting to the databases ccceeceeceeeeeee ee ceeeeeeeeeee tees ae ea ee teeeeeeeeeseaaaaaeeeeeeeeeseaaaaenees 355 9 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaeaes 356 9 8 3 Reverse ENGINEGNNO secs isiocd ce cauedecds neers cevaadedieddawosccvneexcensadeosdevanend ce sdawoncesanetpedssavoncevaaesscaes 356 9 8 4 Object Selection sorsien ani iaaa i NE AEA A a AA Aa AEA TEN 356 SERTE ELETE DE A E E A E N A E E E O E E errr 356 9 8 0 Manual EdiHNG sesse E 356 9 8 7 Target Creation Option rsrsrs a a EAE E A AES 356 9 8 8 Schema Creations sccdesseevcctasbercdeab diinan aaa Oates a aE aa AEE A E AA EA AEAEE 357 9 8 9 Create Target ReSUItS neoeesesesssessseresnssresssersnntsressssssnnsnstosesssnnsnetoresssansnenssoessnenneeseens 357 9 8 10 Data Migration Set
314. ecific Validation The following list names the MySQL specific validation types and gives examples of specific violations e Integrity Violation An object name longer than the maximum permitted e A foreign key defined for an engine type that does not support foreign keys not yet implemented e A view or routine that references a nonexistent table not yet implemented e A default value that does not match a column s data type e An invalid partitioning scheme e Syntax Violation e A routine trigger or view with incorrect SQL syntax e A reserved keyword used as an identifier Use of an invalid character 8 3 Modeling Tutorials This chapter contains three short tutorials intended to familiarize you with the basics of MySQL Workbench These tutorials show how MySQL Workbench can be used both to design and to document databases Creating a database from scratch is the focus of Section 8 3 4 Using the Default Schema and exploring the graphic design capabilities of MySQL Workbench is touched upon in Section 8 3 2 Basic Modeling Both these tutorials show the database design capabilities of MySQL Workbench Importing an SQL data definition script is probably the quickest way to familiarize yourself with MySQL Workbench this tutorial makes use of the sakila database and emphasizes the use of MySQL Workbench as a documentation tool Examples taken from the sakila database are used throughout the documentation so doing this tutoria
315. ect Run SQL Script from the File menu to execute this wizard New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 8 Run SQL Script Preview the first lines of the script below and click Run to start executing Note the preview below may display non ASCII characters incorrectly even if the MySQL server can treat them correctly 55047 total bytes in file displaying first 4098 bytes CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS gis_test 40100 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latini USE gis_test 4010 SET OLD CHARACTER SET CLIENT c CHARACTER SET CLIENT 20301 SET GOLD CHARACTER SET RESULTS 00C HARACTER SET RESULTS 3 130101 SET NAMES utf8 110303 SET GOLD TIME ZONESSGTIME ZONE DROP TABLE IF EXISTS borders2 lt 44 13 Schema to be used unless explicitly specified in the script Leave blank if the script already specified it pick a schema from the drop down or type a name to create a new one Default Schema Name a Default character set to whe uting the script Default Character Set pacer tke Posey ee Cance _ Run Model Script Attachments Previously MySQL Workbench modeling supported attaching SQL script files to models usually for documentation and organization purposes You can now include attached SQL files to the output script when performing forward engineering or synchronization operations New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 9 Data Modeling Script Attachments Rou
316. ection Click Apply to commit your changes Figure 7 20 The Triggers Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She JUasd a Table Name asstomer Schema sakila Y BEFORE INSERT BBIivgQW ls fastener craste date 1 CREATE DEFINER root localhost TRIGGER customer_create_date BEFORE INSERT ON customer AFTER INSERT 2 FOR EACH ROW SET NEW create_ date NOW T BEFORE UPDATE z AFTER UPDATE BEFORE DELETE AFTER DELETE 7 1 11 6 The Partitioning Tab To enable partitioning for your table check the Enable Partitioning check box This enables the partitioning options 185 The MySQL Table Editor Figure 7 21 The Partitioning Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help she dsaus ev MinRows MaxRows Comment Cem Partitioning Boan The Partition By pop up menu displays the types of partitions you can create e HASH e LINEAR HASH e KEY e LINEAR KEY e RANGE e LIST Use the Parameters field to define any parameters to be supplied to the partitioning function such as an integer column value Choose the number of partitions from the Partition Count list To manually configure your partitions check the Manual check box This enables entry of values into the partition configuration table The entries in this table are Partition e Values Data Directory 186 The MySQL Table Editor e Index Directory e Min Rows e Max Ro
317. ection 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version This dialog window is found by navigating to the Model menu and choosing the DBDoc Model Reporting item Note R The DBDoc Model Reporting item is not available in the MySQL Workbench Community version Use this dialog window to set the options for creating documentation of your database models For more information see Section 8 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting The Validation Submenus Commercial Version The Model menu has two validation submenus Validation and Validation MySQL Use these submenus for general validation and MySQL specific validation of the objects and relationships defined in your model Note R These items are not available in the MySQL Workbench Community version The Validation submenu has these items e Validate All Performs all available validation checks e Empty Content Validation Checks for objects with no content such as a table with no columns e Table Efficiency Validation Checks the efficiency of tables such as a table with no primary key defined e Duplicate Identifiers Validation Checks for duplicate identifiers such as two tables with the same name e Consistency Validation Checks for consistent naming conventions 209 Model Editor e Logic Validation Checks for example that a foreign key does not reference a nonprimary key column in the source table The Validation M
318. ection Attributes Local instance MySQL57 x File Edt View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She diese ecti Client Connections Threads Connected 4 Threads Running 1 Total Connections 7 Connection Limit 151 Threads Created 4 Aborted Clients 1 State ThreadId Type None None Sendin None Name 25 FOREGROUND thread sal one 26 FOREGROUND thread sql one 27 FOREGROUND thread sqi one dient_name 28 FOREGROUND thread sql one pi d thread platform program_name _dient_version 5660 4312 x86654 MySQLWorkbench 5 6 17 RefreshRate DontRefresh v 5 1 3 Server Logs The Server Logs page features two subtabs Error Log File General MySQL errors for more information see The Error Log 110 Server Logs Figure 5 28 Navigator Management Instance Server Logs Error Log Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections BL Users and Privileges E Status and System Variable amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Se Management Information Slow Log File Timestamp 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 46 2014 01 08 08 19 4
319. ection information as seen on the home screen server_instances xm Stores your MySQL server information as it relates to your MySQL connections wbo_options xml Stores your preferences both configured and default 76 Chapter 4 The Home Screen This is the first page you see when opening MySQL Workbench and it is central to starting MySQL Workbench operations The three main sections include the MySQL Connections MySQL Workbench Models and external Shortcuts broken up into sections titled SQL Development Data Modeling and Server Note R In MYSQL Workbench 5 2 and below the home screen was different and Administration For additional information about this change see Most MySQL Workbench functionality such as the SQL editor and MySQL server manager begin with opening a MySQL connection from the home screen Figure 4 1 The Home Window ta MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts Local instance MySQL56 Local instance ve MySQL Utilities om A localhost3307 1H localhost3306 Database Migration MYSQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs Models Planet MySQL sakila_full 2A Workbench Forum Scripting Shell gt gt gt adel MySQL Connections This section lists connections to all of your MySQL servers and allows you to load configure group and view information about each MySQL c
320. ed ModtiedDate DATETIME E gedste0 Advertureworks Employee Modified Schemas Selection Adve I Employee P RateChange DATETIME Reverse Engineer Source Adve I Employee ErployeeiD iNT n Adve Ij Employes o Modified te DATETIME ta makers Adve I Employes rowgid UNIQUEIDENTI Source Objects Adve I Exploye EmployeetD iNT Fetch Setvessas Litt AdvemtureWerks I ExployeePa RateChan AdventurewWorks ExployeePa P Employet getdate Advertureworks Explayed Modified newid AdvemturewWerks I Exployerd rowguid AdventureWorks Erployede P Employer Adventureworks I ExployeeDe AdventureWerks Exoloyede AdventureWorks ExployeePa AdventurewWorks shift Adventureworks JodCandidate Modified AdvemtureWorks Sift estTime AdventureWorks Siit Modified AdventurewWorks Sift EndTime AdventureWorks ExployeePa Modified Migr Adve ij Employed shifo TINYINT Adve ij Seploved P DepartmentID SMALLINT Adve Jij Employes Rate MONEY Target Creation Options Adve Gj Shift stp TINYINT Create Schemas Adve yj JobCandidate 9 ModifiedDate DATETIME Create Target Results Adve If Shift O RartTime DATETIME Adve a Shift Q Moddieddate DATETIME DATA MIGRATION Adve ald Shift EndTime DATETIME Data Transfer Setup Adve I Employer O ModifiedOate DATETIME Bulk Data Transt Adve 4 Employee Payfrequency TINYINT AdventureWorks EnmployeePa Payfrequ a Adve ij JobCandidate JobCendde INT Adventureworks JobCandi
321. ed Select objects to be backed up Legacy Options MySQL ENTERPRISE B Audit Inspector Online Backup When these options are used the indude filter wil be applied first creating the list of tables to be induded Restore The exdude fiter will be appted on the resulting table set Tables to Bacup Specify a regular expression to match all the tables to be induded on the backup Any table db_name table_name matching the regular expression wil be induded on the backup saldla actor Tables to Exdude Specfy a regular expression to match all the tables to be exduded from the backup Any table db_name table_name matching the regular expression wil be exduded from the backup Transportable Tablespaces ransportable tablespaces allows restoring the backed up tables on a different server it also prevents the system tablespaces from being backed up saving space and 10 resources This feature also has some imitations please look at the MySQL Enterprise Backup Documentation for detais Use Transportable Tablespaces No Management Ee CLEE Information The Options tab includes settings to modify the default behavior of the backup process By default the Backup Storage Directory is stored under a sub folder using the name of the Backup Profile Name in the MySQL Backup Home Directory setting Additional options include compression and apply 1log and the option to Skip Unused Pages 135 Online Backu
322. editor change the name of the column movie_title to title Note that the EER Diagram is automatically updated to reflect this change MySQL Model tab and right click on the movies table or right click on movies Note R There are several ways to open the table editor Either change back to the in the EER diagram and select an Edit movies option 9 Save the model by choosing File Save Model from the main menu or click Save Model to Current File on the toolbar Enter a model name at the file prompt For this tutorial enter Home_Media and then Save the model 10 Before synchronizing your new model with the live MySQL server confirm that you already created a MySQL connection This tutorial assumes you followed the previous Section 5 1 2 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial tutorial to create a MySQL connection named MyFirstConnection although an alternative connection can also work 11 Now forward engineer your model to the live MySQL server Select Database Forward Engineer from the main menu to open the Forward Engineer to Database wizard 12 The Connection Options page selects the MySQL connection and optionally sets additional options for the selected MySQL connection We do not require connection changes so click Next 248 Creating a Model Note E You may decided to choose a different MySQL connection here but this tutorial uses MyFirstConnection 13 The Options page lists opti
323. eeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaenees 370 C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell 0 cccececeeeceeeeeeeeeeee ee ae eaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeees 371 C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell 0 cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeees 371 C 5 2 The shell Wind0Wsc6cei auch ae eae ee ee eb a aart 372 C 5 3 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs 0 0 0 0 374 C6 Tutorial Writing PIUQINS ce se22 csed ceed cebane ts etetaeed cote lad aeaa a aa aaraa 379 D How To Report Bugs or Problems cc eeeceecee teeter n anea AEn enna ee EAE esse EATE 383 E MySQLk Enterprise Features ia iat E ii Ale Msi ft eee ae 387 FIMY SOL UUlitles curses canteen sak cect hte cee herent cee a a atic nce can Sacha nA Cera E 389 G MySQL Workbench Change History cccceeeeeeeeeee eee ae eeteeeee seer ae aa eee eeeeeeeeaeaaeaeceeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeees 393 El ENTO Party LiC6nsSe S serrie a eE oa cub eaciwees becgaees les dovacd iacboead A a abdeadnertieees 395 MySQL Workbench Hid NET Flat TabControl License posnt ereire ideiaren e reaa eieae eeo aaa Tena FrN eek 397 MANER LICENSC a a E E A A A 397 H3 Bitstream Vera LICENSE a a fees a aa a a aa a eaa aaa a aa aa aa aaen ein 397 HA Boost Library LCOnsE eaire ited cea gas Hed ieee ERA A AE AEEA Leta Hedy 398 HS Caro LIConSE Tersi reire r erae iE e E Ea AE Ar EEE RA eOe OEEO FOAREN 399 H 6 CTemplate Google Template System License
324. eeeeeeeaeaaeeneeseeeees 399 H 7 CURL libcurl LICENSE oicectscieccassenncexeseuseapaganes enehiaceehs dena enna iaaa anaia ea aa iaa E aa aaea aaa 400 H 8 DockPanel Suite License iii ti cciisaiascnsdamardavaasvravadeusenssataacoriveasasvsaadearadvasesaedtaadectdaaesaataaedensadeases 400 H 9 Dojo Toolkit v1 7 0b1 LICENSE 2 2 0 ieee cece cette ee etna terete nate ee ee aan eeeeaaeeeeeeaaieeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaieees 401 AAO GDALJOGR LICENS e ninen acts Gece roads soeh E aadet inte Gen Tpelnevace inte sshesdedadialede Ivaleee 401 H 11 GLib License for MySQL Workbench 0 ccccececeeeceeeeeeeee tees ee aaa eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeneeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 405 H12 Glitz CICESE smin nenen shavensd a a deal io a a a a aon n 406 H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 cccccseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 406 H 14 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html cccceeeeeee eee e ee eee teeter sees ee ae eae eeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 414 H 15 IODBG LICENSE oa isicccncsivaicadccdvesrocnieaansonsersedinsvcpatarredstiedeevaciteareedieavsartoarseda bdvacesadieadeaadieivens tans 415 AAG LIDIGOAV LICENSE wiiaccsvccasestrarcs cosveeacsnevetencestacasesavevadenevstancucraiescusvesdpereveladtoarevarenaistananevedanendianen 415 Fl ZAIDI LICENSE ir snares ct seananceabananctannvanasonatecevansepenuheseausuaisvepsnavanatennsend tnatece a E aE 416 H18 IDPNG LICCNSO s iisiccceiedc eli teatloteeieie ade ei aE aN EA E A aa E aaa 416 FA
325. eeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaea 288 MySQL Workbench 8 7 1 Supported Template Markers ccceceeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeee cena eaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaea 292 8 7 2 Creating a Custom Template 0 c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 295 9 Database Migration Wizard 5 0 reee nee nera reS LAEE EAR REE eE EAEN be eedvvet bee ee nadie 299 9 1 General installation requirements ccceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeee tees ae aa ee teeeeeeeeeaeaaeaeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaneeeeeees 300 931 1 ODBC Libraries idres ietininkai ia ehyaneehent sede ara aa aa aaa AAKE 300 92122 ODBC DIIVGNS arnar a A REE ARE 301 9 2 Migration OVErview aiea ne a aa a e aa aaa Rha a aaa eles a ea a itn aa 302 9 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration ececeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeees 302 9 2 2 Migrating from supported databases essessssessrrssserrrnssnrrreennnnnsnntnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnn 321 9 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeees 322 9 3 Conceptual DBMS equivalents ccceceeeeeeeae neces ee eect ee ae aaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaeneeeess 322 9 4 Microsoft Access Migration siressa Er REE RA AA E A AAA ERE INLA EIRA 324 9 5 Microsoft SQL Server Migration sisses irhier ai a r eE a aAa Ei aait 343 2T PYEPALAllONS aerei S E EEE N 343 SEERE E E A E EA E E E A E E E E E EA AN 343 9 5 3 C
326. eferences Column Defaults PK Column Name id table Column Name table col Foreign Key Relationship Defaults FKName fk_ stable _ dtable ON UPDATE NO ACTION Associative Table Name stable _has_ dtable k PK Column Type INT Column Type VARCHAR 45 Column Name table _ column ON DELETE NO ACTION for n m relationships The following tables show the object names and their default values Column Defaults Object Name Default Value PK Column Name id table PK Column Type INT Column Name stablescol Column Type VARCHAR 45 Foreign Key Relationship Defaults Object Name Default Value FK Name fk stable_tdtables Column Name Stables_Scolumns ON UPDATE ON DELETE NO ACTION NO ACTION Associative Table Name Sstable S_has_ SdtableS Modeling Preferences Preferences Modeling MySQL This enables you to set model related options specific to your MySQL version Figure 3 13 Preferences Modeling MySQL SN Workbench Preferences X General Editors SQL Editor Model Query Editor Default Target MySQL Version 5 6 Object Editors SQL Execution Administration Model Table Defaults Y Modeling r Defaults Default Storage Engine InnoDB MySQL Diagram Forward Engineering and Synchronization Appearance Fonts amp Colors SQL_MODE to be used in generated scripts TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_D
327. eferences PARTITION partition_list WHERE where_condition Group sy col_name expr position ASC DESC WITH ROLLUP RAVING where_condition ORDER BY col_name expr position asc DESC LIMIT Loffset row_count row_count PROCEDURE procedure_name argument_list INTO OUTFILE file_name CHARACTER SET charset_name export_options INTO DUMPFILE file_name INTO var_name var_name FOR UPDATE LOCK IN SHARE MOOE SELECT is used to retrieve rows selected from one or more tables and can indude UNION statements and subqueries See UNION and Online helo subqueries ost comm Context Help Executing a SELECT query will display the associated result set in the SQL View panel directly below the SQL Query panel These cells are editable if MySQL Workbench is able to determine how as for example they are editable if a Primary or Unique key exists within the result set If not MySQL Workbench will display a read only icon at the bottom right corner of the SQL View panel and hovering the mouse cursor over this icon will provide a hint as to why it s not editable E Note To quickly enter the name of a table view or column double click the item in the Schemata Palette The item name will be inserted into the SQL Query panel The SQL Editor has several configurable panels and windows as described in the screenshot above 7 1 2 SQL Query Window Toolbar The toolbar features buttons
328. egoryName VARCHAR 15 NOT NULL Description LONGTEXT NULL Picture LONGBLOB NULL PRIMARY KEY CategoryiO INDEX CategoryName CategoryName ASC COLLATE utf8_general_ci DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer ONDUA WN REPORT Migration Report The View combo box also has a Column Mappings option It shows the table columns and allows you to review and fix the mapping of column types default values and other attributes 336 Create the database objects Figure 9 34 Manual Editing Column Mappings D MYSQL Workbench tele fe Migration x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Manual Editing OVERVIEW Q Overview Review and edit migrated objects You can manually edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database SOURCE amp TARGET Migrated Objects View Column Mappings v 7 Source Selection Source Schema Source Table Source Collation Target Schemi Y Target Selection Northwind 2 Categories J Northwind S Fetch Sche ust Northwind il Categones CategoryName NVARCHAR 15 v SA atint_ Gon Northwind Northwind Categories Description NTEXT J SQL Latini Gen Northwind Y Schemata Selection Northwind L Categones Picture IMAGE Northwind Y Reverse Engineer Source Northwind uj Customerdu CustomerID NCHAR S SQL_Latini_Gen_ Northwind Northwind CustomerGu CustomerTy NCHAR 10 v SQu_Latini_Gen Northwind OBJECT MIGRATION Northwi
329. elationship It is used for display purposes only and does not indicate anything about the nature of a relationship To set the notation of a relationship use the Model menu Relationship Notation menu item For more information see The Relationship Notation Submenu The Foreign Key Tab The Foreign Key tab contains several sections Referencing Table Cardinality and Referenced Table The Mandatory check boxes are used to select whether the referencing table and the referenced table are mandatory By default both of these constraints are t rue indicated by the check boxes being checked The Cardinality section has a set of radio buttons that enable you to choose whether the relationship is one to one or one to many There is also a check box that enables you to specify whether the relationship is an identifying relationship 227 Creating Foreign Key Relationships 8 1 4 3 Connection Properties Right click a connection to select it When a connection is selected it is highlighted and its properties are displayed in the properties palette Connection properties are different from the properties of other objects The following list describes them caption The name of the connection By default the name is the name of the foreign key and the property is centered above the connection line captionXxOffs The X offset of the caption captionyOffs The Y offset of the caption comment The comment associated with the relationsh
330. elationship Notation Submenu 226 Creating Foreign Key Relationships You can select multiple connections by holding down the Control key as you click a connection This can be useful for highlighting specific relationships on an EER diagram 8 1 4 2 The Relationship Editor Double clicking a relationship on the EER diagram canvas opens the relationship editor This has two tabs Relationship and Foreign Key The Relationship Tab In the Relationship tab you can set the caption of a relationship using the Caption field This name displays on the canvas and is also the name used for the constraint itself The default value for this name is k_source_table_destination_table Use the Model menu Menu Options menu item to set a project specific default name for foreign keys To change the global default see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences You can also add a secondary caption and a caption to a relationship The Visibility Settings section is used to determine how the relationship is displayed on the EER Diagram canvas Fully Visible is the default but you can also choose to hide relationship lines or to use split lines The split line style is pictured in the following figure Figure 8 12 The Split Connector tbipublishers i fk_pub tblbooks e Note E A broken line connector indicates a nonidentifying relationship The split line style can be used with either an identifying relationship or a nonidentifying r
331. elp She HAEE gd Navigate Query 1 Admaristraton Deshbosrd MANAGEMENT NY to Server status ag cient connections Network Status MySQL Status InnoDB Status D users anc Priiteges Sinks dor ninkersch Galle want ee venedead Some bey MySOL Server scv y Overview ot me InnoSG Mutter Posl and disk activity tal Status and System Vanabies by the MySQL Server to diem connections and perinemance pas genermes by the InacOl sicrage engine amp Dota Export amp Data ImportRestore Table Open Cache tnnoDd Buffer Pool Incoming Bytes disk reads 13 2 B INSTANCE 3 B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs gt 86 amp Options Fite write reqs PERFORMANCE receiving 0 80 pis Q dDa hdoara 16 40 Bis Efficiency E Petormance Reports GS Peformance Schema Setup SOL Executed InnoOB Disk Writes Outgoing Bytes 1KIB 42 6 1 KIB secondsjago 1008 0 00 Wi 758 lt q q se 258 writing sending 0 00 His 6 42 Kas Ooublewrite Buffer Connections InnoOB Disk Reads 100 6 756 s8 258 Performance Reports Performance schema based reports that provide insight into the operation of the MySQL server through many high level reports 14 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 14 Performance Reports Top 1 0 By Bytes amp Gient Connections D Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data importmestore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Ay Server Logs amp Options File
332. ema tree A text search will be done on the selected tables using SELECT Note that this can be very slow since it wil search all columns from all tables Search for table fields that CONTAINS Halifax Max matches per table 100 Max total matches 10000 E Search columns of al types Start Search category diss F shema Table Key Column Data country Y sakila city 1 rows matched 196 city Halifax film Y world city 2 rows matched film_actor Halifax film_category Halifax film_text inventory language payment rental staff gt E store gt amp views gt EP stored Procedures gt Functions sys S world v GP Tables Testeatated eletel aes apa s stesta gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Select Rows Table Inspector Copy to Clipboard gt Send to SQL Editor gt Alter 2 Tables Table Maintenance Drop 2 Tables Truncate 2 Tables The search options include e Search for table fields that CONTAINS Search using Search using LIKE Search using REGEXP These search options are case insensitive e Max matches per table 100 e Max total matches 7000 Search columns of all types If checked non text column type columns are casted to CHAR to perform the matches otherwise only text types CHAR VARCHAR and TEXT are searched This is unchecked by default 7 1 9 Export a Result Set A result set in the SQL e
333. emp gf af host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Users phiip Documents dumnps Dump20 140219 sakia_store sq 10 46 34 Restoring sakla Views routines events etc Running mysgl exe defaults file c users phiip appdata ocal temp tmp_fOuzk cn host localhost user root port 3306 default character set utf8 comments lt C Lape A elewA acorn Puro 140219 sakfa_routines sql 10 46 35 Import of C Users philp Documents dumps Dump20 140219 has finished Management Information Server MySQL Enterprise Server Advanced Edition Commercaal 5 6 l6 enterprse 5 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface MySQL Workbench offers a GUI interface to the Audit Inspector KY Initially when you first load the Audit Inspector you must use MySQL Workbench to cache the audit log for performance reasons MySQL Workbench will then parse index and retrieve values from the encrypted cached file on your local computer At this stage you also set a password for the encrypted file that will be used when viewing this file The initial screen looks similar to Note The Audit Inspector interface was added in MySQL Workbench 6 0 0 126 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Figure 5 45 Workbench Audit Inspector Initializing File Edit View Query Ostabase Server Tools Scripting Help She HGe gg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status g Clie
334. en code in Python e run script file Execute Python code from a file e open file Open the given file at startup Deprecated so instead use specific types such as script or model quit when done Quits MySQL Workbench after script or run finishes 2 3 MySQL Workbench on Windows 2 3 1 Installing MySQL Workbench for Windows can be installed using the MySQL Installer that installs and updates all MySQL products on Windows the standalone msi installation package or manually from a Zip file 45 Installing Important Administrator or Power User privileges If you are using the Zip file without an installer you do not need Administrator or Power User privileges A Installing MySQL Workbench using an Installer package requires either Requirements for Windows e Microsoft NET 4 0 Framework e Microsoft Visual C 2013 Redistributable Package MSVC2013 Note R The 2010 version was used in previous editions of MySQL Workbench 6 e Windows 7 and above Note R MySQL Workbench 6 1 supports earlier versions of Windows including Vista Installation Using MySQL Installer The general MySQL Installer download is available at http dev mysql com downloads windows installer The MySQL Installer application can be used to install upgrade and manage several MySQL products including MySQL Workbench When executing MySQL Installer you may choose MySQL Workbench as one of the products to install It is se
335. en the application and the MySQL server will be compressed which may increase transfer rates This corresponds to starting a MySQL command line client with the compress option This option is unchecked by default Use ANSI quotes to quote identifiers Treat as an identifier quote character like the quote character and not as a string quote character You can still use to quote identifiers with this mode enabled With this option enabled you cannot use double quotation marks to quote literal strings because it is interpreted as an identifier Note If this option is checked it overrides the server setting This option is unchecked by default Enable Cleartext Authentication Plugin Send the user password in cleartext Required for some authentication methods This option is unchecked by default Use the old authentication protocol This option disables Connector C s secure_auth option This option unchecked by default It also includes these options SQL_MODE Override the default SOL_MODE used by the server Others Other options for Connector C as option value pairs one per line SSL tab More parameters can be set for the connection by using the SSL tab SSL This dropdown provides options related to enabling SSL encryption Choose No to disable SSL If available if the client library supports it or Require to require SSL support for the MySQL connection to succeed This option defaults to If available
336. ent cursor caret The Context Help and Snippets panels are on different tabs 7 1 7 Output History Panel opic INSERT Syntax INSERT LOW_PRIORITY DELAYED HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE INTO tbl_name PARTITION partition _fname col_name VALUES VALUE expr DEFAULT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE col_namesexpr col_namezexpr Or INSERT LOW_PRIORITY DELAYED HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE INTO tbl_name PARTITION partition_name SET col_namee expr DEFAULT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE col_nameseexpr col_nemesexpr Or INSERT LOW_PRIORITY HIGH_PRIORITY IGNORE 1NTo tbl nane PARTITION a aed neme col_name SELECT ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE Col_nam wexpr col_namesexpr INSERT inserts new rows into an existing table The INSERT VALUES and INSERT _ SET forms ofthe statement insert rows based on expt specified values The INSERT SELECT form inserts rows selected from another table or tables INSERT SELECT is discussed further in INSERT SELECT When inserting into a partitoned table you can control which partitions and subpartitions accept new rows The PARTITION option takes a comma separated list of the names of one or more partitions or subpartitions or both of the table If any of the rows to be inserted by a given INSERT statement do not match one of the partitions isted the INSERT statement fais with the error Fo
337. erer System Drawing Html IODBC License Libiconv License Libintl License libpng License Libxml2 License Libzip License Lua liblua License Paramiko License PCRE License Pixman License PROJ 4 License PyCrypto 2 6 License PyODBC License PySQLite License Python License Scintilla License ScintillaNET License SQLCipher License TinyXML License TreeViewAdv for NET License VSQLite License 396 NET Flat TabControl License e Section H 36 zlib License H 1 NET Flat TabControl License The following software may be included in this product NET Flat TabControl Use of any of this software is governed by the terms of the license below It is free Public domain Oscar Londono H 2 ANTLR License The following software may be included in this product ANTLR This product was build using ANTLR which was provided to Oracle under the following terms Copyright c 2010 Terence Parr All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and
338. erforming a database migration Figure 9 16 MySQL Workbench migration Create Target Results Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Scripts to create the target schema were executed No deta has been migrated yet Review the creaton report below for errors or warnings If there are any errors you can manually fix the scripts and cick Recreate Objects to retry SOURCE amp TARGET the schema creation or retum to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and retry the target creation Source Selection Result SQL CREATE Scipt for Selected Object r A rev s Target Selection g Preamble D Script executed successfully E CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS AdventureWorks ShiftiID TINYINT UNSIGNED NOT NULL AUTO_ Fetch Schemas List AdventureWorks AdventureWorks Y Script executed successfully Schemas Selection I AdventureWorks Department Y Script executed successfully im AdventureWorks lt mployee D Script executed successfully Ul AdventureWorks EmplayeeAddress GY Script executed successfully OBJECT MIGRATION I AdventureWorks mployeeDepavme J Script executed successfully Source Objects o AdventureWorks EmployeePayHistoy YJ Script executed successfully I AdventureWorks JobCancidate D Script executed successfully Migration i AdventureWorks Shift Y Script executed successfully Manual Editing Postamble D Script executed successfully Target Creation Options Create Schemas Name VARCHAR 1
339. es Longer Than 20 Relationships Connections Draw Line Crossings slow in large diagrams E Show Captions E Center Captions Over Line All Objects Expand New Objects Enabled by default Propagate Object Color Changes to All Diagrams Enabled by default Tables Show Column Types Enabled by default Show Schema Name e Max Length of ENUMs and SETs to Display 20 Show Column Flags e Max Number of Columns to Display 30 Larger tables will be truncated Routines Trim Routine Names Longer Than 20 characters 71 Modeling Preferences Relationships Connections Draw Line Crossings slow in large diagrams Hide Captions Enabled by default Center Captions Over Line Preferences Modeling Appearance Use this tab to set the available colors for the objects that appear on an EER diagram canvas You can also add colors if you wish For related information see Section 3 1 User Accessibility Options Figure 3 15 Preferences Modeling Appearance A Workbench Preferences x General Editors SQL Editor Color Presets Query Editor Colors available when creating tables views etc Object Editors 98BFDA SQL Execution FEDES8 Administration eee YV Modeli Dda FFFFFF MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Fonts Advanced Others Configure Fonts For Default Western Location Font Text Figure Text Tahoma 11 Connection Caption Tahoma 11
340. es have the following additional properties indexesExpanded Whether indexes are displayed when a table is placed on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false triggersExpanded Whether triggers are displayed when a table is placed on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false For a discussion of connection properties see Section 8 1 4 3 Connection Properties 8 1 2 EER Diagram Editor EER diagrams are created by double clicking the Add Diagram icon You may create any number of EER diagrams just as you may create any number of physical schemata Each EER diagram shows as a tab below the toolbar a specific EER diagram is selected by clicking its tab 219 EER Diagram Editor Clicking an EER diagram tab navigates to the canvas used for graphically manipulating database objects The Vertical Toolbar is on the left side of this page 8 1 2 1 The Vertical Toolbar The vertical toolbar shows on the left sidebar when an EER diagram tab is selected The tools on this toolbar assist in creating EER diagrams Figure 8 9 The Vertical Toolbar Diagram E O D NT 11 Code CHAR 3 CountryCode CHAR 3 2 Name GHAR 35 O Name CHAR 52 Language CHAR 30 Z CountryCode CHAR 3 Continent ENUM IsOfficial ENUM T F J District CHAR 20 Region CHAR 26 Percentage FLOAT E Population INT 11 SurfaceArea FLOAT gt e gt IndepY ear SMALLINT 6 a er nasunsaannnni Popu
341. esired Generally speaking only table information and its data are automatically converted to MySQL Code objects such as views stored procedures and triggers are not But supported RDBMS products will be retrieved and displayed in the wizard You can then manually convert them or save them for converting at a later time The following RDBMS products and versions are currently tested and supported by the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard although other RDBMS products can also be migrated with Section 9 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases e Microsoft SQL Server 2000 2005 2008 2012 321 Migrating from unsupported generic databases Microsoft Access 2007 and greater MySQL Server 4 1 and greater as the source and MySQL Server 5 1 and greater as the target PostgreSQL 8 0 and greater SQL Anywhere SQLite Sybase Adaptive Server Enterprise 15 x and greater 9 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases Most ODBC compliant databases may be migrated using the generic database support In this case code objects will not be retrieved from the source database only tables and data When using the generic support column data types are mapped using the following steps 1 It searches for the first entry in the Generic Datatype Mapping Table for the source type name If the length scale ranges of the entry matches the source column it will pick that type Otherwise it continues searching I
342. essage Log StartTme DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift start tme EndTime DATETIME NOT NULL COMMENT Shift end tme DATA MIGRATION ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP COMMENT Date and time the record was last updated PRIMARY KEY ShiftID Data Transfer Setup COMMENT Vieek shift table Bulk Data Transter Scripts for 7 tables 0 views and O routines were executed for schema AdventureWorks Executing postamble script REPORT Execute statement SET FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 1 Schema created SUSSRSSESSRESRESSS ESSE SSS SSERSSOSASSSS ESSE SSS SSESSSESSESSS ESSE SSS SSSSSsssssess Target Creation Options Create Target Results Migration Report Create Schemas and Objects finished Finished performing tasks Source DBMS connection is OK Create Target Results The generated objects are listed here along with the error messages if any exist The migration code may also be viewed and edited here To make changes select an object edit the query code and press Apply Repeat this process for each object that will be edited And then press Recreate Objects to save the results execute the previous migration step Create Schemata with the modified code and then continue the migration process This also means that the previously saved Note kK The Recreate Objects operation is required to save any changes here It will then schema will be dropped 316 A visual guide to p
343. ewrite Buffer Writes The number of doublewrite operations that were performed InnoDB Disk Reads Hover over this dynamic graph to see the number of disk reads over a specific second The available range includes the last 120 seconds Reading Total amount of data in bytes read in file operations by the InnoDB storage engine 6 2 Performance Schema Reports Performance schema based reports that provide insight into the operation of the MySQL server through many high level reports MySQL Workbench uses the SYS views on the Performance Schema to generate over 20 reports to help analyze the performance of your MySQL databases Reports help analyze IO hotspots discover high cost SQL statements and review wait statistics and InnoDB engine metrics 146 Installation and Configuration Installation and Configuration A GUI for configuring and fine tuning the Performance Schema instrumentation Initially this loads an Easy Setup page that is enough for most users Slide the Performance Schema Full Enabled slider to YES to enable all available Performance Schema instruments Figure 6 2 Performance Schema Setup Easy Setup File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds Hsd Navigator Administration Performance Sc MANAGEMENT Server Status Ay Local instance MySQLS7 Q Client Connections O Performance Schema Setup D Users and Privileges ES Status and System Variables Easy Setup Da
344. ey and clicking the entries you wish to copy Select noncontiguous entries by using the Control key Only actions that alter the MySQL model or change an EER diagram are captured by the History palette 8 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel Docked at the top left of the application is the Model Navigator or Bird s Eye panel This panel provides an overview of the objects placed on an EER diagram canvas and for this reason it is most useful when an EER diagram is active Any objects that you have placed on the canvas should be visible in the navigator The Model Navigator shows the total area of an EER diagram A black rectangular outline indicates the view port onto the visible area of the canvas To change the view port of an EER diagram left click this black outline and drag it to the desired location You can zoom in on selected areas of an EER diagram by using the slider tool at the bottom of this window The dimensions of the view port change as you zoom in and out If the slider tool has the focus you can also zoom using the arrow keys Figure 8 7 The Model Navigator Example File Edit View Arrange Modell Database Tools Scripting Help BEAL rigs oid Diegram customer_id SMALLI fim _id SMALLINT Catalog Tree v sakila v Tables gt M actor gt 7 address gt M category gt city gt I country gt ly customer gt BD film Properties Editor gt film_actor 1s store_id TINYINT 9 first_name VA
345. f no matches were found in the generic table then it tries to directly map the source type to a MySQL type of the same name If the source type name doesn t match any of the MySQL data types then it is not converted and an error is logged From here you can specify the target datatype in the Manual Object Editing step of the wizard 9 3 Conceptual DBMS equivalents Table 9 1 Conceptual equivalents between supported DBMS products and MySQL Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ lySQL_ Note Server ASE Authentication Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto_Increment Yes Yes Yes Yes PostgreSQL uses sequences for Auto_Increment Backup Yes Yes Yes Yes See MySQL Enterprise Backup Catalog Yes Yes Yes N A You can map a catalog into a schema and drop the use the owner as the schema name or merge the owner and object name together ownerobject Constraints Yes Yes Yes Yes Data Dictionary N A Database Yes Yes Yes Yes Database Instance Dump Yes Yes Yes Yes mysqldump Events Yes Yes Yes Yes Foreign Keys Yes Yes Yes Yes 322 Conceptual DBMS equivalents Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ ilySQL_ Note Server ASE Full Text Search Yes Yes Yes Yes In InnoDB as of MySQL Server 5 6 and in all versions of MyISAM Index Yes Yes Yes Yes Information Schema Yes No Yes Yes Object Names Case Depends Depends Mixed Mixed MySQL sensitivity of database Sensit
346. fault schema Leave blank to select it later Configure Server Management Test Connection Cancel ox Important configuration wizard for setting shell commands on the host For example commands to start stop the MySQL instance or to edit configuration file For more A The Configure Server Management button bottom left opens an optional information see Configure Server Management Wizard Fill out the connection details and optionally click Configure Server Management to execute the Server Management wizard Click OK to save the connection Important A When opening connections MySQL Workbench automatically sets the client character set to ut 8 Manually changing the client character set such as using SET NAMES may cause MySQL Workbench to not correctly display the characters For additional information about client character sets see Connection Character Sets and Collations New MySQL connections are added to the Home screen as a tile and the Section 7 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator describes several MySQL Workbench features to monitor and configure each connected MySQL server A single MySQL Workbench instance can open one or multiple MySQL connections into individual tabs For a more detailed overview of this process see the tutorial titled Section 5 1 2 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial 5 1 2 2 Creating A New MySQL Connection Tutorial 1 Launch MySQL W
347. fer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Wait for it to finish and verify that everything went well Next the Source Objects displays a list with the objects that were retrieved and are available for migration It will look similar to 332 Select the objects to migrate Figure 9 30 Source Objects r 5 MySQL Workbench a A Migraton x Fie Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW O Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the ists below Al tables wil be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection F Target Selection 7 Migrate Table objects Y Fetch Schemata List 13 total 13 selected Y Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION source Obeas Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report In the above example the migration wizard discovered table and view objects for our source database Only the table objects are selected by default for migration Note E You can also select the view objects but you must also provide their corresponding MySQL equivalent code later no automatic migration is available for them so our example will leave the views unchecked The same applies for stored procedures functions and triggers Click Sh
348. for the active MySQL connection It is possible to set a schema as the default schema by right clicking the schema and selecting the Set As Default Schema menu item This executes a USE schema_name statement so that subsequent statements without schema qualifiers are executed against this schema This setting applies only to the query session To set a default schema for multiple MySQL Workbench sessions you must set the default schema for the stored connection From the Home screen right click on a MySQL connection choose Edit Connection and set the desired default schema on the Default Schema box Note R The selected schema is displayed as bold in the Schema navigator Double clicking a table view or column name in the schemata explorer inserts the name into the SQL Query area This reduces typing significantly when entering SQL statements containing references to several tables views or columns 194 Object Browser and Editor Navigator The Schema Navigator also features a context menu which can be displayed by right clicking an object For example right clicking a table displays the following menu items Select Rows Limit 1000 Pulls up to 1000 rows of table data from the live server into a Results tabsheet and enables editing Data can be saved directly to the live server Table Inspector Displays table information similar to the Schema Inspector This also has a simpler and easier to use interface for analyzing and
349. free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it 407 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non f
350. ftware is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution L Peter Deutsch ghost aladdin com ndependent implementation of MD5 RFC 1321 This code implements the MD5 Algorithm defined in RFC 1321 whose text is available at Hot yw Ter OEO BECH rie 321 See The code is derived from the text of the RFC including the test suite section A 5 but excluding the rest of Appendix A It does not include any code or documentation that is identified in the RFC as being copyrighted The original and principal author of md5 h is L Peter Deutsch lt ghost aladdin com gt Other authors are noted in the change history 432 Python License that follows in reverse chronological order 2002 04 13 lpd
351. g Shell Modules List Shell Xx Snippets GRT Modules v f9 Codeutils gt f copyAsPHPConnet gt f getPluginInfo 0 Scannin re WoC p AppData gt f copyAsPHPQueryAndFeth Roaming My gt f9 DbGenericMigration gt 9 DbGenerickE 6 jules found gt f9 DbMssqlMigration ooking for modules in Scanning module directory oaming gt f9 DbMssqIRE INFO gt f9 DbMysQL s gt f DbMySQLFE gt 9 DbMySQLMigration 9 modules found gt 9 DbMySQLQuery i for ules in C Pro gt f9 DbMySQLRE M CE modul gt f9 DbPostgresqlMigration gt f9 DbPostgresqlRE gt f9 DbSql92Migration gt f DbSql92RE gt f9 DbSybaseMigration gt f9 DbSybaseRE gt 9 DbuUtils g gt 9 Forms Roaming M QL Generic Runtime Environment 4 1 0 25 modules fou Function int copyAsPHPConnect db query Editor editor for help Arguments ython Shell initialized editor Copies PHP code to connect to the active MySQL connection to the clipboard Files Globals Classes Modules C 5 2 The Shell Window The Workbench Scripting Shell is primarily used for running Python scripts or directly typing commands in Python However you can also use it to access the Workbench Scripting Shell Scripting Library functions and global functions and objects To see the available commands type You can also cut and paste text to and from the shell window The Snippets tab is a scratch pad for saving code snippe
352. g object you will be notified with an error message To see any errors that have occurred during reverse engineering you can click the button Show Logs This will create a panel containing a list of messages including any error messages than may have been generated Click the Hide Logs button to close the panel If you wish to import an object with the same name as an existing object rename the existing object before reverse engineering If you import objects from more than one schema there will be a tab in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page for each schema imported You cannot reverse engineer a live database that has the same name as an existing schema If you wish to do this first rename the existing schema 277 Schema Synchronization and Comparison 8 5 Schema Synchronization and Comparison Database change management is a complex process that involves maintaining different versions of database schemas and manually modifying existing databases To help with this administration task MySQL Workbench includes schema synchronization and comparison utilities You can compare two live databases two models or models with live databases to visually see the differences and optionally perform a synchronization routine 8 5 1 Database Synchronization It is possible to synchronize a model in MySQL Workbench with a live database By default the synchronization process will change the live database to be the same as
353. given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter FUn ScCript lt Eule gt Execute Python code from a file run lt code gt Execute the given Python code run python lt code gt Execute the given Python code Migrat lon Open the Migration Wizard tab quit when done Quit Workbench when the script is done log to stderr Also log to stderr help h Show command line options and exit log level lt level gt Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 verbose v Enable diagnostics output version Show Workbench version number and exit open lt file gt Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc 53 Launching 2 5 2 Launching To launch MySQL Workbench on OS X open the Applications folder in the Finder then double click MySQL Workbench It is also possible to start MySQL Workbench from the command line shell gt open MySQLWorkbench app options model_file Specifying options and or a model file is optional 2 5 3 Uninstalling To uninstall MySQL Workbench for OS X locate MySQL Workbench in the Applications folder right click and select Move to Trash What Is Not Removed By default the uninstallation process does not remove your MySQL Workbench configuration directory This directory includes your MySQL connections configuration settings cache files SQL snippets and history logs custom modules and
354. governed by both internal and external regulatory guidelines DBDoc Model Reporting Templates For accessing the Ctemplate System Model Validation Validation modules for testing models before implementing them both with general RDMS and specific MySQL rules MySQL Production Support MOS Technical and consultative support when you need it along with regularly scheduled service packs and hot fixes and MySQL Workbench links to your My Oracle Support MOS service For more information visit http www mysql com enterprise 387 388 Appendix F MySQL Utilities MySQL Utilities is a package of utilities that are used for maintenance and administration of MySQL servers These utilities encapsulate a set of primitive commands and bundles them so they can be used to perform macro operations with a single command They can be installed via MySQL Workbench or as a standalone package They are a set of command line utilities and a Python library for making the common tasks easy to accomplish The library is written entirely in Python meaning that it is not necessary to have any other tools or libraries installed to make it work It is currently designed to work with Python v2 6 or later and there is no support yet for Python v3 1 The utilities are available under the GPLv2 license and are extendable using the supplied library For more information see the MySQL Utilities manual at http dev mysql com doc index utils fabri
355. h PERFORMANCE Obytes 3 57K6 0 00 Obytes 365KB 0 00 Obytes 507KB 0 00 Obytes 745KB 0 00 Obytes 4 35KB 0 00 Obytes 7 49KB 040 Obytes 13 44K6 0 00 Obytes 1233K6 0 00 Obytes 1233KB 000 Obytes 241KB 0 00 Obytes 7 21K6 osa Obytes 3 13KB 0 00 Obytes 3 43KB 0 00 ooooooocoooooo0oo0o0o0000000 Object info ES Note R The Performance Reports were added in MySQL Workbench 6 1 0 The available performance reports include this is a non exhaustive list Top File I O Activity Report Show the files performing the most lOs in bytes Top I O by File by Time Show the highest IO usage by file and latency Top I O by Event Category Show the highest IO Data usage by event categories Top I O in Time by Event Categories Show the highest IO time consumers by event categories Top I O Time by User Thread Show the top IO time consumers by user thread e Statement Analysis Lists statements with aggregated statistics e Statements in Highest 5 Percent by Runtime Lists the top 5 statements with the highest runtime in microseconds e Using Temp Tables Lists all statements that use temporary tables accesses the highest number of disk temporary tables then memory temp tables e With Sorting List all normalized statements that have done sorts and accesses them in the following priority order sort_merge_passes sort_scans then sort_rows 149 Visual Explain Plan Full Table Scans Lists statements
356. h on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the flneiblo acai You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well def
357. he Home window e Panels Configure which of the three available panels are open You may also manage this from the GUI using the panel toggle buttons on the top right side of MySQL Workbench e Output Displays the console output e Select Next Main Tab Selects the next moves to the right and wraps around MySQL Workbench tab Select Next Main Tab Selects the previous moves to the left and wraps around MySQL Workbench tab Model EER options 207 Model Editor Windows A submenu with items that activate slide open specific panels Designated panels include the Model Navigator Catalog Layers User Datatypes Object Descriptions Object Properties and Undo History Zoom 100 The default level of detail of an EER diagram Zoom In Zooms in on an EER diagram Zoom Out Zooms out from an EER diagram The ability to zoom in on an EER diagram is also available using the slider tool in the Model Navigator palette See Section 8 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel Set Marker Bookmarks an object From the keyboard select the object you wish to bookmark then use the key combination Control Shift and the number of the marker 1 through 9 You may create up to nine markers Go To Marker Returns to a marker From the keyboard use the Control key and the number of the marker Toggle Grid Displays grid lines on an EER diagram Toggle Page Guides Toggles Page Guides to help design the EER diagram on
358. he current section If the variable value can be found there the replacement is made However if the variable s value is not found in the current data dictionary the parent data dictionary is checked for the variable s value and so on up the tree until the main data dictionary or root is reached Suppose that we want to display the names of all columns in a model Consider the following template as an attempt to achieve this Column Name COLUMN_NAME This template produces no output even for a model that contains many columns In this example the only data dictionary active is the main dictionary However COLUMN_NAME is stored in the COLUMNS data dictionary which is associated with the COLUMNS section With this knowledge the template can be improved as follows COLUMNS Column Name COLUMN_NAME COLUMNS 290 Customizing DBDoc Model Reporting Templates This still does not produce output To see why see Table 8 1 Data Dictionaries Tree The COLUMNS data dictionary has the parent dictionary COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING has the parent TABLES which has the parent SCHEMATA whose parent is the main dictionary Remember that for a dictionary to be involved in variable lookup its associated section must currently be active To achieve the desired output the template must be something like the following SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Column
359. he database server is started and ready for dent connections To shut the Server down use the Stop Server button amp Data import Restore Tf you stop the server you and your applications will not be able to use the Database and all current connections wil be dosed INSTANCE B startup shutdown Startup Message Log A Server Logs Fontan Sig 20 RH eed eo ecm srt be ene ae 2014 12 04 15 43 11 MySQL server is currently running Dashboard amp Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup Management Information Refresh Status Management support for target host enabled successfully 5 1 5 Configuration options file The Options File editor is used to view and edit the MySQL configuration file my ini on Windows or my cnf on Linux OS X by selecting check boxes and other GUI controls and then making edits MySQL Workbench divides the options file into its own groupings as a set of tabs such as General Logging InnoDB and more Make an edit and click Apply to commit the changes The options file editor has several components e Option file groupings as divided into convenient tabs by MySQL Workbench e A Locate option search field to search your MySQL options configuration file e Configuration File path so you know the configuration file you are editing e An options file group selector to select the option group to edit Because the same option can be defined under multiple groupings it is imp
360. he routine object from the model Note R To remove a routine from a routine group use the controls on the Routine Group tab of the Routine Group Editor The action of the delete option varies depending upon how you have configured MySQL Workbench For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences 231 Creating Routines and Routine Groups The Routine Editor To invoke the routine editor double click a routine in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the routine editor docked at the bottom of the application Any number of routines may be open at the same time Each additional routine appears as a tab at the top of the routine editor Routine and Privileges tabs appear at the bottom of the routine editor Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The Routine Tab Use the Routine tab of the routine editor to perform the following tasks e Rename the routine using the Name field e Enter the SQL to create a routine using the SQL field The Privileges Tab The Privileges tab of the routine editor allows you to assign specific roles and privileges You may also assign privileges to a role using the role editor For a discussion of this topic see Adding Roles When this tab is first opened all roles that have been created are displayed in the list on the right Move the roles you wish to associate with this table to the Roles list on
361. he sakila Database EER Diagram The Page Setup menu item enables you to set the paper size orientation and margins for printing purposes The printing options are enabled only if the EER Diagrams tab is selected You have the choice of printing your model directly to your printer printing it as a PDF file or creating a PostScript file For more information see Section 8 2 1 Printing Diagrams Note R The printing options are available only in commercial versions of MySQL Workbench Use the Document Properties menu item to set the following properties of your project Name The model name default is MySQL Model e Version The project version number Author The project author Project The project name Created Not editable determined by the MWB file attributes Last Changed Not editable determined by the MWB file attributes e Description A description of your project The Edit Menu Use the Edit menu to make changes to objects The text description for several of the menu items changes to reflect the name of the currently selected object This menu has items for cutting copying and pasting These actions can also be performed using the Control X Control C and Control V key combinations Undo a deletion using the Undo Delete object_name item The Control Z key combination can also be used to undo an operation It is also possible to carry out a Redo operation using either the menu item or the key combination
362. here possible and append their fame to ihe dist EE On Ee o S Copyright 1987 1988 1989 1998 The Open Group Copyright 1987 1988 1989 Digital Equipment Corporation Copyright 1999 2004 2008 Keith Packard Cop yecarciitsens 0 COR Ssh Ne Copyright 2000 Keith Packard member of The XFree86 Project Inc Copyright 2004 2005 2007 2008 Red Hat Inc Copyright 2004 Nicholas Miell Copyright 2003 Lars Kioll amp Zack Rusin Trollteen Copyright 2005 Trolltech AS Copyright 2007 Luca Barbato Copyright 2008 Aaron Plattner NVIDIA Corporation Copyright 2008 Rodrigo Kumpera Copyright 2008 AndrA TupinambAj Copyright 2008 Mozilla Corporation Copyright 2008 Frederic Plourde Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems Inc Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 422 PROJ 4 License The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software HE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF NY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT L
363. hese e Create and manipulate a model graphically e Reverse engineer a live database to a model Forward engineer a model to a script or live database e Create and edit tables and insert data This is not an exhaustive list The following sections discuss these and additional data modeling capabilities 201 Modeling Interface 8 1 Modeling Interface TODO This information is from the previous manual so requires reorganization 8 1 1 Model Editor When the Model Editor is executed from the Home window MySQL Workbench displays the MySQL Model page The MySQL Model page has three main panels as shown in the following screenshot Description Editor User Types List History panel and Model Overview Figure 8 1 The MySQL Model Page T MySQL Workbench crar MySQL Model x File Edit View Arrange Model Database Plugins Scripting Community Help isomer 5I33 Description Editor ae Y Physical Schemata J mye g Add View Definton TINYINT 1 Add Routine TINYINT 1 DECIMAL 10 Routine Groups FLOAT DOUBLE o Add Group TINYINT A Y Schema Privileges SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT Users 0 tems INT 11 BIGINT 20 o Add User Roles Otem 202 Model Editor The Description Editor and User Types List History panel are contained within the Sidebar The Sidebar is located on the left by default but can be relocated to the right using a setting in the Workbench Preferences dialog
364. his case 142 Trigger Handling e truncate target Execute a TRUNCATE TABLE command on each target table that is copied Trigger Handling Because there is no way to temporarily disable triggers in MySQL and they can affect the copy process MySQL Workbench will backup and drop all triggers from the target MySQL database before the copy process starts and then these triggers are restored after the copy finishes The triggers are backed up in the target schema under a table named wb_tmp_triggers e disable triggers on Schema_Name Performs the backup and DROP process for all triggers in the specified schema reenable triggers on Schema_Name Restores triggers previously backed up to the wb_tmp_triggers table e dont disable triggers Bypass the trigger disabling step 143 144 Chapter 6 Performance Tools Table of Contents 6 1 Performance Dashboard issis eani ae iaa AA AE a liad 145 6 2 Performance Schema Reports ccseceeeee cece ee eeeeee cece ee ee aaa ee eeeeee ease aaaaneeeeeeeeeaeaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaea 146 6 3 Vislal Explain Pla ensai niieoe a Sed as cdeetag tot a tesess A N aai Eaa 150 6 4 Q ery Statistics esrin eeii aaa aaa aaae aaie aa ai ei haa Nerak a a aaien 152 6 5 Tutorial Using Visual Explain to improve query performance ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeees 154 6 1 Performance Dashboard View server performance statistics in a graphical dashboa
365. hon Plugin or Python Module Open Script Opens a Open GRT Script dialogue which defaults to the Workbench scripts directory Files are opened into the Workbench Scripting Shell window Run Script File Executes the script that is currently open Run Workbench Script File Executes the specified script file Install Plugin Module File Loads and installs a plugin or module file Plugin Manager Displays information about the plugins that are installed and allows disabling and uninstalling the plugins The Help Menu Use the Help menu when you require support or when you want to help improve MySQL Workbench This menu has the following items Help Index Opens a window showing a local copy of the MySQL Workbench documentation Read search or print the documentation from this window MySQL com Website Opens your default browser on the MySQL Web site home page Workbench Product Page Opens your default browser on the MySQL Workbench product page System Info Displays information about your system which is useful when reporting a bug For more information see System Info Report a Bug Opens your default browser to bugs mysql com and automatically fills in several fields such as the Operating System and MySQL Workbench version by passing in additional data via the GET request The default Description requests you to also attach the Workbench log file For additional information about reporting useful bug reports see Appendix D
366. ht lt c gt 2616 2613 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved is is a release of dual licensed MySQL Utilities For the avoidance of this particular copy of the software is released the version 2 of the GNU General Public License MySQL Utilities is brought to you by Oracle Type help for a list of commands or press TAB twice for list of utilities mysqluc gt help Description s Display list of all utilities supported help lt utility gt Display help for a specific utility show errors Display errors captured during the execution of the utilities clear errors clear captured errors show last error Display the last error captured during the execution of the utilities i help commands Show this list i quit Exit the console set lt variable gt lt value gt Store a variable for recall in commands show options Display list of options specified by the user on launch show variables Display list of variables lt ENT ER gt sess ENTER to execute command ESCAPE to clear the command entry DOWN to retrieve the previous command Press UP to retrieve the next command in history Press TAB for type completion of utility option or variable names Press TAB twice for list of matching type completion lt context sensitive 391 392 Appendix G MySQL Workbench Change History Release Notes Description Note that we tend to update the manual at the same time we make changes to MySQL W
367. ials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Floating point exception control The source for the fpectl module includes the following notice 4 Copyright c 1996 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby granted provided that this en 431 Python License tire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a copy or modification of
368. ic RDBMS database system options This selection determines the available Parameters and Advanced configuration options This connection definition may be saved using the Store connection for future use as option and there is also the Test Connection option Target Connection Setup The MySQL Server that will be home to the newly migrated database 355 Schemata Retrieval and Selection 9 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection Fetch Schemata List The names of available schemas will be retrieved from the source RDBMS The account used for the connection will need to have appropriate privileges for listing and reading the schemas you want to migrate Target RDBMS connection settings will also be validated The steps that are performed include connects to the source DBMS checks the connection and retrieves the schema list from the source Schemata Selection Select the schemata that you want to migrate 9 8 3 Reverse Engineering This is an automated step where the actions include Connect to the source DBMS Reverse engineer the selected schemata and perform post processing if needed 9 8 4 Object Selection By default all table objects will be migrated Use the Show Selection button in order to disable individual table objects from being migrated 9 8 5 Migration Reverse engineered objects from the source RDBMS are automatically converted to MySQL compatible objects Default data type and default column val
369. ight of the schema list After selecting this tool clicking the canvas creates a new group To edit this view right click it and choose Edit Routine Group or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu To activate the routine group tool from the keyboard use the G key For more information about creating and editing routine groups see Section 8 1 6 2 Routine Groups 222 Creating Tables The Relationship Tools The five relationship tools are used to represent the following relationships e One to many nonidentifying relationships One to one nonidentifying relationships e One to many identifying relationships e One to one identifying relationships e Many to many identifying relationships These tools appear at the bottom of the vertical tool bar Hover the mouse pointer over each tool to see a text hint that describes its function For more information about relationships see Section 8 1 4 Creating Foreign Key Relationships 8 1 3 Creating Tables 8 1 3 1 Adding Tables to the Physical Schemata Double clicking the Add table icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page adds a table with the default name of table1 If a table with this name already exists the new table is named table2 Adding a new table automatically opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the table editor see Section 7 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor Right clicking
370. igration Reverse engineered objects from the source ROBMS wil now be automaticaly converted into MySQL compatible objects Default datatype and default column value mappings wil be used You wil be able to review and edit generated objects and column definitions in the Manual Editing step Migrate Selected Objects Generate SQL CREATE Statements Finished performing tasks Ci Next gt to contnue Message Log Starting Migrating Migrating scheme AdventureWorks Migrating schema contents for schema AdventureWorks Table AdventureWorks Department migrated Table AdventureViorks Employes migrated Table AdventureWorks EmployeeAddress migrated Table AdventureVorks EmployeeDepartmentHistory migrated Table Adventure Viorks EmployeePayHistory migrated Table Adventure Viorks JobCandidate migrated Table Adventure Works Shift migrated Finalizing foreign key migration Migration finished Migrate Selected Objects finished Generate SQL CREATE Statements Generating SQL Generate SQL CREATE Statements finished Finished performing tasks There are three sections to edit here which are selected via the View select box on the top right The Show Code and Messages button is available with every view and it will show the generated MySQL code that corresponds to the selected object e Migration Problems This will either report problems or display No mapping problems found It is an
371. ilable command line options mysql workbench lt options gt lt name of a model file or sql script gt Options force sw render Force Xlib rendering force opengl render Force OpenGL rendering query lt connection gt lt connection string gt Open a query tab and ask for connection if nothing is specified If named connection is specified it will be opened else connection will be created based on the given connection string which should be in form lt user gt lt host gt lt port gt admin lt instance gt Open a administration tab to the named instance upgrade mysql dbs Open a migration wizard tab model lt model file gt Open the given EER model file script lt sql file gt Open the given SQL file in an connection best in conjunction with a query parameter fun scripe Lile gt Execute Python code from a file Lume lt code gt Execute the given Python code run python lt code gt Execute the given Python code Higrarlon Open the Migration Wizard tab quit when done Quit Workbench when the script is done OC Osi Clorats Also log to stderr help h Show command line options and exit log level lt level gt Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 verbose v Enable diagnostics output version Show Workbench version number and exit open lt file gt Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc 2 4 3 Uninstalling
372. in the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions 2 Redistributions in binary form compiled executables must reproduce the above copyright notice definition disclaimer and this list of conditions in documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The sole exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary including SFXWiz as part of a self extracting archive that is permitted without inclusion of this license as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled 3 Altered versions including but not limited to ports to new operating systems existing ports with new graphical interfaces and dynamic shared or static library Vensi ons Muse be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info ZIP releases including but not limited to labeling of the altered versions with the names Info ZIP or any variation thereof including but not limited to different capitalizations Pocket UnZip WiZ or MacZip without the explicit permission of Info ZIP Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the 404 GLib License for MySQL Workbench Zip Bugs or Info ZIP e mail addresses or of the Info ZIP URL s 4 Info 4iP retains the right to use the names Info Zip 2ip
373. ined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots hese requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If dentifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library nd can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in hemselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those ections when you distribute them as separate works But when you istribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based n the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of his License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the ntire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote FE qr ey fon a Gr feb TS ct Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instea
374. ing it by schema and table name 6 3 Visual Explain Plan The Visual Explain feature generates and displays a visual representation of the MySQL EXPLAIN statement by using extended information available in the extended JSON format Note R The extended EXPLAIN format is available as of MySQL server 5 6 5 MySQL Workbench provides all of the EXPLAIN formats for executed queries including the raw extended JSON traditional format and visual query plan Visual Explain Conventions An example Visual Explain diagram SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first_name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id 150 Visual Explain Conventions INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory film_id film film_id WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT_DATE TEMITA S7 Figure 6 5 A Visual Explain Example Query cost 8813 01 query_block 1 6413 61 1613 61 4013 61 8812 40 00K rows 2 00K rows 2 00K rows 2 00K rows nested kop 1000 rows 1400 01 Full Table Scan Non Unique Key Lookup Non Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup Unique Key Lookup fim inventory rental customer address idx_fk_film_id idx_fk_inventory_id PRIMARY
375. ing the following system commands usr bin sudo usr bin nohup usr bin uptime usr bin which usr bin stat bin bash oin mkdir Moria em any ema Monae oun cp foun Ls Additionally the sudo user must keep the HOME environment variable when executing system commands which means adding the following to etc sudoers env_keep HOME For MySQL Workbench to execute MySQL Enterprise Backup commands the sudo user must also be able to execute the MySQL Enterprise Backup binary Installing DEB packages On Ubuntu and other systems that use the Debian package scheme you can either download and install deb packages or use the APT package manager Using the APT Package Manager Your Linux distribution includes MySQL Workbench builds where apt get install mysql workbench will install their build of the MySQL Workbench package To use the official MySQL Workbench builds as provided by the MySQL Release team you must install the official MySQL APT repository and choose the mysql workbench community package instead of mysql workbench e First install the MySQL APT repository as described in the MySQL APT Repository documentation For example shell gt sudo dpkg i mysql apt config_0 3 1 lubuntul4 04 all deb shell gt sudo apt get update e Next install MySQL Workbench You might have multiple Workbench packages available so choose the mysql workbench community version For example 49 Installing she
376. ining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission SECRET LABS AB AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL SECRET LABS AB OR THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE test_epoll The test_epoll contains the following notice Copyright c 2001 2006 Twisted Matrix Laboratories Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUT
377. ion if Workbench unexpectedly quits V Modeling Defaults Create new tabs as Query tabs instead of File MySQL Diagram V Restore expanded state of the active schema objects Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others Sidebar V Show Schema Contents in Schema Tree Z Show Metadata and Internal Schemas E Combine Management Tools and Schema Tree MySQL Session DBMS connection keep alive interval in seconds 600 DBMS connection read time out in seconds 600 Other This schema will be used by Workbench to store information required on certain operations Internal Workbench Schema mysqlworkbench Safe Updates Forbid UPDATEs and DELETEs with no key in WHERE clause or no LIMIT cause Requires a reconnection e Save snapshot of open editors on close Enabling will save and reload the SQL Editor tabs after closing opening MySQL Workbench including after an unexpected crash e Auto save scripts interval Frequency of the auto saves e Create new tabs as Query tabs instead of File By default opening a new SQL Editor tab opens as an SQL File tab Check this option if you prefer the simpler Query tabs that for example will not prompt to be saved when closed e Restore expanded state of the active schema objects Group nodes that were previously expanded in the active schema when the SQL editor was last closed are re expanded and loaded This is enabled by default Sidebar e Show
378. ion hover over the Read Only icon to reveal a tooltip that explains why your result set is in read only mode A 2 I m attempting to execute a DELETE query but the query fails with an Error Code 1175 error How do I proceed By default Workbench is configured to not execute DELETE or UPDATE queries that do not include a WHERE clause on a KEY column To alter this behavior open your Workbench Preferences select the SQL Editor section and disable the following preference Safe Updates Forbid UPDATEs and DELETEs with no key in WHERE clause or no LIMIT clause Changing this preference requires you to reconnect to your MySQL server before it can take affect A 3 My MySQL server connection is timing out with an error like Error Code 2013 Lost connection to MySQL server during query Can I adjust the timeout Yes go to Preferences SQL Editor and adjust the DBMS connection read time out option that defaults to 600 seconds This sets the maximum amount of time in seconds that a query can take before MySQL Workbench disconnects from the MySQL server A 4 What do the column flag acronyms PK NN UQ BIN UN ZF Al in the MySQL Workbench Table Editor mean Checking these boxes will alter the table column by assigning the checked constraints to the designated columns Hover over an acronym to view a description and see the Section 7 1 11 2 The Columns Tab and MySQL CREATE TABLE documentation for additional details
379. ion ieee inten Session Objectinfo Session Schema sakila Schema sakila Schema sakila Table data search You can select schemas and or tables to perform client side searches for user specified strings and patterns To access this new search feature right click select a schema or a table in the left sidebar and select Search Table Data This screenshot demonstrates the search feature along with an example search Multiple tables were selected and searched in this example 30 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 31 Table search functionality eee MySQL Workbench ek My Local example com DB sakila Sa sooo gd E D e Enter text to search in tables selected in the schema tree Q Filter objects A text search will be done on the selected tables using SELECT Note that this can be very slow since it will search all columns from all tables v sakila vy Tables Search for Text jennifer Start Search E actor Select Rows Limit 1000 gt address Max matches per table 100 Max total matches 100000 gt category Copy to Clipboard gt gt city Send to SQL Editor gt 1s of all types gt E country gt customer Alter 15 Tables ip kay gouna Data fim Table Maintenance actor 1 rows matched x 4 first_name JENNIFER gt a accel Drop 15 Tables customer 1 rows matched gt E filmcatet Truncate 15 Tables 6 firstname JENNIFER gt film_text gt 7 inventor
380. ion if Workbench unexpectedly quits Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others EER Modeler e Automatically reopen previous model at start Check this if you want the model on which you previously worked to be automatically reopened when you start MySQL Workbench Force use of software based rendering for EER diagrams MySQL Workbench will use OpenGL for rendering when available However due to faulty drivers problems do occasionally occur These issues can be resolved by selecting the software rendering option here Model undo history size You can limit the size of the undo history here Set this value to 0 to have an unlimited undo history Auto save model interval An open model that has not been saved will automatically be saved after this period On loading a model file MySQL Workbench will notify the user if the file was not previously saved correctly due to a crash or power failure MySQL Workbench can then attempt to recover the last auto saved version For automatic recovery to be available for a new file it will have to have been saved at least once by the user Preferences Modeling Defaults Set default values for various modeling object names 68 Modeling Preferences Figure 3 12 Preferences Modeling Defaults pi General Editors V SQL Editor Query Editor Object Editors SQL Execution Administration YV Modeling Defaults MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others SN Workbench Pr
381. ion information_scheme newschema performance_schema Type amp sakila 1 actor_id SMALLINT UNSIGNED v Tebles 2 first_name VARCHAR gt E actor 3 last_name VARCHAR gt E address 4 last_update TIMESTAMP gt a category gt E city B d Management Information smalint 5 UN AI PK varchar 45 varchar 45 timestamp Query Stats Query statistics are taken from the Performance Schema and includes information about timing temporary tables indexes joins and more 21 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 21 SQL Editor Query Stats joce MySQL Workbench A Local instance 3306 x Hf daa amp g naa Management Schemas j actor x SCHEMAS l mulFyFfAO S D FB Limit to 200 rows sape 2 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor v sakila v Tables 100 31 1 F actor Query Statistics oO gt I address gt I category gt T city Timing as measured at client side Joins per Type gt i o Execution time 0 00 0 0004 1580 Full table scans Select_scan 1 y Joins using table scans Select_full_joiny 0 gt li customer Timing as measured by the server Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 gt film Execution time 02 00 0 00033272 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 gt I fiim_actor Table lock wait time 0 00 0 00006400 Joins using range Select_range 0 gt ID film_category Errors Sorting film_text Had Errors NO Sorted rows Sort_rows 0 gt m in
382. ion in the logs if errors exist then they will be fixed in the next step Table data will be migrated in a later step as well This is an automated step where the actions include Create Script File Connect to Target Database and Create Schemata and Objects 9 8 9 Create Target Results Scripts to create the target schemas were executed but the data has not yet been migrated This step allows reviewing a creation report If there are any errors then you can manually fix the scripts and click Recreate Objects to retry the schema creation or return to the Manual Editing page to correct them there and then retry the target creation To edit first select the object and then the SQL CREATE Script will be shown for the selected object Edit it there then press Apply to save 9 8 10 Data Migration Setup Provides additional options for data transfer including the ability to set up a script to automate this transfer in the future 9 8 11 Bulk Data Transfer The transfer is executed here 9 8 12 Migration Report Displays the final report that can be reviewed to ensure a proper migration was executed 9 9 MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard FAQ Frequently Asked Questions with answers Questions e 9 9 1 357 While using the Postgresql psqlodbc driver see the following error 08001 08001 Already connected 202 SQLDriverConnect Questions and Answers 9 9 1 While using the Postgresql psqlodbc driver see the f
383. ion marks GS Pertormance Schema Setup eeexeenecececeeeee Enter password again to confirm Management Version S 7 SmiStog Login User root Current User root locahhost SSL Disabled Account Limits Define limits for the user account such as the maximum number of queries updates connections and concurrent connections that an account can execute in one hour 115 Administrative Roles Figure 5 33 Navigator Management User And Privileges Account Limits File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hhe dA ae Navigator Administration Users and Privil x MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections D Users and Privileges E5 Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore MyFirstConnecton Users and Privileges User Accounts Details for account general localhost User FromHost Login Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privileges general localhost mysqlibackup localhost Max Queries 0 Number of queries the account can execute within one hour root locathost INSTANCE 8 Startup Shutdown A Server Logs Max Connections 0 The number of times the account can connect to the server per hour Max Updates 0 Number of updates the account can execute within one hour Options File The number of simultaneous connections to the server the account can have PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp gt Performance Reports E Performan
384. ip drawSpl1it Whether to show the relationship as a continuous line endCapt ionxOf fs The X termination point of the caption offset endCaptionyOf fs The Y termination point of the caption offset ext raCaption A secondary caption By default this extra caption is centered beneath the connection line extraCaptionxOffs The X offset of the secondary caption extraCaptionyOffs The Y offset of the secondary caption mandatory Whether the entities are mandatory For more information see Section 8 1 4 2 The Relationship Editor many False if the relationship is a one to one relationship middleSegmentOffset The offset of the middle section of the connector modelOnly Set when the connection will not be propagated to the DDL It is just a logical connection drawn on a diagram This is used for example when drawing My1SAM tables with a visual relationship but with no foreign keys name The name used to identify the connection on the EER Diagram canvas Note that this is not the name of the foreign key referredMandatory Whether the referred entity is mandatory startCaptionxOf fs The start of the X offset of the caption startCaptionyOffs The start of the Y offset of the caption In most cases you can change the properties of a relationship using the relationship editor rather than the Properties palette If you make a relationship invisible by hiding it using the relationship editor s Visibility Settings a
385. ipt file Execute Python code from a file run lt code gt Execute the given Python code run python lt code gt Execute the given Python code migra Tron Open the Migration Wizard tab quit when done Quit Workbench when the script is done log to stderr Also log to stderr eo In Show command line options and exit log level lt level gt Valid levels are error warning info debugl debug2 debug3 verbose v Enable diagnostics output version Show Workbench version number and exit open lt file gt Open the given file at startup deprecated use script model etc Use the swrendering option if your video card does not support OpenGL 1 5 The version option can be used to display the MySQL Workbench version number The other options are self explanatory MySQL Workbench may also be started from MySQL Notifier by choosing SQL Editor or Configure Instance from the Notifier context menu For additional information see MySQL Notifier 2 3 3 Uninstalling The method for uninstalling MySQL Workbench depends on how you installed MySQL Workbench Removing MySQL Workbench After Installation Using the Installer Package 1 To uninstall MySQL Workbench open the Control Panel and Choose Add or Remove Programs Find the MySQL Workbench entry and choose the Remove button This will remove MySQL Workbench Note R If you installed MySQL Workbench using the Installer package it is not possible to remove MySQL Workbench from the comman
386. is option to create separate statements for index creation instead of including index definitions in CREATE TABLE statements e Add SHOW WARNINGS after every DDL statement Select this option to add SHOW WARNINGS statements to the output This causes display of any warnings generated when the output is executed which can be useful for debugging Do Not Create Users Only Export Privileges Select this option to update the privileges of existing users as opposed to creating new users Exporting privileges for nonexistent users will result in errors when you execute the CREATE script Exporting users that already exist will also result in an error Don t create view placeholder tables e Generate INSERT Statements for Tables Select this option if you have added any rows to a table For more information about inserting rows see Section 7 1 1 SQL Query Window e Disable FK checks for inserts Create triggers after inserts Clicking Next takes you to the SQL Object Export Filter page where you select the objects you wish to export 261 Forward Engineering Figure 8 31 SQL Object Export Filter Forward Engineer SQL Script SQL Object Export Filter Filter Objects To exclude objects of a specific type from the SOL Export disable the corresponding checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exclude them from the export Export MySQL Table Objects Show Filter 2 Total Objec
387. is tutorial uses the default values for the options in this page as shown in the above screenshot Next the data is transferred At this point the corresponding progress page will look familiar 341 Verification Figure 9 39 Bulk Data Transfer E MySQL Workbench lete f Migraton x File Edt View Database Plugins Scripting Help DRACL Migration Task List Bulk Data Transfer OVERVIEW Overview The following tasks wil now be performed Please monitor the executon SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Y Prepare informaton for data copy Target Selection Create shell script for data copy T Fetch Schemata List D Determine number of rows to copy Y Schemata Selection Copy data to target RDEMS Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Migration a V Manual Editing Y Target Creation Options Y Create Schemata Y Create Target Results Copying Northwind Orders DATA MIGRATION Y Data Transfer Setup REPORT Migration Report Once it finishes move to the next page You will be presented a report page summarizing the whole process Now review and click Finish to close the wizard Verification Now that the Northwind database was successfully migrated next we will view the results Open an SQL Editor that is associated with your MySQL Server instance and then query the Northwind database You can try something like SELECT FROM Northwind customers 342 Microsoft S
388. it persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software 3 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR MPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING ROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 26 PyCrypto 2 6 License The following software may be included in this product Tj Copyright and licensing of the Python Cryptography Toolkit PyCrypto Previously the copyright and or licensing status of the Python Cryptography Toolkit PyCrypto had been somewhat ambiguous The original intention of Andrew M Kuchling and other contributors has been to dedicate PyCrypto to the public domain but that intention was not necessarily made clear in the 423 PyCrypto 2 6 License original disclaimer see LEGAL copy LICENSE orig Additionally some files within PyCrypto had specified their own licenses that differed from the PyCrypto license itself For example the original RIPEMD c module simply had a copyright statement and warranty disclaimer
389. ited further as required Create Table Launches a dialog to enable you to create a new table Create Table Like Launches a dialog to enable you to create a new table and to also apply predefined templates For additional information see Section 8 6 Table Templates Alter Table Displays the table editor loaded with the details of the table Table Maintenance Opens a new tab for performing table maintenance operations Operations include Analyze Table Optimize Table Check Table and Checksum Table Additional information about the table may also be viewed from this tab For additional information see Schema Inspector Drop Table Drops the table All data in the table will be lost if this operation is carried out Truncate Table Truncates the table 195 Session and Object Information Panel Search Table Data Opens a new tab for performing table searches It performs a search on all columns and offers additional options to limit the search e Refresh All Refreshes all schemata in the explorer by resynchronizing with the server Right clicking on a schema provides similar options to the table context menu described above but the operations refer to the Schema For example the Table Maintenance in the table context menu selects the table in the Schema Inspector which is a schema context menu option 7 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel This panel summarizes the current connectio
390. ivity on on table and trigger names OS collation collation dependent other object names are case insensitive PostgreSQL as specified in the SQL 99 standard unquoted object names are treated as case insensitive while quoted object names are case sensitive Unlike the standard unquoted object names are converted to lowercase instead of uppercase Object Naming Yes Yes Yes Yes Conventions Packages N A N A N A N A Partitioning Yes Yes Yes Yes Performance Schema N A N A Yes Yes Permissions Yes Yes Yes Yes Primary Key Yes Yes Yes Yes Referential Integrity Yes Yes Yes Yes Sybase ASE referential integrity only through triggers Replication Yes Yes Yes Yes Role Yes Yes Yes N A Roles are not available in MySQL at the database level Schema Yes Yes Yes Yes Equivalent to database in MySQL Sybase ASE Schemata corresponds to user names Sequences Yes Yes Yes Yes Standalone sequence objects are not supported in MySQL Similar functionality can be obtained with IDENTITY columns in MSSQL and AUTO_INCREMENT columns in MySQL SQL Modes Yes Yes Yes SET_ANSI_ in MSSQL Storage Engines N A N A Yes Yes PostgreSQL itself supports and uses only one storage engine Postgresql Other companies have added extra storage engines to PostgreSQL Stored Procedures Yes Yes Yes Yes Synonyms N A N A N A N A 323 Microsoft Access Migration Concept MS SQL Sybase PostgreSQ lySQL_ Note Server ASE T
391. k kkk kkk H 30 Scintilla License The following software may be included in this product Serme asiiia 436 Scintilla License License for Scintilla and SciTE Copyright 1998 2003 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Scintilla includes some files copyright Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright c 2007 Adobe Systems Incorporated Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and t
392. kbench Audit Inspector Add Files to Cache am Select the files you d like to have parsed and added to the cache for the audit log inspector then dick Add Files to Cache If you d like to know the exact timestamp ranges of the records amp contained in each file select them and click Get Timestamp Ranges Looking for log files in C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 data audit log Select files to parse below Find Date yyyy mm dd First Record Timestamp Last Last Timestamp i File Name 2014 01 08 02 31 13 U C 2014 02 14 06 33 14 U C 44512310 audit log Future uses of the Audit Inspector will require the password that you set during the initial step The login page 129 MySQL Enterprise Backup Interface Figure 5 48 Workbench Audit Inspector Unlock File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help eile dee Gol We Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status Client Connections LZ Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File e La The Audit log cache is locked PERFORMANCE AUDIT LOG F Dashboard YAN Click Unlock to unlock the audit log cache with its password or amp Performance Reports y d Delete Cache if want to delete it and recreate it with a new password OS Performance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE unlock _ Delete Cache _ B audit inspector Online Backup
393. keit lt gord gnu ai mit edu gt 1996 This file is free software the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy and or distribute it with or without modifications as long as this notice is preserved You are receiving a copy of the libintl library The terms of the Oracle license do NOT apply to the libintl library it is licensed under the following license separately from the Oracle programs you receive If you do not wish to install this program you may delete the intl dll or libintl files This component is licensed under Section H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 H 18 libpng License The following software may be included in this product 416 libpng License libpng COPYRIGHT NOTICE DISCLAIMER and LICENSE If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following this sentence This code is released under the libpng license liaso versa 1 4 6 Auguste 1S 2ZOO ielmicoueia IS 10 Ween 27 2OIA aa Copyright c 2004 2006 2011 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 1 2 5 with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors Cosmin Truta Ifpene versiare 057 cary 1 2000 threugh sea Octoper 2 2002 are Copyright c 2000 2002 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 1 0 6 with the fo
394. l File encoding UTF8 Place imported objects on a diagram e Select SQL script file Open a file open dialog box with the default file type set to an SQL script file a file with the extension sql File encoding Defaults to UTF8 e Place imported objects on a diagram Also create an EER diagram in MySQL Workbench Note N Importing a large number about 300 objects could fail to create an EER diagram and instead emit a resource warning with the text Too many objects are selected for auto placement Select fewer elements to create the EER diagram In this case execute the reverse engineering wizard with this option disabled manually create the EER diagram and then import the 300 objects using the EER diagram catalog viewer If your script creates a database MySQL Workbench creates a new physical schemata tab on the MySOL Model page Click Execute to reverse engineer the SQL script verify its results and optionally place the objects in a new EER diagram 269 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 41 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Execution Input and Options nput and Option R Engi ing Prog Reverse Engineer The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Reverse Engineer SQL Script Verify Results Place Objects on Di Import finished Finished parsing MySQL SQL script Click Next to view a summary of the results
395. l SQL Editor The visual SQL Editor lets you build edit and run queries create and edit data and view and export results Color syntax highlighting context sensitive help and auto complete helps write and debug SQL statements The integrated EXPLAIN plans provide data to help optimize the your queries 161 SQL Query Window Figure 7 1 SQL Editor GUI View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HA dena ae Navigator MANAGEMENT S BliF fFAOINRFIGSRIisQaA ME Serer Status Q Client Connections N Users and Privileges SQL Query menu E Status and System Variables amp Data Export Data importRestore INSTANCE Navigator Open Preferences Manage your connected MySQL server Toggle panels sidebars Shutd B Startup Shutdown Choose connected schemas A Server Logs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports G Performance Schema Setup Collapse Schemas and Management panels ke Refresh the Navigator SCHEMAS Q Filter objects dvd_collection information_schema performance_schema sakila test wbsys Statement history E world v Tables gt E city J m Context Help gt B country gt E countrylanguage gt SS views ll Action Output lt a E ES PEE Duration Fetch Output Information The following sections describe how to use the visual SQL editor 7 1 1 SQL Query Window In this area you can enter SQL statements directly The statements entered can
396. l can be very helpful in understanding MySQL Workbench 8 3 1 Creating a Model This section provides a tutorial introduction to MySQL models by showing you how to create a new database model and how to forward engineer a model to a live MySQL server 1 Start MySQL Workbench On the Home window click the icon next to the Models section on the bottom of the page or select File New Model A model can contain multiple schemata Note that when you create a new model it contains the mydb schema by default You can change the name of this schema to serve your own purposes or delete it 244 Creating a Model Figure 8 16 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window ta MySQL Workbench AN MyFirstConnection X File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help New Model Ctrl N Open Model Ctrl O uses ttions Shortcuts Open Recent Close Tab Ctrl w AlteF4 Local MEM MySQL Doc Library root B nj J root Iocalhost3306 MySQL Utilities MyFirstConnection root amp na Database Migration S 127 0 0 1 3306 f A MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs iV fele OM MO Planet MySQL sakilamodel worldmodel mem_3 0 Workbench Forums Scripting Shell x 2 Click the button on the right side of the Physical Schemata toolbar to add a new schema The default schema name is new_schemai now change it to dvd_collection by modifying its Name field Confirm this change in the Physical S
397. later Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Store connection for future usage as Test Comecton Select the objects to migrate Next you should see the reverse engineering of the selected database objects progress At this point the migration wizard is retrieving relevant information about the involved database objects such as table names table columns primary and foreign keys indices triggers views and more You will be presented a page showing the progress as shown below 331 Select the objects to migrate Figure 9 29 Reverse Engineer Source r l E MySQL Workbench lelek Migration x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Reverse Engineer Source OVERVIEW Q Overview Selected schema metadata will now be fetched from the source RDBMS and reverse engineered so that its structure can be determined SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemata List Reverse engineer selected schemata Connect to source DBMS Y Schemata Selection Q Post processing of reverse engineered schemata OBJECT MIGRATION Retrieving table dbo Region Source Objects DE Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Trans
398. lation INT 11 LifeExpectancy FLOAT gt GNP FLOAT a GNPOld FLOAT LocaName CHAR 45 GovernmentForm CHAR 45 F HeadOf tate CHAR 60 Er gt Capit INT 11 lt Code2 CHAR 2 e Ei paa S a Ik Fe gt 4 m r Clicking a tool changes the mouse pointer to a pointer that resembles the tool icon indicating which tool is active These tools can also be activated from the keyboard by pressing the key associated with the tool Hover the mouse pointer over a toolbar icon to display a description of the tool and its shortcut key A more detailed description of each of these tools follows The Standard Mouse Pointer The standard mouse pointer located at the top of the vertical toolbar is the default mouse pointer for your operating system Use this tool to revert to the standard mouse pointer after using other tools 220 EER Diagram Editor To revert to the default pointer from the keyboard use the Esc key The Hand Tool The hand tool is used to move the entire EER diagram Left click on this tool and then left click anywhere on the EER diagram canvas Moving the mouse while holding down the mouse button changes the view port of the canvas To determine your position on the canvas look at the Model Navigator panel on the upper right If the Model Navigator panel is not open use View Windows Model Navigator to open it To activate the hand tool from the keyboard use the H key Yo
399. le that will be on the one side of the relationship Click on the appropriate tool for the type of relationship you 225 Creating Foreign Key Relationships wish to create If you are creating a one to many relationship first click the table that is on the many side of the relationship then on the table containing the referenced key This creates a column in the table on the many side of the relationship The default name of this column is table_name_key_name where the table name and the key name both refer to the table containing the referenced key When the many to many tool is active double clicking a table creates an associative table with a many to many relationship For this tool to function there must be a primary key defined in the initial table Use the Model menu Menu Options menu item to set a project specific default name for the foreign key column see The Relationship Notation Submenu To change the global default see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences To edit the properties of a foreign key double click anywhere on the connection line that joins the two tables This opens the relationship editor Mousing over a relationship connector highlights the connector and the related keys as shown in the following figure The film and the film_actor tables are related on the fi1m_id field and these fields are highlighted in both tables Since the fi1m_id field is part of the primary key in the film_actor
400. lected by default and essentially executes the standalone Installer Package described below Installation Using the Installer Package The standalone download is available at http dev mysql com downloads tools workbench MySQL Workbench can be installed using the Windows Installer msi installation package The MSI package bears the name mysql workbench communit y version winarch msi where version indicates the MySQL Workbench version number and arch the build architecture either win32 or winx64 1 To install MYSQL Workbench right click the MSI file and select the Install item from the pop up menu or double click the file 2 In the Setup Type window you may choose a Complete or Custom installation To use all features of MySQL Workbench choose the Complete option 3 Unless you choose otherwise MySQL Workbench is installed in C 4PROGRAMFILES MySQL MySQL Workbench 6 2 edition_type where 4PROGRAMFILES is the default directory for programs for your locale The sPROGRAMFILES directory is defined as C Program Files on most systems Installation Using the Zip File If you have problems running the Installer package an alternative is to install from a Zip file without an installer That file is called mysql workbench community version arch zip where version indicates the MySQL Workbench version number and arch the build architecture either win32 or winx64 46 Launching To install using the Zip file downlo
401. licking and pressing the Shift key Use the Control key to select separated columns e Refresh Update all information in the Columns tab e Clear Default Clear the assigned default value e Default NULL Set the column default value to NULL e Default 0 Set the column default value to 0 181 The MySQL Table Editor e Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Available for TIMESTAMP data types Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Available for TIMESTAMP data types To add a column click the Column Name field in an empty row and enter an appropriate value Select a data type from the Datatype list Select the column property check boxes as required according to the list of column properties below and also read the CREATE TABLE documentation for information about what these options mean e PK PRIMARY KEY e NN NOT NULL e UQ UNIQUE INDEX e BIN BINARY e UN UNSIGNED e ZF ZEROFILL e Al AUTO_INCREMENT To change the name data type default value or comment of a column double click the value to edit it You can also add column comments to the Column Comment field It is also possible to set the column collation using the list in the Column Details panel To the left of the column name is an icon that indicates whether the column is a member of the primary key If the icon is a small key that column belongs to the primary key otherwise the icon is a blue diamond or a white diamond A blue diamond indic
402. ll gt sudo apt get install mysql workbench community Manually Installing a Package You install MySQL Workbench using a command such as shell gt sudo dpkg i package deb package deb is the MySQL Workbench package name for example mysql workbench community versionlubul404 amd64 deb where version is the MySQL Workbench version number Note E You may be warned that certain libraries are not available depending on what you already have installed Install the required libraries and then install the MySQL Workbench package again Installing RPM packages On Red Hat based systems and other systems that use the RPM package format you can either download and install RPM packages or use the Yum package manager Using the Yum Package Manager Your Linux distribution includes MySQL Workbench builds where yum install mysql workbench will install their build of the MySQL Workbench package To use the official MySQL Workbench builds as provided by the MySQL Release team you must install the official MySQL Yum repository and choose the mysal workbench community package instead of mysql workbench e First install the MySQL Yum repository as described in the MySQL Yum Repository documentation For example shell gt sudo rpm Uvh mysql community release el7 5 noarch rpm e Next install MySQL Workbench You might have multiple Workbench packages available so choose the mysql workbench community version For example shell gt su
403. llowing individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors Simon Pierre Cadieux lanesk Sig INelvatesevel Gilles Vollant and with the following additions to the disclaimer There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the library or against infringement There is no warranty that our efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes or needs This library is provided with all faults and the entire risk of satisfactory quality performance accuracy and effort is with the user Inleysine weesions O97 manuan ION elicomgia 1 0 6 Memeln 20 2OCO Bie Copyright c 1998 1999 Glenn Randers Pehrson and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 0 96 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors Tom Lane Glenn Randers Pehrson Willem van Schaik Inljsine versses Ook9 due WIIG slucouela O 96 May 1997 ais Copyright c 1996 1997 Andreas Dilger Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng 0 88 with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors John Bowler Kevin Bracey Sam Bushell Magnus Holmgren Greg Roelofs Tom Tanner itbpuge werstons sO of Mey EIOS ee hough Oee enven LNG ea Cojones teine e 19S MOG Giy mete Seradas Crowa 2 Winer For the purposes of this copyright and license Contributing Authors is defined as the following set of individuals Andreas Dilge
404. lowing Microsoft SQL Server versions 2000 2005 2008 and 2012 9 5 1 Preparations To be able to migrate from Microsoft SQL Server ensure the following e The source SQL Server instance is running and accepts TCP connections e You know the IP and port of the source SQL server instance If you will be migrating using a Microsoft ODBC driver for SQL Server the default in Windows you will need to know the host and the name of the SQL Server instance e Make sure that the SQL Server is reachable from where you will be running MySQL Workbench More specifically check the firewall settings e Make sure that the account you will use has proper privileges to the database that will be migrated 9 5 2 Drivers General thoughts on the topic 343 Drivers 9 5 2 1 Windows Microsoft Windows XP or newer includes an ODBC driver for Microsoft SQL Server so there are no additional actions required 9 5 2 2 Linux Setting up drivers on Linux FreeTDS FreeTDS version 0 92 or greater is required Note that many distributions ship older versions of FreeTDS so it may need to be installed separately Additionally the FreeTDS version provided by distributions may also be compiled for the wrong ODBC library usually to unixODBC instead of iODBC which MySQL Workbench uses Because of that you will probably need to build this library yourself Important using FreeTDS with iODBC R When compiling FreeTDS for use with iODBC the defa
405. ls editor Double click the title bar to redock it Any number of images may be open at the same time Each additional image appears as a tab at the top of the image editor The Image Tab Use the Image tab of the image editor to perform the following tasks e Rename the image using the Name text box e Browse for an image using the Browse button 8 2 Additional Modeling Tools Additional modeling design tools and features 8 2 1 Printing Diagrams The printing options used to create printouts of your EER Diagrams are found under the File menu To create documentation of your models see The DBDoc Model Reporting Dialog Window Commercial Version 8 2 1 1 Printing Options The printing menu items not enabled unless an EER Diagram is active These items are available e Page Setup Enables you to choose the paper size orientation and margins e Print Sends your EER Diagram directly to the printer This option generates a preview before printing From the preview you can adjust the scale of the view and also choose a multi page view Clicking the printer icon at the top left of this window prints the currently selected EER Diagram Close the print preview window if you need to adjust the placement of objects on the EER Diagram canvas Print to PDF Creates a PDF file of your EER Diagram Print to PS Creates a PostScript file of your EER Diagram 8 2 2 DBDoc Model Reporting This dialog window is found by navigati
406. lt mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking a text object opens a pop up menu These menu options are identical to the options for other objects However since a text object is not a database object there is no confirmation dialog box when you delete a text object 237 Creating Images 8 1 9 2 The Text Object Editor To invoke the text object editor double click a text object on the EER Diagram canvas This opens the editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the text object table undocks the editor Double click the title bar to redock it Any number of text objects may be open at the same time Each additional text objects appears as a tab at the top of the text editor Use the editor to change the name of a text object or its contents Modifying a Text Object Using the Properties Palette When you select a text object on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette Most of the properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a view on the EER Diagram canvas For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 8 1 1 12 The Properties Palette There is no property in the Properties palette for changing the font used by a text object To do so choose the Appearance tab of the Workbench Preferences dialog For more information see Preferences Modeling Appearance
407. ly used to drag and drop objects onto an EER diagram canvas You can toggle the sidebar on and off using the Toggle Sidebar button which is located in the top right of the application 8 1 1 11 The Layers Palette This palette shows all the layers and figures that have been placed on an EER diagram If a layer or figure is currently selected an X appears beside the name of the object and its properties are displayed in the Properties palette This can be especially useful in determining which objects are selected when you have selected multiple objects using the various options under the Select menu item For more information on this topic see The Edit Menu Selecting an object in the Layers palette also adjusts the view port to the area of the canvas where the object is located Finding Invisible Objects Using the Layers Palette In some circumstances you may want to make an object on an EER diagram invisible Select the object and in the Properties palette set the visible property to False 218 EER Diagram Editor The Layer palette provides an easy way to locate an object such as a relationship that has been set to hidden Open the Layers palette and select the object by double clicking it You can then edit the object and change its visibility setting to Fully Visible 8 1 1 12 The Properties Palette The Properties palette is used to display and edit the properties of objects on an EER diagram It is especially useful f
408. me for the saved connection The next combo box selects the Connection Method This time we are going to select ODBC Data Source from the list This allows you to select pre existing DSNs that you have configured in your system The DSN dropdown will have all DSNs you have defined in your system Pick the one you created for the Access database being migrated from the list In the Default Character Set field you can select the character set of your database If your Access version uses western latin characters you can leave the default co1252 However if you use a localized version of Access such as Japanese you must enter the correct character set used by your edition of Microsoft Office otherwise the data will be copied incorrectly Figure 9 27 Access Source Selection Migration Task List Source Selection VERVIEW Overview Source RDBMS Connection Parameters SOURCE amp TARGET Database System MicrosoftAccess Select a RDBMS from the list of supported systems Target Selection Stored Connection Select from saved connection settings Fetch Schemas List Connection Method ODSC Data Source Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Schemas Selection Parameters Reverse Engineer Source n Pre configured ODBC data source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Default Character Set 651252 The character set used in the source database Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results JATA MIGRATION Dat
409. med gt P stored Procedures 17 29 39 SELECT FROM wodd cty LIMIT 0 1000 1000 row s retumed gt P Functions 17 29 43 SELECT FROM wodd country LIMIT 0 1000 239 row e retumed 4 mane _ 17 36 07 SELECT FROM wedds country LIMIT 0 1000 Eror Code 1146 Table words country doesnt exist 0 015 sec Error status icon 17 36 43 SELECT FROM wodd country LIMIT 0 1000 239 row e retumed 0 000 see 0 000 sec 17 40 29 EXPLAIN SELECT FROM wodd country oK 0 000 sec 17 40 29 EXPLAIN FORMAT JSON SELECT FROM wodd country OK 0 000 sec 17 41 18 SELECT FROM sakia actor LIMIT 0 1000 200 row s retumed 0 000 sec 0 000 sec Information Action Output A summary of executed MySQL statements in the current Workbench session including errors and general status information Object Info EEEE The History Output panel provides a history of SQL operations carried out in MySQL Workbench for the active MySQL connection The time and SQL code for each operation is recorded To view the executed SQL statement click the time and the SQL code executed will be displayed in the SQL column 172 Table Data Search Panel Figure 7 9 SQL Editor History Output BB MySQL Workbench a p i ajn amp Localinstance MySQL57_ x e 1 File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HDG HEA ga a Navigator u actor SCHEMAS e OBL ROSS OA umow ZlS a U E Q Fiter objects 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor v 3 sakila 4 m E
410. ment CREATE DATABASE sakila 40100 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latinl Name sakila Context menu options after right clicking on a table in the schema view using the sakila actor column as an example Name Short actor Name Long Wsakilaw actor Select All Statement SELECT actor lt actor id actor first name actor last_name actor lost update FROM sakila a actor Select with References SET actor_id_to_select lt row_id gt SHE Ci eib ecto S FROM film actor actor einen ASie ie mi ACie ie_Alel PEMEs CEON o EASE Ae AND actor actor_id actor_id_to_select SELECT actor 189 Code Generation Overview FROM actor WHERE actor actor_id actor_id_to_select Insert Statement IUNSIARUE IINGO Sevier ever Terei ie atiel tac sienames last_name last_update VALUES Alacer Ar Ss fe aioe ihe F lt last_name gt lt last_update CURRENT_TIMESTAMP gt Update Statement UPDATE sakila actor SET Geico sel lt ieyeicore alcls FA first_name lt first_name gt last_name lt last_name gt last_update lt last_update CURRENT_TIMESTAMP gt WHERE actor_id lt expr gt Delete Statement DELETE FROM sakila actor WHERE lt where_expression gt Delete with References All objects that reference that row directly or indirectly will be deleted
411. ments e Source schema The schema catalog the table belongs to If quoting is required it must be done using the syntax from the source RDBMS For example SQL Server uses square_brackets Source table The table to copy If the source RDBMS uses a schema name in addition to a catalog both schema and table must be specified here and separated by a dot For example dbo mytable Target schema The name of the MySQL schema If quoting is needed it must use the MySQL backtick syntax For example sakila gt Target table The name of the MySQL table Select expression The list of fields to SELECT This will be inserted verbatim into the source SELECT statement Caution A Use caution as this expression is copied directly into the source SELECT statement 141 Other Options For the select expression if both the source and target tables have the same fields in the same order and use compatible types you can simply pass here which will build a query like SELECT FROM dbo mytable lf not you can specify the fields as you would in the SELECT statement which are comma separated and with proper escaping quoting specific to the source RDBMS You can also specify typecasts and or data conversions that the source RDBMS supports For example client_id name address AsText location Because each option must be interpreted as a single option by the wocopytables command you must
412. menu with the following items e Rename e Cut routine_group_name e Copy routine_group_name e Edit Routine e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Delete rout ine_group_name The Edit Routine Group item opens the routine group editor which is described in The Routine Group Editor The cut and paste items are useful for copying routine groups between different schemata Deleting a routine group from the MySQL Model page removes the group but does not remove any routines contained in that group Any routine groups added to the Physical Schemata also show up in the Catalog palette on the right side of the application They may be added to an EER diagram by dragging and dropping them from this palette Adding Routine Groups to an EER Diagram To add routine groups to an EER Diagram use the Routine Groups tool on the vertical toolbar Make sure that the EER Diagram tab is selected then right click the routine groups icon on the vertical toolbar The routine groups icon is immediately above the lowest toolbar separator Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a routine group pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a routine pointer by pressing the G key Choosing the Routine Group tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Routine Groups pointer is active this toolbar contains a schemata list and a color chart list Use these list
413. mysql schema groups Overview Utility ModuleInfo export grt INT grt classes db_mysql_Schema def auto_create_fks schema 380 Tutorial Writing Plugins With the addition of the preceding code the auto_create_fks function is exported and will be added to the schema context menu in the model overview When invoked it receives the currently selected schema as its input 381 382 Appendix D How To Report Bugs or Problems The following is a list of tips and information that is helpful for reporting a MySQL Workbench bug A useful bug report includes e The exact steps taken to repeat the bug ideally as a video if the bug is tricky to repeat e A screenshot if the bug is visual e The error messages which includes text sent to stdout and the GUI e The MySQL Workbench Log file The log file location can be found using Help Locate Log Files from within MySQL Workbench Bugs that cannot be reproduced are difficult and nearly impossible to fix so it is important to provide the steps necessary to reproduce the bug Where to report a bug Visit http ougs mysql com and use one of the MySQL Workbench bug categories Log Levels There are six different log levels with increasing levels of verbosity error warning info debugl debug2 and debug3 By default the error warning and info levels are enabled There is also a none level that completely switches off logging Important A Please en
414. n L in the lower left corner and it is found below the eraser icon Clicking the mouse on this icon changes the mouse pointer to a layer pointer You can also change the mouse pointer to a layer pointer by pressing the L key Choosing the Layer tool changes the contents of the toolbar that appears immediately below the menu bar When the Layers pointer is active this toolbar contains a color chart list Use this list to select the color accent for the new layer The color of your layer can be changed later using the Properties palette 234 Creating Layers Create a layer by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas and while holding the left mouse button down draw a rectangle of a suitable size This creates a new layer with the default name layer1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar The following image shows a layer named My Sakila Views with several views Figure 8 13 The Layer Object File Edit View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help AGoPperriaald Initial color choice Bird s Eye Diagram Our layer i My Sakila Views e category_id TINYINT 3 name VARCHAR 25 last_update TIMEST AMP gt mR G film_id SMALLINT 5 Add layer T nicer_but_slower_film_list tite VARCHAR 255 Object gt H rental gt 2 staff gt ij store description TEXT Gam Gem gt release year YEAR language_id TINYINT 3 vo ar E sales by
415. n which is enabled by default 138 Backup Recovery Figure 5 56 Workbench Backup Recovery Table View L File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hie Seanna 2 Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Client Connections Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports O Pertormance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit Inspector Online Backup Backup Recovery MySQL Enterprise Backup Re M performance_schema sockes performance_schema table_io_ performance_schema table_io_ performance_schema table_loc performance_schema threads performance_schema users 5 sakila actor JEEEEIEIEL I sekila eddress sekila category 1 sekila city sekila country sekila customer sokila film 1 sakila film_actor sakila film_category sakila film_text sakila inventory sakila lanquage sakila payment sakila rental sakila stat sakila store Acton Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be u
416. n a amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Serer togs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Management FRGges Information No object selected Object Info Category All Filtered Binlog Commands Admin Commands DOL Commands DML Commands General Commands Prepared Statement Commends Replication Commands Show Commands Transaction General Handler InnoDB Buffer pool InnoDB Data InnoDB General InnoDB Stats Keycache Networking Errors Networking Stats Performance Performance schema Query cache Replication SSL Threading ustom Compression Created_tmp_disk_tables Created_tmp_files Whether the dient connection uses compres F The number of temporary tables on disk cre How many temporary files mysqld has creal Created_tmp_tables _ Delayed_errors Delayed_insert_threads Delayed_writes Flush_commands Not_flushed_delayed_pove Open_files Open_streams Open_table_definitions _full_join ect_full_range_join Select_range Select_range_check Select_scan Slow_queries Sort_merge_passes Sort_range Sort_rows Sort_scan Table_locks_immediate Table_locks_waited m Copy Global Status and Variables to Cipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard Ankinnononnid has rf The number of rows waiting to be written ir The number of files that are open The number of streams that are open used The number of frm files in the
417. n any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this software or related documentation is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs software databases and related documentation and technical data delivered to U S Government customers are commercial computer software or commercial technical data pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such the use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract and to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract the additional rights set forth in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software License December 2007 Oracle USA Inc 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 This software is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications which may create a risk of personal injury If you us
418. n method and installation type At the Review Settings prompt choose I d like to review the settings again to review the settings Choosing Continue closes the Configure Server Management dialog 89 MySQL Connections Figure 5 9 Getting Started Tutorial Review Settings Configure Local Management z Introducti hii Eii Review Remote Management Settings Test DB Connection Below is a list of all settings collected so far This indudes also values taken from templates or default values Check if they match your actual settings and toggle Change Parameters if you need to make any changes to default values For any other change go back to the appropriate wizard page Windows Management Pay special attention if you run more than one instance of MySQL on the same machine Test Settings Native Windows Adminstration enabled Windows host 127 0 0 1 Review Settings MySQL service name MySQL56_1 MySQL Configuration MySQL Version 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advancedog Settings Template Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini Instance Name in Configuration File mysqld Check the Change Parameters if you want to check or edit information about the MySQL configuration file In our example we will check it and click Next to continue 10 Review the MySQL configuration file information Click the Check buttons to perform the described checks or optionally change the configu
419. n model external script or a second database and apply these changes back to the target For more information see Section 8 5 1 Database Synchronization Compare Schemas Compares your schema model with a live database or a script file Section 8 5 2 Compare and Report Differences in Catalogs The Tools Menu The Tools menu lists tools and utilities that related to MySQL Workbench usage Browse Audit Log File Launches a file browser to open a specific audit log file For additional information about the Audit Inspector see Section 5 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface Commercial only Configuration Backup or restore your MySQL Connections as defined in MySQL Workbench 211 Model Editor Utilities These utilities generate PHP code to either Connect to the MySQL server or Iterate SELECT results if applicable For additional information about PHP code generation see Section 7 1 12 2 Generating PHP Code Start Shell for MySQL Utilities Opens the mysqluc MySQL Utility For additional information about MySQL Utilities see Appendix F MySQL Utilities The Scripting Menu This menu features GRT scripting and plugin options The Scripting menu has these items Scripting Shell Launches the MySQL Workbench Scripting Shell For additional information see Section C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell New Script Opens a New Script File dialogue with options to create a Python Script Pyt
420. n releases are Open Source see http www opensource org for the Open Source Definition Historically most but not all Python releases have also been GPL compatible the table below summarizes the various releases Release Derived Year Owner GPL from compatible 1 O 9 0 corm i 2 POS LiL SSNS CWI yes E ENEN AA ia 1905 1909 CNRI yes IG 13522 2000 CNRI no 2m0 eG 2000 BeOpen com no db 3 Graal iG 200 CNRI yes 2 eee a eel 200 PSF no Dea Opell 2 Orpll G_ i 200 PSF yes Zeek sel Ps Mae Oh i 200 PSE yes Deva 2al 200 PSF yes 426 Python License Tj Zi aes Fe ANS 2002 PS yes P alleys Zi We 2002 PSF yes 22 Dg 2002 PSF yes DED DEED 2002 PSF yes pees Dg el 2003 PSE yes 223 DEA EA 2002 2003 PSF yes Dieses De 2002 2003 PSF yes SAA Dee 2002 2003 PSF yes De 3 3 Die See 2002 2003 PSF yes PRSTA DES 2004 PSF yes Deno De 34 2005 PSF yes 2 4 8 2004 PSF yes 2R A 2 4 2005 PSF yes ZAR DRRAY 2005 PSF yes 274238 DEAD 2006 PSF yes 2D 2 4 2006 PSF yes DEO 265 2007 PSF yes DEAA D 2008 BSE yes DE 3 Deda 2008 PSF yes AG Ded 2008 PSF yes Die 2 2008 PSF yes Der DBs 2009 PSF yes Dee Deer 2009 PSF yes 2 6 4 De 2010 PSF yes Deel 26 2010 PSF yes HOOEM Ores 1 GPL compatible doesn t mean that we re distributing Python under the GPL All Python licenses unlike the GPL let you distribute a modified version without making your changes open source The GPL compatible licenses make it possible
421. n the Driver and Application you installed the wrong version of MySQL Workbench In the User DSN tab click on Add to create a DSN for your database file For this example we created one for the northwind sample database Figure 9 26 Adding a New DSN User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About User Data Sources Name Driver dBASE Files Microsoft Access dBASE Driver dbf ndx mdx Excel Files Microsoft Excel Driver xls x sx adsm x sb fac Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb ii An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to the indicated data provider A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on the current machine 329 Setting Up Source Parameters Setting Up Source Parameters Click on the Start Migration from the Overview page to advance to the Source Selection page Here you need to provide the information about the Access database you are migrating from the ODBC driver to use and the parameters for the Access connection Open the Database System combo box for a list of supported RDBMSes and select Microsoft Access from the list There is another combo box below it named Stored Connection It lists saved connection settings for that RDBMS You can save connections by marking the checkbox at the bottom of the page along with a na
422. n the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA O21 10 1300 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your eyelovereylk aise Eu IEC Salen 2 Mewjoypewelore Clisieileitinerel tr ie icles llalloree wey aie necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library Frob a library for tweaking knobs written by James Random Hacker signature of Ty Coonr lL April 1990 Ty Coon President of Vice Thats Eulil ieloSiasy aifey EO alice H 14 HtmlRenderer System Drawing Html The following software may be included in this product HtmlRenderer System Drawing Htm1 Copyright c 2009 Jos Manuel Men ndez Poo Cejoyiedeine 6 AOS Arrclanwie aweyelatic v2ikeat All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary fo
423. n to the server Figure 7 24 SQL Editor Connection Information Palette Information Connection Name MyFirstConnection Host 127 0 0 1 Port 3306 Server MySQL Version 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advanced tog Login User root Current User root ocalhost m Aeae Session This panel also summarizes information about the object Figure 7 25 SQL Editor Object Info Information Table country Columns Code Name Continent Region SurfaceArea IndepYear Population LifeExpectancy GNP GNPOld LocalName GovernmentForm HeadOfState Capital Code2 4 m Object Info SEGE 196 Schema and Table Inspector 7 2 3 Schema and Table Inspector The Schema and Table Inspector includes the ability to analyze and repair tables and also view table metrics Schema Inspector Use the Schema Inspector to browse general information from schema objects It allows you to perform maintenance tasks on tables such as ANALYZE OPTIMIZE CHECK and CHECKSUM TABLE To access the inspector right click on a schema and select the Schema Inspector Figure 7 26 Schema Inspector File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Shedd we SCHEMAS info Tables columns indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures Functions Grants Events Q sada Engine RowFormat Rows AvgRowLength Datalength MaxDatalength Indexlength DataFree Auto Ince v sakia 7 InnoDB Compact 81 r 0 0 bytes ve
424. n top of the following figure 179 The MySQL Table Editor Figure 7 16 The Table Editor File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Jess schema sakila 7 Egne Inno I address a Hide show this top table information panel i category o B city Datatype PK NN UQ BIN UN Z AI Default H country customer_id SMALLINT S MMO wD E customer store_id TINYINT 3 E film first_name VARCHAR 45 i film_actor last_name VARCHAR 45 H film_category email VARCHAR SO ka film_text address_id SMALLINT S la inventory TINYINT 1 I language DATETIME I payment ast date TIMESTAMP rental i staff i store J Views gt PP Stored Procedures gt P Functions gt sys test world ii F Primary Key V Not Nul B Unique Management F Binary E Unsigned F Zero Fal Information E Auto Increment ISKE BESSI i l l l gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Collation Table Default Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT _TIMES Table editor tabs Apply your changes Object Info The MySQL Table Editor provides a work space that has tabs used to perform these actions e Columns Add or modify columns Indexes Add or modify indexes e Foreign Keys Add or modify foreign keys Triggers Add or modify triggers Partitioning Manage partitioning Options Add or modify vari
425. name_format table s_ pk s possible _fks create the list of possible foreign keys from the list of tables for table in schema tables if table primaryKey format_args table table name pk table primaryKey name fkname fk_name_format format_args possible _fks fkname table go through all tables in schema this time to find columns that may be a fk for table in schema tables for column in table columns if possible_fks has_key column name ref_table possible_fks column name if ref_table primaryKey formattedType column type continue fk table createForeignKey column name _fk k referencedTable ref_table k columns append column fk referencedColumn append ref_table primaryKey print Created foreign key s from s s to s s o fk name table name column name ref_table name ref_table primaryKey name auto_create_fks grt root wb doc physicalModels 0 catalog schemata 0 Creating a Plugin from a Script To create a plugin from an arbitrary script it is first necessary to make the file a module and export the required function from it It is then necessary to declare the module as a plugin and specify the return type and input arguments from wb import import grt ModuleInfo DefineModule name AutoFK author John Doe version 1 0 ModuleInfo plugin sample createGuessedForeignkeys caption Create Foreign Keys from ColumnNames input wbinputs objectOfClass db
426. nc FULL DIRECTORY success 2014 01 05 16 25 12 2014 01 09 16 25 47 Objet nfo ES The Online Backup page is separated into three sections e Backup Jobs Used for managing backup jobs for the MySQL server A backup job profile is a configuration file used to store information about what is backed up where the backup is stored and optionally when backups will be performed Right clicking on a Backup Job is an alternative way to access the available actions such as Configure Job Delete Job and Execute Backup Right clicking also offers two additional options e Execute Backup to Image File Saves the backup to a single file and prompts for the file name Copy Backup Command to Clipboard Generates a command for executing the backup and copies it to your clipboard You might execute this command in the shell or terminal which looks similar to bin mysqlbackup defaults file var lib meb foo cnf show progress stdout backup with timestamp e Backup Job Details Displays information about the state of a specific selected backup job It includes information from the Settings page and information specific to the selected backup e Recent Activity Historical information about the backup operations performed on the server View the backup log by right clicking an entry and choosing View Backup Log Executing a backup will show a dialog with the progress of the backup operation Backup Jobs Creating a backup
427. nces esssessessssesessssssssrtrrtrriersstsnntrrrerssrsnntrnntraetsrnennnenaet 59 3 2 2 SQL Editor Preferences cccccecececeeeeeeeeeee cece ae eeeeeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaneeeeeeeeeaea 60 3 2 3 Administration Preferences cc eeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee tree centres eeee eres eeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeesaaaeeeesaaaes 66 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences rorci n a E e E E a a E RE 67 3 2 5 Fonts and Colors Preferences ssssssessseesssrsirssssrttrrtrrsessretrterrsessnttnrerrerssnsnneerrent 73 3 2 6 Advanced Preferences ooe kean eoii EAG ee eeaaeeeeceaaeeeesesaeeeesssaeeeessaneeeeaeaees 74 3 2 7 Other Preferentes sigante iiia i aa i anes ieae toa a ane aE 75 3 3 Configuration Related Files cccccceeeee eee eeeeeeee tees aa ea eeeeeeeeee ee aaaaaeneeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaees 75 4 The Home Screen murii otal al oe a a PAa ied Ae Re aia 77 S AdMiInIStrative TASKS anne ein sieeve eana EKES EENE dec FS AINENA ES a ENTANA AONAN OREA N RINA ANA PEKTE EEEa FORRAN 81 5 1 Server Management iisi giii iiaee ai a a a ainda lave Tai a A aaa aa 81 5 1 1 MySQL Connection Navigator 0 ccceceeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeseeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaes 81 5 1 2 MYSQL Connections miiie nian laine edited ss 82 Als Server LOGS a vere uena seks atlas Pe wh led ad vasa de a tds so ATE Oe Aa veuaeneapddde cotaablag Phen sad ac EUERE TET 110 5 1 4 Service Control miare aneia dui ad teed Di dee veed ait e
428. nch Linux Log File Location mysql workbench logs For a crash we might ask for a stack trace that can generated by gdb by using the following steps Note R Because published MySQL Workbench builds lack debug symbols this step is optional and will probably not be necessary 384 Operating System Specific Notes e In shell execute source usr bin mysql workbench e Quit MySQL Workbench e In shell execute gdb usr bin mysql workbench bin e In the gdb interface type run e In MySQL Workbench repeat the crash e In the gdb interface type bt If itis a crash also run glxinfo If that also crashes then it is a driver X server problem related to OpenGL that is not specific to MySQL Workbench 385 386 Appendix E MySQL Enterprise Features A MySQL Enterprise subscription is the most comprehensive offering of MySQL database software services and support it ensures that your business achieves the highest levels of reliability security and uptime An Enterprise Subscription includes a MySQL Workbench GUI for the following enterprise features The MySQL Enterprise server The most reliable secure and up to date version of the world s most popular open source database MySQL Enterprise Backup Performs backup and restore operations for MySQL data and MySQL Workbench offers a GUI for these operations MySQL Enterprise Audit An easy to use auditing and compliance solution for applications that are
429. nd CustomeDe CustomerTy NCHAR 10 i SQL_Latini_Gen Northwind Y Source Objects Northwind wid CustomeDe CustomerDesc NTEXT al SQU_Latini_Gen Northwind Y Migration Northwind a Customers P CustomerID NCHAR S Sql Latini Gen Northwind OS Northwind a Customers CompanyNa NVARCHAR 40 v SAl_L tini_Gen Northwind stasthiad Tusnnmasn Camdnnhttnen Smsnmessamsnn Zne ostne Mee seo aiate d Target Creation Options s m Create Schemata You can rename target schemas and tables and change column definitons by selecting the item and pressing F2 SQL CREATE Script for Selected Object CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS Northwind CustomerDemographics CustomerTypelD CHAR 10 NOT NULL DATA MIGRADON CustomerDesc LONGTEXT NULL Data Transfer Setup PRIMARY KEY CustormerTypelD COLLATE utf8_general_c Create Target Results i Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report Create the database objects Next is the Target Creation Options page 337 Create the database objects Figure 9 35 Target Creation Options E MySQL Workbench Lo e a Migration X File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help SRACLE Migration Task List Target Creation Options OVERVIEW Overview Select options for the creation of the migrated schema in the target MySQL server and cick Next gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Target Selection 7 Create schema in target RDEMS Schema
430. nd agents assumes no responsibility 1 for the use of the software and documentation listed below or 2 to provide technical support to users http www weather gov disclaimer php The information on government servers are in the public domain unless specifically annotated otherwise and may be used freely by the public so long as you do not 1 claim it is your own e g by claiming copyright for NWS information see below 2 use it in a manner that implies an endorsement or affiliation with NOAA NWS or 3 modify it in content and then present it as official government material You also cannot present 403 GDAL OGR License information of your own in a way that makes it appear to be official government information The user assumes the entire risk related to its use of this data NWS is providing this data as 1s and MWS disclaime any and all warranties whether express or implied including without limitation any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose In no event will NWS be liable to you or to any third party for any direct indirect incidental consequential special or exemplary damages or lost profit resulting from any use or misuse of this data As required by 17 U S C 403 third parties producing copyrighted works consisting predominantly of the material appearing in NWS Web pages must provide notice with such work s identifying the NWS material incorporated and stating
431. nd be unaffected by UPDATE and other statements Do that by right clicking the result tab and choose Pin Tab from the context menu or left click the little pin icon to toggle it Now execute your other queries and then refresh the pinned tab there is a refresh icon in the result grid s menu A 4 How does MySQL Workbench increase import performance When a model is exported Database Forward Engineer some MySQL server variables are temporarily set to enable faster SQL import by the server The statements added at the start of the code are SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_SOQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALID_DATES These statements function as follows SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 Determines whether InnoDB performs duplicate key checks Import is much faster for large data sets if this check is not performed For additional information see unique_checks SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 Determines whether the server should check that a referenced table exists when defining a foreign key Due to potential circular references this check must be turned off for the duration of the import to permit defining foreign keys For additional information see foreign_key_checks SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL _MODE TRADITION
432. nd manage multiple connections For more information see Section 5 1 2 3 Manage Server Connections Reverse Engineer Creates a model from an existing database For more information see Section 8 4 2 2 Reverse Engineering a Live Database Forward Engineer Creates a database from a model For more information see Section 8 4 1 2 Forward Engineering to a Live Server Schema Transfer Wizard Executes the database migration wizard for MySQL databases It is useful for moving from an older MySQL server to the latest MySQL version and is meant for local development purposes You should not use this tool on production MySQL instances as they often require more complex data migration techniques For additional information about this wizard see MySQL Schema Transfer Wizard Migration Wizard Executes the database migration wizard for most any database and is meant to migrate tables and data from supported database systems to your MySQL server For additional information see Chapter 9 Database Migration Wizard Edit Type Mappings for Generic Migration From here you can define custom type mappings such as migrating the source data type int8 to the target MySQL data type BIGINT Synchronize Model Synchronizes your database model with an existing database For more information see Section 8 5 1 Database Synchronization Synchronize with Any Source Allows you to compare a target database or script with the ope
433. nd then close the relationship editor you will no longer be able to select the relationship to bring up its relationship editor To make the relationship visible again you must expand the table object relating to the relationship in the Layers palette and select the relationship object To edit the selected object right click it then select Edit Object You can then set the Visibility Settings to Fully Visible The relationship will then be visible in the EER Diagram window 228 Creating Views 8 1 5 Creating Views You can add views to a database either from the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page or from the EER Diagram 8 1 5 1 Adding Views to the Physical Schemata To add a view double clicking the Add View icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySoL Model page The default name of the view is view1 If a view with this name already exists the new view is named view2 Adding a new view automatically opens the view editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the view editor see Section 8 1 5 3 The View Editor Right clicking a view opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut view_name The view_name is only cut from the EER canvas and not removed from the schema e Copy view_name e Paste e Edit View e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard e Delete view_name deletes from both the EER canvas and schema e Remove view_name deletes from
434. nections X Local instance 3306 Client Connections Threads Connected 6 Threads Running 2 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 11 Connection Limit 1100 Aborted Clients 0 Aborted Connections 3 Errors 0 O Time State Thread Id Type Name Pa Details aia 235 None 23 FOREGRO thread sq 0 Sending data 25 FOREGRO thread sq Metadata locks MDL protect concurrent access to 2 None 26 FOREGRO thread sq object metadata not table row data locks 17 None 27 FOREGRO thread sq 3 Waiting for table metadata lock 28 FOREGRO thread sq Granted Locks and threads waiting on them 14 None 30 FOREGRO thread sq Locks this connection currently owns and connections that are waiting for them Object Type lt global gt INTENTION_ 4 sakila INTENTION vE sakila actor SHARED _UPG thread 28 EXCLUSIVE Pending Locks The connection is waiting for a lock on table sakila actor A held by threads 30 28 Type EXCLUSIVE Duration TRANSACTION Hide sleeping connections M Hide background threads M Don t load full thread info Hide Details Refresh Rate Don t Refresh Kill Query s Kill Connection s Refresh Note E The metadata lock information is provided in the performance schema as of MySQL server 5 7 3 Attributes these are connection attributes such as OS Client Name Client Version and Platform 109 Server Logs Figure 5 27 Client Conn
435. nent installed on your system as this includes the required gcc compiler Xcode is free and available from the AppStore And after installing Xcode open it and go to Preferences Downloads Components and then install the Command Line Tools component Download the psqlODBC source tarball file from http www postgresql org ftp odbc versions src Use the latest version available for download which will be at the bottom of the downloads page The file will look similar to psqlodbc 09 01 0200 tar gz Extract this tarball to a temporary location open a terminal and cd into that directory The installation process is shell gt cd the src directory shell gt configure with iodbc enable pthreads shell gt CFLAGS arch i386 arch x86_64 make shell gt sudo make install 9 6 2 Drivers If you are compiling psqlodb first configure with the without 1ibpq option 9 6 3 Connection Setup After loading the Migration Wizard click on the Start Migration button in the Overview page to begin the migration process You will first connect to the source PostgreSQL database Here you will provide the information about the PostgreSQL RDBMS that you are migrating from the ODBC driver that will be used for the migration and all of the parameters required for the connection The name of the ODBC driver is the one you set up when you registered your psqlIODBC driver with the driver manager Opening the Database System dropdown will reveal each RDBM
436. new tab appears below the toolbar Use this tab to navigate to the newly created EER diagram For further discussion of EER Diagrams see Section 8 1 2 EER Diagram Editor 213 Model Editor 8 1 1 4 The Physical Schemata Panel The Physical Schemata panel of the MySQL Model page shows the active schemata and the objects that they contain Expand and contract the Physical Schemata section by double clicking the arrow on the left of the Physical Schemata title bar When the Physical Schemata section is expanded it displays all currently loaded schemata Each schema shows as a tab To select a specific schema click its tab When MySQL Workbench is first opened a default schema mydb is selected You can start working with this schema or you can load a new MySQL Workbench Model file models use the mwb extension There are a variety of ways to add schema to the Physical Schemata panel You can open an MWB file reverse engineer a MySQL create script or if you are using a commercial version of MySQL Workbench you can reverse engineer a database by connecting to a MySQL server You can also add a new schema by clicking the button on the top right of the Physical Schemata panel To remove a schema click its tab and use the button found to the immediate left of the button To the left of these buttons are three buttons that control how database object icons are displayed e The left button displays database objects as la
437. ng on its length MySQL Server 5 5 and MEDIUMTEXT above can have VARCHAR columns with a length LONGTEXT up to 65535 characters Anything larger is migrated to one of the TEXT blob types In MySQL character set of strings depend on the column character set instead of the datatype DATE DATE DATETIME DATETIME 345 PostgreSQL migration Source Type MySQL Type Comment DATETIME2 DATETIME Date range in MySQL is 1000 01 01 00 00 00 to 9999 12 31 23 59 59 Note fractional second values are only stored as of MySQL Server 5 6 4 SMALLDATETIME DATETIME DATETIMEOFFSET DATETIME TIME TIME TIMESTAMP TIMESTAMP ROWVERSION TIMESTAMP BINARY BINARY MEDIUMBLOB Depending on its length LONGBLOB VARBINARY VARBINARY Depending on its length MEDIUMBLOB LONGBLOB TEXT VARCHAR Depending on its length MEDIUMTEXT LONGTEXT NTEXT VARCHAR Depending on its length MEDIUMTEXT LONGTEXT IMAGE TINYBLOB Depending on its length MEDIUMBLOB LONGBLOB SQL_VARIANT not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype TABLE not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype HIERARCHYID not migrated There is not specific support for this datatype UNIQUEIDENTIFIER VARCHAR 64 A unique flag set in MySQL There is not specific support for inserting unique identifier values SYSNAME VARCHAR 160 XML TEXT 9 6 PostgreSQL migration 9 6 1 Preparations Before proceeding
438. ng to Excel then consider using the official MySQL for Excel Add on for Excel A 3 How to export save a MySQL database to a text file Open a MySQL connection and select Server from the main navigation menu and choose Data Export to open the data export wizard Alternatively choose Data Export from the left Management pane for the desired MySQL selection Here you can choose which databases to export whether or not to include the data dump to a single file or multiple files one per table and more For additional details see Section 5 5 Database Export and Import General Questions e A 1 362 I m forced to use MySQL Workbench 5 2 x is its documentation available Questions and Answers A 1 I m forced to use MySQL Workbench 5 2 x is its documentation available Although the 5 2 x branch is no longer maintained its documentation is archived at http dev mysql com doc index archive html 362 Appendix B Keyboard Shortcuts The following tables list keyboard shortcuts for MySQL Workbench commands Modifier in the tables stands for the platform specific modifier key This is Command on OS X Control on other platforms On OS X the Alt key is Option There are keyboard shortcut tables for the File Edit View Arrange Model Query Database Scripting Help and EER Diagram Mode menus File Menu Table B 1 File menu keyboard shortcuts Function Keybo
439. ng to the Model menu and choosing the DBDoc Model Reporting item Note E This functionality is only available in the MySQL Workbench Commercial version Use this dialog window to set the options for creating documentation of your database models 239 DBDoc Model Reporting Figure 8 14 The DBDoc Model Reporting Main Wizard B AN DBDoc Model Reporting Generate a Report for the Current Model HTML Basic Frames A detailed HTML report using frames For printing HTML Basic Single Page use a single page HTML report template pepese Snge pao ay Detailed Frames m Text Basic Template Style Vibrant v _ Vibrant colors Basic Options Title Model Report Title used for the report Output Path documentsfolder report_ date Itis possible to use variables here These values are supported The user s home directory Linux Mac only desktopfolder The user s desktop documentsfolder The user s documents folder date The current date time The current time year The current year only month The current month only as number monthname The current month only as text day The current day as number Content V Output Table Columns V Output Table Indices V Output Foreign Keys V Output References from Foreign Keys V Indude DDL code for objects Cancel Generate You can choose from four available templates HTML B
440. nippet from Editor Content from the context menu Double click a snippet to open it and choose the snippet editor to edit its body or title This example shows two snippets with only the first having defined a name 169 Context Sensitive Help Figure 7 6 SQL Snippets Editor rerver Tools Scripting Help fa we SQL Additions Pian Get Cites My Snippets e a SELECT FROM sakila city in cet Actors ean Get Cities SELECT FROM sakila city 4 m r cat gt GdG Snippets 7 1 6 Context Sensitive Help Select a keyword or function in your query and after a delay it shows formatted help information from the MySQL Server equivalent to using the help command from the command line MySQL Client 170 Output History Panel Figure 7 7 SQL Editor Context Sensitive Help Mysql Workbench amp Local instance MySQL5S7 x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help HNA Elea ae Gad F F A Ol AE mt to 1000 rows ro sc x Entering an SQL keyword in the SQL editor triggers the automatic context sensitive help lel Qi le The context sensitive help action buttons LEFT BUTTON enables automatic context sensitive help default that automatically displays help information after a short delay when the cursor is near an SQL keyword RIGHT BUTTON available when automatic context sensitive help is disabled Click it to display help for the SQL keyword next to the curr
441. nit _ renter than 0 te enable recication A listing of all users and privileges that relate to the MySQL connection You may also manage add user accounts adjust privileges and expire passwords The Users and Privileges page has several sections User Accounts Lists each user account that is associated to the active MySQL connection Login Login information related to the selected user account 114 Account Limits Figure 5 32 Navigator Management User And Privileges Login File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Heg we Administration Users and Privil MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Gient connections Users and Privileges 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables rie User From Host Login Account Limits Administrative Roles Schema Privieges me Cea eeen general localhost amp Data ImportRestore gt You may create multiple accounts with the same name mysqibadup localhost By general to connect from different hosts User Accounts Details for account general localhost INSTANCE root localhost B Startup Shutdown 2 srandard For the standard password and or host based authentication Server Logs i Options File Op localhost and _ wildcards may be used paeen l ssssssssssssssssss Type password to reset it n Consider using a password with 8 or more characters with SE Pertormance Reports mixed case letters numbers and punctuat
442. nnections Figure 5 13 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window Instance Ba MySQL Workbench 9 x amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Shortcuts LocalMySQL56 Instance Local MEM root B n a roo Jocalhost3306 F localhost13306 MySQL Doc Library MySQL Utilities 4 A MyFirstConnection Bova Database Migration My Oracle Support Workbench Blogs Planet MySQL Workbench Forums IN fee 21 oO Scripting Shell gt gt gt ae sakilamodel worldmodel mem_3 0 ORACLE 4 Oracle eDelivery Oracle Support 14 From the Home window click the new MySQL connection to open the SQL editor for this connection The SQL editor is the default page so now select the Server Status from the left Navigator panel to display the connected MySQL server s current status 94 MySQL Connections Figure 5 14 Getting Started Tutorial Server Status Navigator MANAGEMENT Serer Status Z Gent Connections D Users and Privileges ESI Status and System Variables File Edt View Query Ostsbese Server Tools aa 6 Go 63 6 eG Scripting Help AB Administration Server Status x Connecton Name MyFirstConnection PHILIP US MySQL Server 5 6 amp Data export 3306 amp Data importRestore 5 6 16 enterprise commercial advanced log MySQL Enterprise Server Advanced Edition Commercial INSTANCE wines x86_64 Startup Shutdown
443. ns are written in C and are freestanding Also included in the distribution is a set of C wrapper functions THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ENIO Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service 420 Pixman License Cambridge England Phone 44 1223 334714 Copyright c 1997 2006 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE C WRAPPER FUNCTIONS Contributed by Google Inc Copyright c 2006 Google Inc All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PU
444. ns in the table and the location of controls within the grid can be set by the developer e ScrollView This is a container that can contain a single child control and will add scrollbars if the contents do not fit the available space C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell The Workbench Scripting Shell provides a means for entering and executing Python scripts Through the use of the scripting shell MySQL Workbench can support new behavior and data sources using code written in Python The shell can also be used to explore the current Workbench GRT Generic RunTime facilities The scripting shell is not only useful for expanding MySQL Workbench You can use a script file from the scripting shell command line to perform repetitive tasks programmatically Note E Although they serve a different purpose the MySQL Utilities are also integrated with MySQL Workbench For more information see Appendix F MySQL Utilities C 5 1 Exploring the Workbench Scripting Shell To open the Workbench Scripting Shell select Scripting Scripting Shell from the main menu You can also open the Workbench Scripting Shell using the Control F3 key combination on Windows and Linux Command F3 on OS X or by clicking the shell button above the EER diagram navigator The Workbench Scripting Shell will then open in a new dialog The following screenshot shows the Workbench Scripting Shell dialog 371 The Shell Window Figure C 1 The Workbench Scriptin
445. nse Version 2 1 February 1999 the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all mes terms atic conditions fer copying distributing of modifrying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other re
446. nt Connections Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Dats Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown Serer Logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports E Performance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit Inspector ch Online Backup eb Backup Recovery Management Information E Administration Audit Inspector x MySQL Audit Log Inspector The MySQL Workbench Audit Inspector provides a simple interface for browsing and searching the contents of the MySQL Audit Plugin log files For more comprehensive auditing capabilities refer to Orade Audit Vault To speed up search end browsing of the audit log data Workbench needs to rebieve parse and index the audit log file contents This data is saved for future use in a cache stored in an encrypted fie in your local computer pore ep ler ce ia male so you may select to cache specific files After sane a el ile pa i salah cag ang perp leper trae Rachael pe rede a mse to be used with the sudo command so that the audit log Ales can be read by Workbench Looking for log files in C PregramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 date sudit log Select fies to parse below FindDate yyyy mm dd AN Val First Record Timestamp 2014 01 08 02 31 13 U C Last Last Timestamp Size Fie Name 2014 02 14 06 34 11 U C 44519390 2uditleg Note Generating the cache file can take a long time If you press Abort
447. nt on the MySQL server Confirm this by opening the MySQL connection and viewing the schema list or by executing SHOW DATABASES from the MySQL Command Line Client mysql 18 Ensure that your model is saved Click Save Model to Current File on the main toolbar For additional information about data modeling see Chapter 8 Database Design Modeling 8 3 2 Basic Modeling On the MySQL Model page double click the Add Diagram icon This creates and opens anew EER Diagram Canvas 251 Basic Modeling Figure 8 23 Adding an EER Diagram Model Overview SP Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas From an EER diagram page you can graphically design a database 8 3 2 1 Adding a Table The tools in the vertical toolbar on the left of the EER Diagram tab are used for designing an EER diagram Start by creating a table using the table tool The table tool is the rectangular grid in the middle of the vertical toolbar Mousing over it shows the message Place a New Table T Clicking this tool changes the mouse pointer to a hand with a rectangular grid Create a table on the canvas by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram grid Right click the table and choose Edit in New Window from the pop up menu This opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application The table name defaults to table1 Change the name by entering invoice into the Name field Changes here affect the name of the tab in the table editor and the
448. ntegers doubles strings dicts lists and objects This tab shows the definitions of the classes used by the objects in the Modules tab Clicking a class causes a brief description of the class to be displayed in a panel below the classes explorer Figure C 5 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Classes Classes List Group by Name app Starter app Starters app Toolbar app Toolbarltem altIcon icon initialState itemType Do UB l we TET string string int string T g Caption Application External Content Launcher Home Screen Starters Toolbar Toolbar Item tooltip string db DatabaseSync db DatabaseSyncObjec db DatatypeGroup db ForeignKey db Function db Index db IndexColumn TVUV VV EV SY gt P P ba gt db Catalog db CharacterSet db CheckConstraint db Column db DatabaseDdlObjec db DatabaseObjec jpe tooltip JEMELLE Classes Mullen Catalog Object Named Object Named Object Named Object Named Object Synchronisation Managing Object Synchronisation Object Object Named Object Function Named Object Object Notifications When the Classes tab is selected the list displays the following items Group by Name Group by the object name e Group by Hierarchy Group by inheritance e Group by Package Group by functionality The default view for this tab is Group By Name This view shows all the different objects arranged alphabetically Click th
449. ntinues past the failed code possibly generating additional result sets In either case any error generated from attempting to execute the faulty statement is recorded in the Output tabsheet This behavior can also be set from the SQL Execution user preferences panel Commit Commits the current transaction Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened Rollback Rolls back the current transaction Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened Toggle Auto Commit Mode If selected each statement will be committed independently Note R All query tabs in the same connection share the same transactions To have independent transactions a new connection must be opened 164 Query and Edit Menus Auto commit is enabled by default and this default behavior can be modified disabled under the SQL Execution user preferences panel Set Limit for Executed Queries The default value is 1000 which appends LIMIT 0 1000 to SELECT queries The default 1000 can be changed from the SQL Execution user preferences panel Save Snippet Save the current statement or selection to the active snippet list Beautify SQL Beautify reformat the SQL script By default SQL keywords are changed to UPPER CASE This functionality can be changed from the
450. nts Under Preferences modeling fonts are adjustable from the Appearance section of the Modeling menu Figure 3 1 Appearance Preferences p BR Workbench Preferences Fx General Editors SQL Editor Color Presets Query Editor Colors available when creating tables views etc Colors available when creating layers notes etc Object Editors 98BFDA FFEEEC SQL Execution FEDE58 FEFDED Administration pia paiia z gers 7 FE98FE F0F1FE FFFFFF FFEBFA MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Fonts Advanced Others Configure Fonts For Default Western Location Font Text Figure Text Tahoma 11 Connection Caption Tahoma 11 Layer Title Tahoma 11 Routine Group Figure Ite Tahoma 12 Routine Group Figure Title Tahoma Bold 12 Table Figure Items Tahoma 11 Table Figure Section Tahoma Bold 11 Table Figure Title Tahoma Bold 12 View Figure Title Tahoma Bold 12 55 Fonts Choose the character set under the Configure Fonts For setting typically leave the default setting here and then adjust the model fonts to fit your needs The font types and sizes for several other GUI elements are set under the Fonts amp Colors tab Figure 3 2 Fonts amp Color Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor itor Consolas 10 Global font for SQL text editors Object Editors SQL Execution Resultset Grid Tahoma 8 Resultset grid in SQL Editor Administration v Scripting Shell Consolas 10 S
451. nused pages usually generated by bulk deletes However keep in mind that it increases the restore time snce removed unused pages must be added back a Connection Name Localinstance MySQL57 L t i ieee cel The Schedule tab optionally sets a backup schedule for both full and incremental backups The schedule uses the Windows Tasks Scheduler on Microsoft Windows and a cron job on Linux and OS X It is scheduled using the operating system user that is scheduling the backup which is typically the MySQL user A full backup is slower than the incremental backup that merges with a full backup A common scenario is to set a full backup as weekly and an incremental backup as daily For additional information about backup performance see Optimizing Backup Performance 136 Backup Recovery Figure 5 54 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Schedule f Bay Mysal Workbench GLEA File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She Hegg a DHO Navigator MySQL Enterprise Backup Ba x MANAGEMENT Server Status MySQL Enterprise amp Client Connections GO MySQL Enterprise Backup g Users and Privileges Status and System Variables Backup Profle Name DevFulBackup amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore Comments INSTANCE This weekly backup saves al dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs Fad Options File PERFORMANCE
452. o permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Scintilla includes some files copyright Apple Computer Inc Disclaimer IMPORTANT This Apple software is supplied to you by Apple Computer Inc Apple in consideration of your agreement to the following terms and your use installation modification or redistribution of this Apple software constitutes acceptance of these terms If you do not agree with these terms please do not use install modify or redistribute this Apple software In consideration of your agreement to abide by the following terms and subject to these terms Apple grants you a personal non exclusive license under Apple s copyrights in this original Apple software the Apple Software to use reproduce modify and redistribute the Apple Software with or without modifications in
453. og Validation Forward Engineer to Database Connection Options Catalog Validation Catalog Validation The following tasks will now be executed Please monitor the execution Press Show Logs to see the execution logs Validation Finished Successfully 265 Forward Engineering Click Run Validations to validate the catalog Click Next to continue The next page enables you to set options for the database to be created These options are as described in Creating a Schema Figure 8 36 Options Connection Options Set Options for Database to be Created Options Options DROP Objects Before Each CREATE Object Generate DROP SCHEMA Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS Skip creation of FK Indexes as well Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names C Generate USE statements ia Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements E Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement Don t create view placeholder tables Do Not Create Users Only Create Privileges GRANTs Generate INSERT Statements for Tables Disable FK checks for INSERTs Select the required options and then click Next The next page enables you to select the objects to forward engineer 266 Forward Engineering Figure 8 37 Select Objects to Forward Engineer Connection Options Select Objects to Forward Engineer Catalog Validation Options To exclude objects of a specific type from the SQL Export disable the corresponding
454. ol Use this tool to create a table on the EER Diagram canvas Clicking the canvas creates a table To edit the table with MySQL Table Editor right click it and choose Edit Table or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu You can also double click the table to load it into the table editor To activate the table tool from the keyboard use the T key For more information about creating and editing tables see Section 7 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor The View Tool Use this tool to create a view on an EER Diagram canvas When the table tool is activated a schema list appears on the toolbar below the main menu enabling you to associate the new view with a specific schema You can also select a color for the object by choosing from the color list to the right of the schema list After selecting this tool clicking the canvas creates a new view To edit this view right click it and choose Edit View or Edit in New Window from the pop up menu To activate the view tool from the keyboard use the V key For more information about creating and editing views see Section 8 1 5 Creating Views The Routine Group Tool Use this tool to create a routine group on the EER Diagram canvas When this tool is activated a schema list appears on the toolbar below the main menu enabling you to associate the routine group with a specific schema You can also select a color for the routine group by choosing from the color list to the r
455. ollowing error 08001 08001 Already connected 202 SQLDriverConnect This means that PostgreSQL is not configured to accept connections from the source IP 357 358 Appendix A MySQL Workbench Frequently Asked Questions Basic Usage Questions e A 1 859 How do I create a MySQL database schema in MySQL Workbench e A 2 359 Is there an easy way to select all data from a table and then see the results Questions and Answers A 1 How do create a MySQL database schema in MySQL Workbench Open a MySQL connection to open the SQL editor On the left pane there is an Object Browser that contains two tabs titled Management and Schemas Choose the schemas tab default Right click anywhere in the Schemas pane and choose Create Schema from the context menu e Follow the schema creation wizard by naming your new schema and click Apply to create your new schema Other options include clicking the Create Schema icon on the main navigation bar or executing a CREATE SCHEMA your_db_name query in the SQL editor A 2 Is there an easy way to select all data from a table and then see the results F From the schema navigator hover over the table and click the E icon This executes a SELECT FROM schema table query and loads the results into the result grid From there you can view or edit the data Alternatively right click on a table and select Select Rows Limit 1000 form the context men
456. olumn auto increment COLUMN_CHARSET Variable COLUMNS if detailed The column character set COLUMN_COLLATION Variable COLUMNS if detailed The column collation COLUMN_IS_USERTYPE Variable COLUMNS if detailed Whether the column is a user type INDICES_LISTING Section TABLES Marks the start and end of an INDICES LISTING section the INDICES_ LISTING data dictionary becomes active in this section INDICES Section INDICES LISTING Marks the start and end of an INDICES section the INDICES data dictionary becomes active in this section INDEX_NAME Variable INDICES The index name INDEX_PRIMARY Variable INDICES Whether this is a primary key INDEX_UNIQUE Variable INDICES Whether this is a unique index INDEX_COLUMNS INDEX_TYPE Variable INDICES The index type for example PRIMARY INDEX_KIND Variable INDICES The index kind INDEX_COMMENT Variable INDICES The index comment INDEX_ID Variable INDICES The index ID INDICES Marks the start and end of an INDEX_COLUMNS section the INDEX_COLUMNS data dictionary becomes active in this section INDEX_COLUMN_NAME Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index column name INDEX_COLUMN_ORDER Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index column order for example ascending descending INDEX_COLUMN_COMMENT Variable INDEX_COLUMNS The index comment INDEX_KEY BLOCK_SIZE Variable INDEX_COLUMNS if The index key block size detailed
457. on Related Files MySQL Workbench saves several configuration related files and directories on your system These files are saved in your user s MySQL Workbench directory as defined by MySQL Workbench with this base defaulting to Table 3 1 Default Local Configuration Base File Path Operating System File Path Windows AppData MySQL Workbench 75 Configuration Related Files Operating System File Path OS X Linux username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench username mysql workbench A brief description of these directories and files Table 3 2 Local Workbench Files and Directory Descriptions Directory or File Description cache General behaviors are stored per connection in cache files and column widths as column_widths files log Log files include Workbench startup information and also per connection actions performed in Workbench modules Home of installed plugins for additional information see Section C 3 Plugins Tools sql_history Queries executed in Workbench are stored here and are available from within MySQL Workbench snippets Saved SQL snippets are stored here for additional information see Section 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab audit_cache Cache storage by the Audit Log inspector for additional information see Section 5 6 MySQL Audit Inspector Interface connections xml Saved MySQL server conn
458. on vais a Location where dump files should Defaults Export Directory Path C Users pholson Documents dump be placed by default MySQL Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others Data Export and Import Path to mysql Tool aa Leave blank to use bundled version Data Export and Import Path to mysqldump tool Path to your local mysqldump binary Leave it blank to use the bundled mysqldump binary Path to mysqli tool Path to your local mysql client binary Leave it blank to use the bundled mysql binary Export Directory Path Directory where your exported mysql dumps are located 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences This section provides configuration options that affect the Modeling functionality in MySQL Workbench 67 Modeling Preferences Preferences Modeling Main Figure 3 11 Preferences Modeling A Workbench Preferences sz General Editors Y SQL Editor EER Modeler Query Editor E Automatically reopen previous model at start Object Editors a SQL Execution Force use of software based rendering for EER diagrams Administration Y Modeling Allowed values are from 1 up Model undo history size 10 Note using high values gt 100 will increase memory usage Defaults and slow down operation MySQL Diagram Interval to perform auto saving of the open model Appearance Auto save model interval 1 minute The model will be restored from the last auto saved vers
459. onal advanced options For this tutorial you can ignore these and click Next Figure 8 20 Getting Started Tutorial Options Forward Engineer to Database O A _ a Connection Options Set Options for Database to be Created Catalog Validation Options Options E DROP Objects Before Each CREATE Object E Generate DROP SCHEMA E Skip creation of FOREIGN KEYS C Skip creation of FK Indexes as well E Omit Schema Qualifier in Object Names Generate USE statements E Generate Separate CREATE INDEX Statements E Add SHOW WARNINGS After Every DDL Statement E Don t create view placehoder tables E Do Not Create Users Only Create Privileges GRANTs E Generate INSERT Statements for Tables E Disable FK checks for INSERTs 14 Select an object to export to the live MySQL server In this case we only have one table dvd_collection so select dvd_collection and click Next 249 Creating a Model Figure 8 21 Getting Started Tutorial Select Objects Connection Options n 5i Select Objects to Forward Engineer Catalog Validation To exdude objects of a specific type from the SQL Export disable the corresponding checkbox Press Show Filter and add objects or patterns to the ignore list to exdude them from the export Options Select Objects Export MySQL Table Objects 1 Total Objects 1 Selected Export MySQL View Objects 0 Total Objects 0 Selected Export MySQL Routine
460. one to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly jloup gzip org Mark Adler madler alumni caltech edu 441 442
461. onnection For more information see and Connection Information The method to view connection information depends on the operating system 77 Connection Groups On Microsoft Windows and Linux hover over the right side of a connection title and click the title e On OS X hover over a connection title and click the little i in appears in the bottom right corner The information will be displayed under the connection tiles and will appear similar to Figure 4 2 Viewing Connection Informat ion P Pa MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Local instance MySQL57 MySQL Version Last connected User Account Password Network Address TCP IP Port 5 7 4 ml14 log 17 September 2014 21 14 root lt stored gt localhost 3307 Local management not set up Edit Connection Configure Local Management Connection Groups You may also create groups of connections Create a group by either right clicking a connection and choosing the Move to group context menu option or you may prefix your connection name with the group name separated by a forward slash for example QA TestBox when you create or configure the connection Models The Models panel your most recently used models Each entry lists the date and time that the model was last opened and its associated database For further information about modeling see To the right of the Models title are three
462. onnection Setup ssessssssessssssssssrstrtrtrssssnttnttttettsttrn ttrt ae aaaaaaeeeeeeeeaeaaaaaaeeeeeeeeaeaae 345 9 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping ssssssssssssssrrsissssssrsrrrrrrsrssrsrrrrrrsrssssrrrrrrese 345 9 6 PostgreSQL migration ccccccccccsesceeececeeeeeeaeeeeeeceeeeesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseaseeseceeeeeessaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaea 346 90 1 Preparations u renee e EE EEEE EE AEE Ae KLEEN EERE sie teeta dens AEEA EAEEREN iE 346 SATEN E i E N E E E EA E EA 349 9 6 3 Connection Setup ein a a aaa a eA a a aaa naaa 349 9 6 4 PostgreSQL Type Mapping ccccccccecccesseseseeeeceeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeseseeeeeeeeseaaaaensees 349 9 7 MY SOL MIQratlO Nitric E E E ete E EEA AE E te E E 351 9 8 Using the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaees 355 9 8 1 Connecting to the databases 20 0 0 cccceceeeceeeee cece eee eeteee sees ee aaaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaaa 355 9 8 2 Schemata Retrieval and Selection cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaa 356 9 8 3 Reverse Engineering isee nEn EEE AEA EEEE KEERA vane veecdadaphes EEEREN E peter E 356 9 8 4 Object Selection ssnosenesesssessssresrrssessssrsnntsriesssrsnnsnttotesssnnsnttesesssnnsntsticosensnnesteees 356 2o o MIANO icctascssieeieetabedeccnsbeekeedgelivendesevtectene deecndiceksenansbeesiegtebentabedeecadbeeheodanddeeoueatete 356 29 6 Manual Eitiing serere aE E
463. ools Scripting Help Migration Task List SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Target Crestion Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Repart E Review and edit migrated objects You can manualy edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database Migrated Objects View All Objects Source Object Target Object gt na Preamble v E Adventureworks AdventureWorks V Tables Tables gt i Department If Department gt Employee Employee Y Uj EmployeeAddress iB EmployeeAddress Y Columns Columns gt EmployeeiD INT EmployeeiD iNT gt AddressID INT AddressID INT gt rowguid UNIQUEIDENTIFIER 16 rowguid VARCHAR E4 amp Default value newid is not supported gt ModifiedDate DATETIME ModifiedDate TIMESTAMP Default value is getdate so type was changed from gt Indices Indices gt ForeignKeys ForeignKeys gt Triggers Triggers EmployeeDepartmentHistory EmployeeDepertmenthtist ii EmployeePayHistory I EmployeePayHistory JobCandidate Shift Views gt Routines Routines gt nja 0 Postamble Migraton Message Collation Latin _General_CS_AS migrated to utf _gen amp Migration warnings expandto view amp Migration warnings expandto view amp Migretion warnings expandto view
464. or The Navigator contains options to manage the active MySQL connection and also lists the schemas available to that connection Navigator Schemas Tab The Schemata list shows available schemata on the currently connected server These can be explored to show tables views and routines within the schema 193 Object Browser and Editor Navigator Figure 7 23 SQL Editor Navigator Schemas Tab Navigator SCHEMAS Q Filter objects Vv sakila v Tables v actor v E Columns actor_id first_name last_name last_update v ep Indexes i PRIMARY WE idx_actor_last_name yy Foreign Keys ry Triggers E address category city country customer film film_actor film_category film_text inventory language rental staff store Views Stored Procedures film_in_stock gt film_not_in_stok A rewards_report v rad Functions fO get_customer_balance f inventory_held_by_customer f inventory_in_stock gt amp world Management Schemas gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt payment gt gt gt gt vE Refresh update the Object Navigator contents Merge merge the Management and Schemas tabs into a single Navigator panel J Info load the Table Inspector for this table Wrench load the Table Editor for this table Select execute a SELECT table statement and display the results Choose either the Management or Schemas view
465. or Regular Expression Search by matching a string or a PCRE regular expression Ignore Case A case insensitive search Works with both the String Matching and Regular Expression search methods Enabled by default Match Whole Words If enabled only whole strings are matched For example a search for home would not match home_id Disabled by default Wrap Around The search will wrap around to the beginning of the document as otherwise it will only search from the cursor position to the end of the document Enabled by default And the arrows jump to the discovered search terms and behave according to the Wrap Around option The MySQL Workbench Commercial edition includes an advanced Find facility for models Figure 8 3 The Find Window Modeling Additions Find Text In Location Entire Model Match Case E Whole Word E Use Regular Expressions Search in Comments E Search in SQL for Views SPs etc Object m Eumee Adv Find You can search the following locations Entire Model Searches the entire model e Current View Searches the current view only This may be the MySQL Model page 206 Model Editor e All Views Searches the MySQL Model Page and all EER diagrams e Database Objects Searches database objects only Selected Figures Searches the currently selected objects This feature works only for EER diagrams Enter the text you wish to search for in the Find Text list
466. or editing display objects such as layers and notes Selecting an object in the EER diagram displays its properties in the Properties palette All objects except connections have the following properties except as noted color The color accent of the object displayed as a hexadecimal value Change the color of the object by changing this value Only characters that are legal for hexadecimal values may be entered You can also change the color by clicking the button to open a color changing dialog box description Applicable to layers only A means of documenting the purpose of a layer expanded This attribute applies to objects such as tables that can be expanded to show columns indexes and triggers height The height of the object Depending upon the object this property may be read only or read write left The number of pixels from the object to the left side of the canvas locked Whether the object is locked The value for this attribute is either true or false manualSizing Whether the object has been manually sized The value for this attribute is either t rue or false name The name of the object top The number of pixels from the object to the top of the canvas visible Whether the object shows up on the canvas Use 1 for true and 0 for false It is currently used only for relationships width The width of the object Depending upon the object this property may be read only or read write Tabl
467. or password storage in MySQL Workbench on non GNOME platforms but must be started manually 5 1 2 4 MySQL Fabric Integration Browse view status and connect to any MySQL instance in a Fabric Cluster Note E This requires Connector Python and MySQL Utilities 1 4 3 installed including the Python module This feature also requires MySQL Workbench 6 2 To set up a managed Fabric connection create a new MySQL connection with the new MySQL Fabric Management Node connection method The connection tiles have a different look Figure 5 22 Fabric Connection Group Tile TE MySQL Workbench Gex amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections a Shortcuts Local instance Fabric MySQL Utilities i i WS f root Database Migration MySQL Bug Reporter Workbench Blogs NV fete oO E Planet MySQL Gej Workbench Forum Clicking the new fabric group tile shows the managed connections 105 MySQL Connections Figure 5 23 Fabric Connection Group Tiles Ry ys Workbench t File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections Fabric Managed MySQL Servers 4 Shortcuts lt back Fabric Server Fabric MySQL Managed Instances 3 of HA Groups 1 UO om oO 5 1 2 5 Client Connections The client connection browser lists the active and sleeping MySQL client connections and adds the ability to kill statements and connections and view a
468. orator in the previously created Modulelnfo object ModuleInfo export grt INT grt STRING def checkString s For the export statement the return type is listed first followed by the input parameter types specified as GRT typenames The following typenames can be used e grt INT An integer value Also used for boolean values e grt DOUBLE A floating point numeric value e grt STRING UTF 8 or ASCII string data e grt DICcT A key value dictionary item Keys must be strings e grt LIST A list of other values It is possible to specify the type of the contents as a tuple inthe form grt LIST lt type or class gt For example grt LIST grt STRING for a list of strings For a list of table objects the following would be specified grt LIST grt classes db_tabile e grt OBJECT An instance of a GRT object or a GRT class object from grt classes Note that these types are defined in the grt module which must be imported before they can be used The following code snippet illustrates declaring a module that exports a single function from wb import import grt ModuleInfo DefineModule name MyModule author your name version 1 0 ModuleInfo export grt DOUBLE grt STRING grt LIST grt DOUBLE def printListSum message doubleList sum 0 for d in doublelList sum sum d print message sum return sum C 3 Plugins Tools Plugins are special Modules that are exposed to the user through
469. orkbench If you find a recent version of MySQL Workbench listed here that you cannot find on our download page http dev mysql com downloads it means that the version has not yet been released The manual included in the source and binary distributions may not be fully accurate when it comes to the release changelog entries because the integration of the manual happens at build time For the most up to date release changelog please refer to the online version instead MySQL Workbench Change History Location MySQL Workbench release notes are not published in the MySQL Workbench Manual Release notes for the changes in each release of MySQL Workbench are located at MySQL Workbench Release Notes 393 394 Appendix H Third Party Licenses Table of Contents H 1 NET Flat TabControl LIC NSe 0 cccc cc cccccc cece cece cece cece ceaeceseeeeeeeeeeaueeeueeceeeeeeaeceaeeeaceeaeeuaeeageeaees 397 Fe ANTERIEICSNS Cag retraces canaeed E E E 397 H 3 Bitstream Vera License ccceccccceccecseeceeeeeceesneceesneceeeneceeaneceesseceeegeceeaeceeaneceeegeceeaeeeeeaseneeaneeees 397 H A Boost Library LICense sonnin on beaten thas AEAT EEE denne slo dva eon dene cdneea deat 398 FD Caio ICS MSC setace savioctvanaresanstashata che oa tuasts stra aasansanadanaulecinantuateaswedasonantanseaitasdanevasancauanndedeaeraenasatanes 399 H 6 CTemplate Google Template System License ecececeee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee aeaaeeeee
470. orkbench You will be presented with the Home window 83 MySQL Connections Figure 5 3 Getting Started Tutorial Home Window Ba MySQL Workbench amp File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help MySQL Connections a Shortcuts MYSQL Doc Library LocalMySQL56 Instance f root B na locainost 3306 Database Migration My Oracle Support Workbench Blogs Planet MySQL Workbench Forums UOMO RO hg P Scripting Shell gt 2 oo W bo D a Oracle eDelivery Oracle Support Our example already has two connections created but let us create a new connection From the MySQL Workbench Home window click the icon near the MySQL Connections label This opens the Setup New Connection wizard Define the Connection Name value which we will set to MyFirstConnection in this example 84 MySQL Connections Figure 5 4 Getting Started Tutorial Setup New Connection MyFirstConnection fi Setup New Connection e a amp Type a name for the connection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ss Advanced Hostname Port Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port 127 0 0 1 3306 Username root Name of the user to connect with Password Store in Vault Clear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave bl
471. ort Results last_name Swan 757 1 UOO l a 02 inig d language last_update 200950 4 row See eee eee ee gt payment actor_id 4 first_name JENNIFER gt ij rental last name DAVIS gt E staff last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 seeeeeeeesseseeseses 5 roy Seeeeeeeseseseseeseee tt actor_id 5 first_name JOHNNY lastname LOLLOBRIGIDA Table actor last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Col SC Cee eee eee ee eee 6 row PPP SRS S SLES SESE EE ES SE umns actor_id 6 actor id smallint 5 UN Al PK first_name BETTE firstname varchar 45 last_name NICHOLSON last name varchar 45 SERS aE a ca sit vsnsinaniamnnatens last_update timestamp actor id 7 first_name GRACE last_name MOSTEL last_update 2006 02 15 04 34 33 actor 1 Oh Vertical Output Improved Visual Explain The Visual Explain output was improved New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 37 Visual Explain Workbench 5 2 TS j CEA EA COR ECE 1 2 5 4 s 6 7 8 kd SELECT CONCAT customer last_name customer first name AS customer address phone film title FROM rental INNER JOIN customer ON rental customer_id customer customer_id INNER JOIN address ON customer address_id address address_id INNER JOIN inventory ON rental inventory_id inventory inventory_id INNER JOIN film ON inventory fila_ic film fila_ia WHERE rental return_date IS NULL AND rental_date INTERVAL film rental_duration DAY lt CURRENT _DATE
472. ortant to choose the correct group when making edits mysqld the MySQL server is the default and most common group For additional information about groups see Using Option Files A screenshot with the General tab selected 113 Users and Privileges Figure 5 31 Navigator Management Instance Options File General File Edit View Query Database Server 8 o 18s 6 Adera MANAGEMENT MFrstConnecton Server Status ient Connections Options File L Users and Priviteges General Logging innc0S Networking Advanced Other Seasity Repicaton MyiSAM Performance E Status and System Variables Features amp Data Export OFF amp Data inport Restore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown Server Logs Options Fite PERFORMANCE Q Dadosa amp Pertormance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Management 5 2 Users and Privileges Enable dsable and start stop the event scheduler Not changes in behavior and permitted values in MySQL 5 Enables the FEDERATED storage engine Prefix for specifying plugin speofic options Set the Ist of plugins to load at startup Add to ist of plugins to load at startup How marry statements to maintain profiling informason Do not enable user defined partitioning The size of the buffer that is used for Kd jors Allocation block sine for query parsing and execution Each thread that needs to do a sort allocates a buffer Uniquely idensties the server instance in the commu
473. orting Templates When a template is processed data dictionaries are loaded in a hierarchical pattern forming a tree of data dictionaries This is illustrated by the following table Table 8 1 Data Dictionaries Tree Data Dictionary Loads Data Dictionary MAIN SCHEMATA SCHEMATA TABLES COLUMNS Detailed is true FOREIGN_KEYS Detailed is true INDICES Detailed is true TABLES REL_LISTING INDICES_LISTING COLUMNS LISTING TABLE_COMMENT_LISTING DDL_LISTING COLUMNS_LISTING COLUMNS Detailed is false REL_LISTING REL Detailed is false INDICES_ LISTING INDICES Detailed is false The root of the tree is the main dictionary Additional dictionaries are loaded from the root to form the dictionary tree the main dictionary If a variable is not found in the main dictionary which can be thought of as associated with the default or main section no data is generated in Note R If a template has no sections any variables used in the template are looked up in the output file for that marker Evaluation of variables The tree structure of the data dictionaries is important with respect to variable evaluation As variables are defined in data dictionaries their associated values have meaning only when that particular data dictionary is active and that means when the section associated with that data dictionary is active When a variable lookup occurs the system checks the data dictionary associated with t
474. ost TCP IP port Reverse Engineer Source Username root Name of the user to connect with OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Password l Store in Vault l Clear The user s password Wil be requested later if it s not set Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it later Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer E Store connection for future usage as REPORT Migration Report Fetch Schemata List The Schemata list is retrieved from both the source and target RDBMS This is an automated and informational step that reports connection related errors and or general log information Press Next to continue 306 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 6 MySQL Workbench migration Fetch Schemata List File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transter Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Fetch Schema List The following tasks will now be performed Please monitor the execution The names of available
475. ource RDBMS and reverse engnecred so that its structure can be determined SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Comect to source DEMS Fetch Schemas List Reverse engneer selected schemas Schemas Selection Y Post processing of reverse engineered schemas rse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Finished performing tasks Migration Cick Next gt to continue Manual Editing Message Log Target Creation Options e s Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources Employee completed Create Schemas Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources EmployeeAddress completed Create Target Results Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumanResources EmployeeDepartmenthistory completed Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources EmployeePayhistory completed DATA MIGRATION Reverse engineering of foreign keys in table HumenResources JobCandidate completed Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Source Objects The discovered objects from the Reverse Engineer Source stage are revealed and made available This includes Table View and Routine objects with only the Table objects being selected by default 309 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 9 MySQL Workbench migration Source Objects BBY MySQL Workbench ae Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Sc
476. ous general table and row options The following sections discuss these tabs in further detail 7 1 11 2 The Columns Tab Use the Columns tab to display and edit all the column information for a table With this tab you can add drop and alter columns 180 The MySQL Table Editor You can also use the Columns tab to change column properties such as name data type and default value Figure 7 17 The Columns Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheed m Table Name foustomer Column Name Datatype customer_id SMALLINT S store_id TINYINT 3 first_name VARCHAR 45 last_name VARCHAR 45 email VARCHAR SO address_id SMALLINT S active TINYINT 1 create_date J J j last_update TIMESTAMP iM 8 8 88 8 CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP Data Type TIMESTAMP Default CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP E Primary Key 7 Not Nul Unique E Binary E Unsigned Zero Fil Auto Increment Right click a row under the Column Name column to open a pop up menu with the following items e Move Up Move the selected column up e Move Down Move the selected column down e Copy Copies the column for a model e Cut Copies and then deletes the column for a model e Paste Pastes the column If a column with the same name already exists then _copy1 is appended to the column name e Delete Selected Columns Select multiple contiguous columns by right c
477. overview page to open the system ODBC tool Then select the Drivers tab 328 Setting Up ODBC Drivers Figure 9 25 Checking the ODBC Drivers for Access Support User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About ODBC Drivers that are installed on your system Name Version Compan Driver do Microsoft Paradox db 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol Driver para o Microsoft Visual FoxPro 1 00 02 00 Microsol Microsoft Access dBASE Driver dbf ndx mdx 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol accdb 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol Microsoft Access Paradox Driver db 12 00 6650 5000 Microsol Microsoft Access Text Driver bt csv 14 00 7010 1000 Microsol Microsoft Access Treiber mdb 6 01 7601 17632 Microsol 4 m gt An ODEC driver allows ODBC enabled programs to get information from Ep ODBC data sources To install new drivers use the driver s setup program Important MySQL Workbench has both 32 bit and 64 bit executables The ODBC drivers you use must be of the same architecture as the MySQL Workbench binaries you are using Because Office 2007 and older was 32 bit only and even Office 2010 installs as 32 bit by default you may need to install the 32 bit version of MySQL Workbench to migrate from Access even if you have a 64 bit machine If during migration you get an ODBC error about architecture mismatch betwee
478. overview_list html A summary of schema in the model along with a list of tables contained in each schema 241 DBDoc Model Reporting e routine _details html List of all routines for the schema e table_details htm1 The main report details e table_details_list html A Schema overview along with details of columns indexes and foreign keys for each schema e table_element_details html The details for every element of the table top html The top frame of the report e view_details htm1 List of all columns and indexes for the schema Choosing the Text Basic option creates a directory containing one text file You can click index html to view a report The following screenshot shows the HTML Detailed Frames report being displayed Figure 8 15 The DBDoc Model Report Model Report Mozilla Firefox File Edep res 3 Model Report file C Users philip Documents report_2013 08 08 index html ty gt e B Googie 3 Bookmarks iyso Model Report Schema Overview Schema world G ii Schema world gt Back to overview DDL script Coline 24 CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS world DEFAULT CHARACTER SET ute m 24 city ID city Name city CountryCode city Population 4 3 country Code country Name A country Continent Table Properties country Region Average Row Length Use Check Sum country SurfaceArea country IndepYear country Population Default Collation uy Del
479. ovides a convenient secure storage for passwords used to access MySQL servers By using the vault you need not enter credentials every time MySQL Workbench attempts to connect to a server Note R The hostname is used for storing password information For example a local connection might use localhost 127 0 0 1 or 1 but these are stored separately in the password storage vault even if they all resolve to the same place The vault is implemented differently on each platform Windows The vault is an encrypted file in the MySQL Workbench data directory This is where connections xml and related files are located The file is encrypted using a Windows API which 104 MySQL Connections performs the encryption based on the current user so only the current user can decrypt it As a result it is not possible to decrypt the file on any other computer It is possible to delete the file in which case all stored passwords are lost but MySQL Workbench will otherwise perform as expected You then must re enter passwords as required e OS X The vault is implemented using the OS X Secure Keychain The keychain contents can be viewed using the Keychain Access app utility e Linux The vault works by storing passwords using the gnome keyring daemon which must be running for password persistence to work The daemon is automatically started in GNOME desktops but normally is not in KDE and others The gnome keyring daemon can be used f
480. ow Selection to configure exactly which objects you want to migrate as seen below 333 Review the proposed migration Figure 9 31 Source Objects Selection Fam 5 5 MySQL Workbench oja Migration x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help ORACLE Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW O Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the ists below All tables will be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Y Target Selection J Migrate Table objects T Fetch Schemata List 13 total 13 selected Y Schemata Selection c Y Reverse Engineer Source Available Objects Objects to Migrate OBJECT MIGRATION I Northwind categones J Northwind CustomerCustomerDemo _ Northwend CustomerDemographs Migration g ij Northwind Customess Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemata Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report The objects on the right will be migrated The filter box can filter the list wildcards are allowed as demonstrated above By using the arrow buttons you can filter out the objects that you do not want to migrate Before continuing clear the filter text box to check the full list of the selected objects Our example migrates all of the table objects so all of them are in the Objects to Migrate list and the Migrate Table Objects checkbox is checked Review the proposed
481. p Figure 5 53 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Configuration Options m QL Workbench role Ea j MyS File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dea y 0E DHA Navigator MySQL Enterprise Backup Ba x MANAGEMENT Serer Status 4 MYSQL Enterprise amp Client Connections kJ MySQL Enterprise Backup S Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Data Export amp Data Import Restore Backup Profile Name DevFulBackup Full Data Ful Only Comments INSTANCE This weekly backup saves al dev example org data and stores it on Suki24 B startup shutdown A Server Logs Pad Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Schedule Contents Options Advanced G Performance Reports O Performance Schema Setup Backup Storage Directory MySQ cup Backups will be written to the specified directory in the target MySQL server Rese en ene eee Anew subdirectory is created for each backup named with its timestamp B Audit Inspector Online Backup F Compress backup noninaemental InnoDB backups only Restore Method he v Level Apply log after backup backup and apply tog After a backup is done an apply tog operation is needed before it can be recovered That may be done right after backup before recovering it or at any other time Management aure Skip Unused Pages Information Use this option to reduce the backup size by removing u
482. p wmpk4eqxm cnf user root host localhost protocol tap port 3307 default character set utf8 events skip triggers sakla PERFORMANCE 14 57 28 Export of C Users pholson Pocuments dumps Pump 20 141215 sql has finished Dashboard amp Performance Reports oe Performance Schema Setup Management Information Object Info This functionality uses the mysqldump command Data Import Restore Restore exported data from the Data Export operation or from other exported data from the mysqidump command Choose the project folder or self contained SQL file choose the schema that the data will be imported to or choose New to define a new schema 124 Data Import Restore Figure 5 43 Navigator Management Data Import Import From Disk eS Sn Shea dha a Navigator il Administration Data Import Res MANAGEMENT MyFirstConnection server status Data Import amp Client Connections Users and Privileges Import from Disk import Progress E Status and System Variable Options amp Data Export i amp Data importRestore Import from Dump Project Folder C Users philp Documents dumps Dump 20 140219 Select the Dump Project Folder to import You can do a selective restore Load Folder Contents INSTANCE B Startup shutdown A Server Logs Import from Self Contained Fie C Users philp pocuments dumps export sqi Fad Options File 2 E z Select the SQL dump file to import
483. pdated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated Table will be updated world city I world country T world countrylanguage Table will not be affected Table will not be affected Table will not be affected Management information Show S Sd No object selected lt Back Next gt Cancel Clicking Next gt will open the Restore wizard We then clicked Restore gt to execute the restoration process and toggled the message logs in our example below 139 The wbcopytables Tool Figure 5 57 Workbench Backup Recovery Restore File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help hal IF G16 le Navigator Query 1 MySQL Enterprise Backup Rec MANAGEMENT Server Status The following tasks will now be executed to revert the state of your server to that of the selected backup Client Connections 2 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variableg amp Data Export 4 Data Import Restore Calculate preparation steps Prepare full backup file for recovery Prepare and apply incremental backup files for recovery Shutdown MySQL server Recover backup Start MySQL server INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File MySQL ENTERPRISE audit inspector Finished performing tasks amp Online Backup Message Log ey Backup Recovery 130814 10 24 28 mysqlbackup INFO Copying the log fil
484. pe Parent Table Child Table Cardinality REL REL_NAME REL_TYPE REL_PARENTTABLE REL_CHILDTABLE REL_CARD REL REL_LISTING 297 Creating a Custom Template TABLES SCHEMATA End of MySQL Workbench Report This template shows details for all schemata in the model The preceding template file can be edited in any way you like with new markers being added and existing markers being removed as required For the custom template example you might want to create a much simpler template such as the one following Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT SCHEMATA Schema Name SCHEMA NAME Tables TABLE_COUNT TABLES Table Name TABLE_NAME TABLES SCHEMATA Report Generated On GENERATED End of MySQL Workbench Custom Report This simplified report just lists the schemata and the tables in a model The date and time the report was generated is also displayed as a result of the use of the GENERATED variable The custom template can then be tested Start MySQL Workbench load the model to generate the report for select the Model DBDOC Model Reporting menu item Then select the new custom template from the list of available templates select an output directory and click Finish to generate the report Finally navigate to the output directory to view the finished re
485. perties Palette In addition to the properties listed there a layer also has a description property Use this property to document the purpose of the layer 8 1 8 Creating Notes You can add notes to a database only from the Model Notes section of the MySQL Model page Notes are typically used to help document the design process 8 1 8 1 Adding Notes Double clicking the Add Note iconin the Model Notes section of the MySQL Model page adds a note with the default name of note1 If a note with this name already exists the new note is named note2 236 Creating Text Objects Adding a new note automatically opens the note editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the note editor see Section 8 1 8 2 The Note Editor Right clicking a note opens a pop up menu with the following items e Rename e Cut note_name e Copy note_name e Delete note_name The Edit Note item opens the note editor For information about using the note editor see Section 8 1 8 2 The Note Editor The cut and copy items are useful for copying notes between different schemata Notes can be added only on the MySQL Model page 8 1 8 2 The Note Editor To invoke the note editor double click a note object in the Model Note section on the MySQL Model page This opens the note editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the note tab undocks the editor Double click the title bar to re
486. port 298 Chapter 9 Database Migration Wizard Table of Contents 9 1 General installation requirements 0 cccceeeeee ence ee cece cece ee aa eee te ee ee esse aa aaaaeeeeeeeeeeasaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaeaaes 300 Otel ODBC Librarie S sicn a iva tanec ress Sab eae ete gate ens da needa avmeesen 300 9 1 2 ODBC Divers asamini inaano a a aa a i babs yeaa aa a a 301 9 2 Migration OVGIVICW senene enea a E E E A 302 9 2 1 A visual guide to performing a database migration cccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeteeeeeeeeeaeaaed 302 9 2 2 Migrating from supported databases esesssssesssresserrerssrrnseerntrssrnnneennteunnnnneennetunnnnneenneene 321 9 2 3 Migrating from unsupported generic databases ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeseeeeaaees 322 9 3 Conceptual DBMS equivalents ssoseeeeneseseessseenrerrtersstsrttrrtrnsssntnntnrnstssatnntnnnenastsnntnnnenannnnnn 322 9 4 Microsoft Access Migration sirasini iiun nen anniina iaa a eaaa Ea AREA botnet aed 324 9 5 Microsoft SQL Server migration cccceeccccccceceseeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeeseeeeeeeeessaaeaeeeeeeeeeeseaaea 343 9 5 1 Preparations essscdesesiwsvedsasnudeensinwerssbaueeeeensieeecstaudeeeeasswenssbauedueetedveesans sdeeeersseecseaweedvenndvers 343 oSA DNE eaae E T T seuseeet aueeert aawentn 343 9 5 3 Connection Setup derisinin eee Naa aA NE a REAA EA A Aa a aE 345 9 5 4 Microsoft SQL Server Type Mapping cccccccccceceeeseee
487. r Dave Martindale Guy Eric Schalnat Paul Schmidt Tim Wegner 417 Libxml2 License The PNG Reference Library is supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental special exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated A png_get_copyright function is available for convenient use in about boxes and the like printf s png_get_copyright
488. r other expression into a field Use the prefix func to prevent MySQL Workbench from escaping quotation marks For example 166 Results Window for the expression md5 fred MySQL Workbench normally would generate the code md5 fred To prevent this enter the expression as func md5 fred to ensure that the quoting is not escaped Figure 7 4 SQL Editor Result Grid BB Myst Workbench J bale amp Local instance MySQL5S7 x m File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help fe JsHsidl address 81 FAOD OE umow Ils Q U a Output style and types including 1 SELECT FROM sakila address visual explain and query statistics Actions affecting the Result Grid results lt m 4 address2 district Gty_id postal_code phone mn last_update 2014 09 25 22 30 27 2014 09 25 22 30 09 2014 09 25 22 30 27 2014 09 25 22 30 09 2014 09 25 22 31 53 2014 09 25 22 34 01 2014 09 25 22 31 07 gt Prva 23 Workhaven Lane cos 14033335568 1411 Lilydale Drive Ta 6172235589 1913 Hanoi Way 28303384290 1121 Loja Avenue 838635286649 692 Joliet Street 448477190408 1566 Ineg Manor 705814003527 53 Idfu Parkway 10655648674 1795 Santiago de Compostela Way 860452626434 900 Santiago de Compostela Parkway 716571220373 478 Jobet Way 657282285970 613 Korolev Drive 380657522649 1531 Sal Drive 648856936 185 1542 Tarlac Parkway 635297277345 808 Bhopal Manor 465887807014 270 Amroha Parkway 695479687533 770 Bydgo
489. rated Software This section is an incomplete but growing list of licenses and acknowledgements for third party software incorporated in the Python distribution Mersenne Twister The _random module includes code based on a download from http www math keio ac jp matumoto MT2002 emt19937ar html The following are the verbatim comments from the original code A C program for MT19937 with initialization improved 2002 1 26 Coded by Takuji Nishimura and Makoto Matsumoto Before using initialize the state by using init_genrand seed or init_by_array init_key key_length Copyright C 1997 2002 Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji Nishimura All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are mets 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 430 Python License notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDIN
490. ration file path 90 MySQL Connections Figure 5 10 Getting Started Tutorial MySQL Config File troduc Introduction Information about MySQL configuration Test DB Connection In order to manage the settings of the MySQL Server it is necessary to know where its configuration file resides The configuration file may consist of several sections each of them belonging to a different tool or server instance Hence it is also necessary to know which section belongs to the server we are managing Please specify this information below Windows Management Test Settings MySQL Server Version 3l advanced4og Review Settings MySQL Config File Path to Configuration File C ProgramData MySQL MySQL Server 5 6 my ini Check Path The config file path is valid Section of the Server Instance mysqld Click to test if your section is correct 11 Optionally enter your own commands for starting stopping and checking the MySQL connection Typically the default values are used which means leaving these optional values blank 91 MySQL Connections Figure 5 11 Getting Started Tutorial Specify Commands Introduction Specify commands to be used to manage the MySQL server Test DB Connection The values on this page comprise rather low level commands which are used to control the MySQL server instance check its status and so on l If you are unsure what these values mean leave them untouched The
491. rd Figure 6 1 Performance Dashboard B MySQL Workbench iS ees Fe Localhost x File Edt View Query Database Server Toos Sctigting Help iia HAEE ad DEO Navigator Query 1 Administration Deshbosd MANAGEMENT Dan a Server Status R amp Gent Connections Network Status MySQL Status D Users anc Priviteges Gt tor aai diy E Status and System Vanables amp Data Export amp Data ImportRestore Table Open Cache innoDa Buffer Poal disk reads a InnoDB Status Oveeview st me InnoDG utter Pool and Genermes by the InecDO stcrage engine INSTANCE 3 B startup snutcown A Server Logs 86 F Options Fite write reqs PERFORMANCE maeti 0 00 pis da ndoare 15 00 Bs amp Pettormance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Outgoing Bytes pd Redo Log InnoDB Disk Writes read reqs Efficiency p i H 6 1 KIB 42 secondsjago dats written 100 8 t 0 00 Us 758 lt 4 sending 6 42 Kills 408 258 s 3 El 3 z SELECT Ole writes 00 S INSERT CREATE O s O s UPDATE ALTER Ola Ola DELETE DROP ols Ols m Note R The Performance Dashboard was added in MySQL Workbench 6 1 0 Network Status This highlights statistics for network traffic sent and received by the MySQL server over client connections Data points include the Incoming Network Traffic Outgoing Network Traffic and Client Connections 145 MySQL Status MySQL Status This highlights the primary MySQL server
492. ree programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library
493. renamed the schema a lightning bolt icon appears right aligned in the Name field indicating that other changes are pending Click the Comments field and a dialog box opens asking if you wish to rename all schema occurrences Clicking Yes ensures that your changes are propagated throughout the application Add comments to the database and change the collation if you wish Close the schema editor by clicking the x button 8 3 4 1 Creating a New Table Create a new table by double clicking the Add Table icon in the Physical Schemata panel This opens the table editor docked at the bottom of the application If you wish you can undock or dock this editor in exactly the same way as the schema editor window 255 Using the Default Schema Figure 8 27 Model Creating A New Table oh J Add Diagram EER Diagram Vv Physical Schemas mydb MySQL Schema Tables 0 items Views 0 items Definition S Add View TINYINT 1 TINYINT 1 Routines 0 items DECIMAL 10 FLOAT Add Routine DOUBLE TINYINT 4 Routine Groups 0 items SMALLINT 6 MEDIUMINT Add Group INT 11 Schema Privileges BIGINT 20 gt INT 11 gt SQL Scripts gt Model Notes C Users philip Documents test mwb saved Initially the table name will default to table1 in the table editor The following screenshot describes several of the available actions 256 Documenting the sakila Database Figure 8 28 Model
494. rge icons The middle button displays small icons in multiple rows e The right button displays small icons in a single list The Schema Objects Panel The Physical Schemata panel has the following sections e Tables e Views e Routines e Routine Groups Each section contains the specified database objects and an icon used for creating additional objects Any database objects added to an EER diagram canvas also show up in the Physical Schemata section For information about adding objects to an EER diagram canvas see Section 8 1 2 EER Diagram Editor 8 1 1 5 The Schema Privileges Panel The Schema Privileges panel has the following sections used to create users for your schemata and to define roles Users Roles The following image displays the Schema Privileges section of the MySQL Model tab 214 Model Editor Figure 8 4 Roles and Privileges Y Schema Privileges Users 2 items a Add User pau stefan Roles 2 items Add Role admin docs Adding Roles To add a role double click the Add Role icon This creates a role with the default name role Right clicking a role opens a pop up menu with the following items e Cut role_name Cuts the role e Copy role_name Copies the role e Edit Role Opens the role editor e Edit in New Window Opens the role editor in a new editor window e Delete role_name Removes the role e Copy SQL to Clipboard Currently not implemented To ren
495. ring existing databases and then creating an EER Diagram automatically In this case relationship lines between foreign keys in the table will automatically be drawn This graphical representation makes the relationships between the tables much easier to understand However one of the most popular storage engines for MySQL MyISAM does not include support for foreign keys This means that MyISAM tables that are reverse engineered will not automatically have the relationship lines drawn between tables making the database harder to understand The plugin that will be created in this tutorial gets 379 Tutorial Writing Plugins around this problem by using the fact that a naming convention is very often used for foreign keys tablename_primarykeyname Using this convention foreign keys can automatically be created after a database is reverse engineered which will result in relationship lines being drawn in the EER diagram Algorithm The basic algorithm for this task would be as follows for each table in the schema for each column in the table look for another table whose name and primary key name match the current column name if such a table is found add a foreign key referencing it As iterating the complete table list to find a match can be slow for models with a large number of tables it is necessary to optimize by pre computing all possible foreign key names in a given schema impore grt def auto_create_fks schema fk_
496. ripting Help m Migration Task List Source Objects OVERVIEW Overview You may select the objects to be migrated in the lists below Al tables wil be migrated by default SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection E Morate Table objects Fetch Schemas List LP 7 total 7 selected Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source A E Migrate View objects OBJECT MIGRATION 6 total 0 Migration Manual Editing Migrate Routine objects Fan RE Target Creation Options Paf 3 total 0 selected Stow Saeco Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Migration The migration process now converts the selected objects into MySQL compatible objects View the logs and then proceed 310 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 10 MySQL Workbench migration Migration BN MySQL Workbench Migration Task List OVERVIEW Overmew SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Manual Editing fe Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scriptng Help M
497. rm must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of menendezpoo com nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 414 iODBC License THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE H 15 iODBC License The following software may be included in this product iODBC In accordance with the terms of the iODBC licensing scheme set forth below Oracle is hereby making the election to license iODBC under the BSD license iODBC Driver Manager Copyright C 1995 by Ke Jin
498. rmance_schemat SSdatadir peformance_schemar Sdstedir performence_schemy SOdatadir perfarmance_schemy SSdatadir peformance_schemy Sdatedirimysaql procs_priviem Odatedir pefarmence_schemy OQOodatadir mysql proxes_peiviim SSdatodir peformance_schemy Sdatedir peformence_schemy BOdatadir perfarmance_schemy SOdatadir peformance_schemy Sdatedir pefarmence_schemas SOdastedir pefarmence_schemat Podatadir peformance_schema s SSdatodir peformance_schemy Re TotaRead AvgRead Writes Total Whitten 4 990 5208 144 3332 3332 4 476 I 3 23 23 3 23 21 za 21 21 21 a 21 21 2 21 21 21 2 21 21 2 585 35 M8 29 77 M8 11 76 M8 16 27 KB 16 27K6 153 53K8 233K 18 24KB8 12 27KB anke 1259K 10 53K6 9 KB 253KB 3 57K8 365KB 507KB 7 46 KB 4 6K 7 49 KB 134KB 1233K8 12 33K8 LKB 7 21 K6 3 13KB 343KB Export YES to enable all available Performance Schema instruments 398 Ks S 15KB 3651 K8 I5bytes JSbytes 517bytes 104bdytes SS7bytes S bytes 136 bytes 60 bytes Sidbytes 473 bytes 126 bytes 1 4bytes 173 bytes 247 bytes M4 bytes 213 bytes BS bytes 655 bytes ibytes 0l bytes 118 bytes 3S2bytes isa bytes 167 bytes es e009 00900000000000000N Avg Writ Total 7idbytes Obytes Obytes 3S bytes 35 bytes 147 KB Obytes Obytes bytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obyies Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Ob
499. rver is listening the default is 3306 Username User name to use for the connection Password Optional password for the account used If you enter no password here you will be prompted to enter the password when MySQL Workbench attempts to establish the connection MySQL Workbench can store the password in a vault see The Password Storage Vault Default Schema When the connection to the server is established this is the schema that will be used by default It becomes the default schema for use in other parts of MySQL Workbench Advanced tab More parameters can be set for the connection by using the Advanced tab Figure 5 16 Standard TCP IP Connection Advanced Tab MySQL Connections Connection Name Local instance MySQL56_1 Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Connection Method Beltllei idysi9 v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters ssl Advanced Hostname localhost Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username foot Name of the user to connect with Password store in Vault dear The user s password Will be requested later if its not set Default Schema The schema to use as default schema Leave blank to select it 97 MySQL Connections The Advanced tab includes these check boxes e Use compression protocol If checked the communication betwe
500. s for the destination MySQL server you can have it in the same local machine or elsewhere in your network Preparing a Microsoft Access Database for Migration Microsoft Access stores relationship foreign key information in an internal table called MSysRelationships That table is protected against read access even to the Admin user so if you try to migrate without opening up access to it then you will get an error like this 42000 Microsoft ODBC Microsoft Access Driver Record s cannot be read no read permission on msysobjects 324 Preparing a Microsoft Access Database for Migration The steps to grant read access to the Admin are explained below Note E The screenshots in this documentation use Microsoft Access 2007 e Open up database in Microsoft Access Under the Database Tools menu click the Visual Basic macro button to open the Visual Basic VB console Figure 9 21 Locating the Visual Basic Macro Database Tool aANT Er G aa B Desktop Northwind 2007 sample database Database Access 2007 Microsoft Database Tools Property Sheet pa Switchboard Manager Object Dependencies G Encrypt with Password Relationships Linked Table _ Message Bar Manager fam Add ins Database To To confirm that you re logged in as the Admin user locate the Immediate panel and type the CurrentUser and press Enter This should output Admin under CurrentUser in the panel e Also in th
501. s so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non
502. s Window o daenna e baleen vee ns A ln eae baa vee aS bees 166 FAS SOL Snippets tabi vie aaa ae aaa eee in ala net 168 7 1 6 Context Sensitive Help ccc ee cece cece cece e etter seer seca aaa ee sees ee aeaaaaeeeeeeeeseaaaaaaeeeseeeeeeaaa 170 FA 3f OUIDUt AISTOry Panelas iaeaea na od a a coca da de a aia 171 7 1 8 Table Data Search Panel 00 ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeee ee ee aaa eeeeeeee ee aaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaeeeeeeeeeeaeaaea 173 71 9 Exp rta Result Set rra ei eea eoa e ee an ae aaa ar aa euna asap dase tna a maa eia te aaa cl 174 LIAO Tutorial Adding Dala siaredid iied id AiE NEEE AIEE AREAN 175 7 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor onseeeeenenneeeeene te nessssssnerrrerressntnrtnrrosssntnntnrnerastsunernnenasnsnnnn 179 7 1 12 Code Generation Overview sesssssssessssssssrrrrsrersstsrrtttrerssttnntrrttraetsnttnretressnennnenneesnnnn 188 7 2 Object Management s ragiona pra taa eaka eae iaa Kaa aaa ede ad Sh ls aaa CENA Ea adima ila 193 7 2 1 Object Browser and Editor Navigator ccceceeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaaaneeeeeees 193 7 2 2 Session and Object Information Panel cccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae eaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeneeeeeeeeeaeaaea 196 7 2 3 Schema and Table Inspector cece cece ce neeeeeeeeeeeee ee ae aa eeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeseaaaaeeneeeeeeeeeaea 197 A set of visual tools to create edit and manage SQL queries database connections and objects 7 1 Visua
503. s an equivalent in the live database Further friends exists in the live database but it is not in the model By default the actions will synchronize the database with the model so in this example the educational table will be added to the source and the friends table will be removed from the source As described in the GUI double clicking the arrows will alternate between the Update Model Ignore and Update Source actions You may also select a row and click one of the three action buttons Also note that clicking on a row will reveal the associated SQL statement as shown in the screenshot above The next example shows how the direction of synchronization can be changed 279 Database Synchronization Figure 8 51 Controlling Synchronization Direction Synchronize Model with Database OY Connection Options Model and Database Differences Connect to DBMS Select Schemata Double dick arrows in the list to choose whether to ignore changes update the model with database changes or Pere re vice versa You can also apply an action to multiple selected rows temieve jects Model Source v 3 dvd_collection dvd_collection movies movies shows shows educational N A a lt i Tc Select Changes to Apply Update Source CES C In this case the synchronization direction has been changed so that rather than the default action of friends being dropped from the live database it will be incorporated in
504. s and stored functions into one logical object called a Routine Routine Groups are used to group routines that are related You can decide how many Routine Groups you want to create and you can use the Routine Group Editor to assign specific routines to a group using a drag and drop interface When designing an EER Diagram you can place the Routine Groups on the canvas by dragging them from the Catalog Palette Placing individual routines on the diagram is not permitted as it would clutter the canvas 8 1 6 1 Routines Adding Routines to the Physical Schemata To add a routine double click the Add Routine icon in the Physical Schemata section of the MySQL Model page The default name of the routine is rout inel1 If a routine with this name already exists the new routine is named routine2 Adding a new routine automatically opens the routine editor docked at the bottom of the application For information about using the routine editor see The Routine Editor Right clicking a routine opens a pop up menu with the following items e Rename e Cut routine_name e Copy routine_name e Paste e Edit Routine e Edit in New Window e Copy SQL to Clipboard Delete rout ine_name The Edit Routine item opens the routine editor The cut and paste items are useful for copying routines between different schemata Note R Deleting the code for a routine from the Routines tab of the Routine Group Editor results in removal of t
505. s in set 6 46 sec inysql gt 6 You can also use MySQL Workbench to perform a similar check Close the MyFirstConnection tab or MySQL Workbench and then open the MyFirstConnection connection from the home page Execute USE dvd_collection SELECT FROM movies to display the newly entered data 178 The MySQL Table Editor In this section of the tutorial you have learned how to add data to your database and also how to execute SQL statements using MySQL Workbench For additional information about the SQL editor see Section 7 1 Visual SQL Editor 7 1 11 The MySQL Table Editor The MySQL Table Editor is a component that enables the creation and modification of tables You can add or modify a table s columns or indexes change the engine add foreign keys or alter the table s name The MySQL Table Editor can be accessed in several ways and most commonly by right clicking on a table name within the Object Viewer and choosing ALTER TABLE This will open a new tab within the main SQL Editor window You can also access the MySQL Table Editor from an EER Diagram by double clicking a table object 7 1 11 1 The Main Editor Window Any number of tables may be edited in the MySQL Table Editor at any one time Adding another table creates a new tab at the top of the editor By default the MySQL Table Editor appears docked at the top of the table editor tab within the SQL editor The MySQL Table Editor is shown o
506. s needed to assess monitor and kill any uf grants rights to create userslogins and reset pat fights to manage logins and grant and revoke s minimum set of rights needed to monitor servet grants full rights on all databases rights to create and reverse engineer any datab rights needed to setup and manage replication minimal rights needed to backup any database custom role Global Privileges ALTER ALTER ROUTINE CREATE CREATE ROUTINE CREATE TABLESPACE CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES CREATE USER CREATE VIEW DELETE DROP EVENT DEUTE FILE GRANT OPTION INDEX INSERT LOCK TABLES PROCESS REFERENCES RELOAD Schema Privileges Additional schema privileges that the account can use For example the standard mysqibackup user has CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES on the mysql schema 117 Server Status Figure 5 35 Navigator Management User And Privileges Schema Privileges File Edt View Query Databose Server Tools Scripting Help Hho dA eae Administration Users and Privil MANAGEMENT MyFestComed won Server Status U d i amp Cent Connections sers an vileges QD Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables ss r User From Host amp Data Export t general localhost oor mysqibackup localhost Schema Privileges sql INSTANCE root localhost mysq B startup Shutdown Se Schema and Host fields may use and _ wildcards S a nie The server wi match specific entries before widcarded ones jons
507. s on the vertical toolbar of an EER Diagram This section deals with adding a foreign key using the foreign key tools To add a foreign key using the table editor see Section 7 1 11 4 The Foreign Keys Tab The graphical tools for adding foreign keys are most effective when you are building tables from the ground up If you have imported a database using an SQL script and need not add columns to your tables you may find it more effective to define foreign keys using the table editor 8 1 4 1 Adding Foreign Key Relationships Using an EER Diagram The vertical toolbar on the left side of an EER Diagram has six foreign key tools one to one non identifying relationship one to many non identifying relationship one to one identifying relationship one to many identifying relationship many to many identifying relationship Place a Relationship Using Existing Columns An identifying relationship is one where the child table cannot be uniquely identified without its parent Typically this occurs where an intermediary table is created to resolve a many to many relationship In such cases the primary key is usually a composite key made up of the primary keys from the two original tables An identifying relationship is indicated by a solid line between the tables and a nonidentifying relationship is indicated by a broken line Create or drag and drop the tables that you wish to connect Ensure that there is a primary key in the tab
508. s to select the appropriate schema and color accent for the new routine group Make sure that you associate the new routine group with a database The color of your routine group can be changed later using the Properties palette Create a routine group by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new routine group with the default name rout ines1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar 233 Creating Layers Right clicking a routine group opens a pop up menu With the exception of the delete option and rename options these menu options function as described in Adding Routine Groups to the Physical Schemata There is no rename option and the behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences The Routine Group Editor To invoke the routine group editor double click a routine group object on the EER Diagram canvas or double click a routine group in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the routine group editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the title bar undocks the editor Do the same to redock it Any number of routine groups may be open at the same time Each additional routine group appears as a tab at the top of the routine editor Routine group and Privileges tabs appear at the bottom of the routine editor
509. schemas wil be retrieved from the source RDEMS The account used for the connection wil need to have appropriate privileges for listing and reading the schemas you want to migrate Target RDEMS connection settings wil also be checked for validity Y Connect to source DBMS Check target DBMS connection Retrieve schema list from source Finished performing tasks Cic Next gt to continue Message Log Check target DBMS connection Connecting to target Connecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 Commecting to Mysql 127 0 0 1 3305 Connected Check target DBMS connection done Retrieve schema list from source Fetching schema names from AdventurelWorks Schemata Selection Choose the schemata you want to migrate Schema Name Mapping Method options while migrating Microsoft SQL Server e Keep schemata as they are Catalog Schema Table gt Schema Table This will create multiple databases one per schema e Only one schema Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Table Merges each schema into a single database Only one schema keep current schema names as a prefix Catalog Schema Table gt Catalog Schema_table Preserves the schema name as a prefix 307 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 7 MySQL Workbench migration Schemata Selection E 9501 Workbench K Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Schemas Selection OVERVIEW
510. se if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference 410 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code an
511. see the execution logs Select Objects Connect to DBMS Execute Forward Engineered Script Review SQL Script Commit Progress Read Back Changes Made by Server Save Synchronization State Forward Engineer Finished Successfully You can confirm that the script created the schema by connecting to the target MySQL server and issuing a SHOW DATABASES statement 8 4 2 Reverse Engineering With MySQL Workbench you can reverse engineer a database using a MySQL create script or you can connect to a live MySQL server and import a single database or a number of databases All versions of MySQL Workbench can reverse engineer using a MySQL DDL script Only commercial versions of MySQL Workbench can reverse engineer a database directly from a MySQL server 8 4 2 1 Reverse Engineering Using a Create Script To reverse engineer using a create script choose the File Import Reverse Engineer MySQL Create Script menu item for a model Tables views routines routine groups indexes keys and constraints can be imported from an SQL script file Objects imported using an SQL script can be manipulated within MySQL Workbench the same as other objects 268 Reverse Engineering Figure 8 40 Reverse Engineer SQL Script Input Reverse Engineer SQL Seript Input and Options Input and Options Select the script containing the schemata to reverse engineer Select SQL script file C Users philip Desktop cd_collection sq
512. select BQQRTIE 20 SELECT payment vE sakla 3 FROM payment customer v Tables 4 WHERE customer customer_id payment customer_id gt I actor 5 AND customer customer_id customer_id_to_select gt I address 6 SELECT rental 7 FROM rental customer gt R category 8 WHERE customer customer_id rental customer_id gt I city 9 AND customer customer_id customer_id_to_select gt F country 10 SELECT customer drl z a _ pe tomer_id tomer_id_to_select gt i film Select Rows Limit 1000 customer customer_id customer_1td_to_ gt filmact Copy to Clipboard gt i fi Send to SQL Editor Name short gt a a _tex Name long gt i inventory Create Table Select All Statement gt languag Create Table Like gt Insert Statement gt paymen Alter Table Update Statement gt F rental Table Maintenance Delete Statement gt E staff fl Drop Table Create Statement Object Info Truncate Table Join Selected Tables Table customer Search Table Data Delete with References cokers Select Row References customer id s Refresh All T store_id G aa first name varchar 45 last_name varchar 45 email varchar S0 address _id smallint S UN active tinyint 1 create_date datetime last update timestamp 100 1 13 1error found Table templates Define templates of tables with commonly used columns to be used to create new tables in a live connection or in an EER model
513. sitive Help Schema Inspector New Schema Inspector feature allows you to browse general information from schema objects For tables it s also possible to perform maintenance tasks such as ANALYZE OPTIMIZE CHECK and CHECKSUM TABLE To access the inspector right click a schema and select the Schema Inspector 32 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 33 Schema Inspector Columns indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures functions Events Row Format Rows Avg Row Length Data Length i Compact 81 16384 Compact 135 81920 Compact 1024 16384 Compact 81 49152 Compact 150 Compact Compact Compact Compact Dynamic InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact InnoDB Compact And choosing Maintenance for a table 33 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Figure 1 34 Schema Inspector Maintenance e098 MySQL Workbench indexes Triggers Views Stored Procedures functions Events Q Filter objects z TE erer Table Maintenance Operations nnoDB gt Dp Tables InnoDB Select tables and click the operation you want to perform gt PP Views NOTE Some commands may require locking tables until completion Bp Stored Procedures H category InnoDB which may take a long time for large tables h Functions Deity InnoDB ua T country InnoDB Analyze Table E customer KOS Analyzes and stores the key distribution for a table H film InnoDB During the analysis the table is locked with
514. sociated documentation files the Font Software to reproduce and distribute the Font Software including without limitation the rights to use copy merge publish distribute and or sell copies of the Font Software and to permit persons to whom the Font Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 4 he above copyright and trademark notices and this permission notice shall be included in all copies of one or more of the Font Software typefaces he Font Software may be modified altered or added o and in particular the designs of glyphs or characters n the Fonts may be modified and additional glyphs or haracters may be added to the Fonts only if the fonts re renamed to names not containing either the words Bitstream or the word Vera Oy Oo IEP fer isl This License becomes null and void to the extent applicable to Fonts or Font Software that has been modified and is distributed under the Bitstream Vera names The Font Software may be sold as part of a larger software package but no copy of one or more of the Font Software typefaces may be sold by itself THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT Ola COMP NAILS 5 PATENT TRADEMARK OR OTHER RLGHT DN NO EVENT SHALL BITSTREAM OR THE GNOME FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM
515. stall this program you may delete Libcairo dll or ibeairo 2 dylib and libpixman 1 0 dylib from the installation directory or uninstall MySQL Workbench completely This component is licensed under Section H 13 GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2 1 February 1999 H 6 CTemplate Google Template System License The following software may be included in this product CTemplate Google Template System Copy eichien c mZ00 gt saGcoog lemince All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 399 cURL libcurl License Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of Google Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRI
516. stem Location Linux usr bin wbcopytables OS X Applications MySQLWorkbench app Contents MacOS wbcopytables 140 Connection Parameters Operating System Location Windows C Program Files x86 MySQL MySQL Workbench 6 2 wbcopytables exe Connection Parameters Options for the source connection are odbc source ODBC_connect ion_string The syntax of the ODBC connection string uses standard ODBC syntax You can also use a ODBC data source name DSN mysql source MySQL_connection_string Use for MySQL sources when doing a MySQL to MySQL migration copy It uses the same syntax as the MySQL Utilities e For TCP IP connections username password host port e For local socket connections username password socket_path You can pass the connection password by using the source password option For the target connection the option is target MySOL_connection_string You can use the passwords from stdin option to pass a passwords through STDIN Source and target passwords must be separated by a tab character You can use ODBC specific data source options from the source RDBMS to specify the number of rows to fetch at a time for the source SELECT statement Table Specification One or more tables can be specified in the command line for the copy operation There are two copy types e Full table copy table e Range copy table rang Both table copy types require a set of common argu
517. stration Data Export x Local instance MySQLS7 Data Export Object Selecton Export Progress Tables to Export H g sakila l B sys 3 world Schema Objects p ector E actor_info m address category a city m country customer al customer_list m film m film_actor film_category c film_list Refresh 23 tables selected Objects to Export E Dump Stored Procedures and Functions Export Options Export to Dump Project Folder Export to Self Contained File Dump Structure and Dat Select Views Select Tables Unselect All V Dump Events E Dump Triggers C Users pholson Documents dumps Dump 20 141215 6 C Users pholson Documents dumps Dump20 141215 sq All selected database objects will be exported into a single self contained file E Create Dump in a Single Transaction self contained file only Press Start Export to start E Indude Create Schema Optionally open the Advanced Options tab that allows you to refine the export operation For example add table locks use replace instead of insert statements quote identifiers with backtick characters and more 122 Data Export Figure 5 41 Navigator Management Data Export Advanced Options File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help QS oe 38s a Navigator Adn n MANAGEMENT uia 57 Server status amp Client Connections Data Export DX Users an
518. szcz Avenue 517338314235 Spatial View available as of MySQL 5 7 2014 09 25 22 34 11 2014 09 25 22 32 22 2014 09 25 22 32 29 2014 09 25 22 31 35 2014 09 25 22 31 53 2014 09 25 22 31 30 2014 09 25 22 33 27 2014 09 25 22 33 47 SEE EEE EE EEE EE EEE 1 address 1 x The result grid navigation panel offers the following options e Reset Resets all sorted columns Refresh Refreshes all data by re executing the original statement e Filter Rows performs a case insensitive search of all cells It automatically refreshes and there is also the refresh button to perform this action manually Edit Current Row Edit the current row Add New Row Adds a new empty row and highlights it in edit mode Click Apply to execute and review the insert row query e Delete Selected Rows Deletes the selected rows Click Apply execute and review the delete query e Export Writes a result set to a CSV HTML JSON SQL INSERT Excel XML or Tab separated file as required Note R This exports a result set To export an entire table or schema see Data Export 167 SQL Snippets tab Import Import records from an external CSV file Wrap Cell Content If the contents of a cell exceeds the cell width then the data will be cut off with an ellipses This option will instead wrap the contents within the cell and adjust the cell height accordingly E shared snippets Using Snippets Note The Refresh bu
519. t gt to execute SOURCE amp TARGET Data Copy Source Selection Target Selection V Online copy of table data to target RDBMS Fetch Schemas List E Create a batch fie to copy the data at another tme Schemas Selection Batch Fle C WUsers phiip Pesktop kopy_migrated_tables cnd Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Options Migration Manual Editing Truncate target tables fe delete contents before copying data 2 emt tel ae calc DE E e Saes Create Schemas Defaut value 2 Create Target Results Enable debug output for table copy DATA MIGRATION Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Source DBMS connection is OK Bulk Data Transfer And now the data is transferred to the target RDBMS Optionally view the logs to confirm 318 A visual guide to performing a database migration Figure 9 18 MySQL Workbench migration Bulk Data Transfer tt Migration x File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Bulk Data Transfer OVERVIEW Overview The following tasks wil now be performed Please monitor the execution SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Prepare information for deta copy Target Selection Create shell script for date copy Fetch Schemas List D Determine number of rows to copy Schemas Selection YD Copy data to target RDEMS Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Cre
520. t levels of granularity and from different subsystems from network to disk storage and keep them in the performance _schema events_ tables PERFORMANCE Dashboard E Pertormance Reports A Performance Schema Setup User User User Instruments events_stages tabies Management Behan lr ut Da D8 Da Information object object object No object selected Configuring Performance Schema To control the trade off between data collected and overhead the performance schema gives you a few fine grained configuration options You can configure what when and how much wil be instrumented by the Performance Schema by tweaking three option categories Actors filters the users hosts and DB objects to collect data for the performance_schema This was introduced in MySQL 5 6 Instruments alow fine tuning of what kind of stats are gathered for whatever is being monitored Consumers toggle which of the performance_schems event_ tables should be filled You can also use the simpbfied configuration interface for one lt lick setup of the performance schema for some common use cases Ge Bet Tabs C Object info 148 Performance Report Descriptions Performance Report Descriptions Figure 6 4 Performance Reports Top I 0 By Bytes File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Hho dalea a Navigator Query 1 Adrinistration Performance Re MANAGEMENT o
521. t value type string key name gt Fixed Size Font lt value gt lt value type string key previewImageFileName gt preview_basic png lt value gt lt value type String key styleTagValue gt fixed lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value type String key mainFileName gt custom_report txt lt value gt lt value gt lt data gt Create the new template file This too may best be achieved depending on your requirements by editing an existing template In this example the template file report txt tp1 is shown here Total number of Schemata SCHEMA_COUNT SCHEMATA SCHEMA_NR Schema SCHEMA NAME Tables TABLE_COUNT TABLES TABLE_NR_FMT Table TABLE_NAME COLUMNS_LISTING Columns Key Column Name Datatype Not Null Default Comment COLUMNS COLUMN_KEY COLUMN_NAME COLUMN_DATATYPE COLUMN_NOTNULL COLUMN_DEFAULTVALUE COLUMN_COMMENT COLUMNS COLUMNS_LISTING INDICES_LISTING Indices Index Name Columns Primary Unique Type Kind Comment INDICES INDEX_NAME INDICES_COLUMNS INDEX_COLUMN_NAME INDEX_COLUMN_ORDER INDEX_COLUMN_COMMENT INDICES_COLUMNS INDEX_PRIMARY INDEX_UNIQUE INDEX_TYPE INDEX_KIND INDEX_COMMENT INDICES INDICES_LISTING REL_LISTING Relationships Relationship Name Relationship Ty
522. ta Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup shutdown A Server Logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard Gh Pitoni tenets Performance Schema E Performance Schema Setup Management Ba urG Fully Enabled Information Custom Server Default Disabled The MySQL Performance Schema allows to instrument MySQL to collect statistics and performance data log collected events into tables so they can be analyzed Use the switch above to change Performance Schema instrumentation or disable it Ful Reset to Factory Defaults Object Info Clicking Show Advanced provides methods to fine tune the Performance Schema instrumentation 147 Installation and Configuration Figure 6 3 Performance Schema Setup Introduction E We File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help aad gaam Fal we Navigator Administration Pe MANAGEMENT Serer Status ge Client Connections L Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data import Restore ON Pafo Performance Schema Setup Hide Advanced sy Setup Introduction instruments Consumers Actors amp Objects Threads Options Performance Schema Basics INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs Options File server For each statement executed the PS instruments will gather various statistics and timing information in differen
523. table a solid line is used for the connector between the two tables After mousing over a relationship for a second a yellow box is displayed that provides additional information Figure 8 11 The Relationship Connector film v film_actor v fim _id SMALLINT 5 actor_id SMALLINT 5 gt title VARCHAR 255 film_id SMALLINT 5 description TEXT last_update TIMESTAMP release_year YEAR flm_actor Vv filmid language_id TINYINT 3 lt references gt original _Janguage_id TINYINT 3 fap rentd_duration TINYINT 3 on update CASCADE on ddete renta _rate DECIMAL 4 2 gt length SMALLINT 5 replacement_cost DECIMAL 5 2 rating ENUM gt special _features SET ast_update TIMEST AMP v PRIMARY ALE idx_title idx_fk_language_id idx_fk_original_language_id gt If the placement of a connection s caption is not suitable you can change its position by dragging it to a different location If you have set a secondary caption its position can also be changed For more information about secondary captions see Section 8 1 4 3 Connection Properties Where the notation style permits Classic for example the cardinality indicators can also be repositioned The relationship notation style in Figure 8 11 The Relationship Connector is the default crow s foot You can change this if you are using a commercial version of MySQL Workbench For more information see The R
524. tables and then press Control Delete 252 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script Experiment with the other tools on the vertical toolbar Delete a relationship by selecting the eraser tool and clicking the line joining two tables Create a view add a text object or add a layer Save your changes to a MySQL Workbench Models file mwb extension by choosing Save from the Eile menu or by using the keyboard command Control S 8 3 3 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script For this tutorial use the sakila database script which you can find by visiting the http dev mysql com doc page selecting the Other Docs tab and looking inthe Example Databases section After downloading the file extract it to a convenient location Open MySQL Workbench and find the Reverse Engineer MySQL Create Script menu item by first choosing File and then Import Find and import the sakila schema sq file This is the script that contains the data definition statements for the sakila database The file filter for the file open dialog window defaults to sqi so you should be able to view only files with the sq1 extension If the file was successfully imported the application s status bar reads Import MySQL Create Script done To view the newly imported script expand the Physical Schemata section by double clicking the arrow on the left of the Physical Schemata title bar Select the tab labeled sakila You may also wish to remove the default schema
525. the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
526. the appropriate schema and color accent for the new view Make sure that you associate the new view with a database The color of your view can be changed using the Properties palette Create a view by clicking anywhere on the EER Diagram canvas This creates a new view with the default name view1 To revert to the default mouse pointer click the arrow icon at the top of the vertical toolbar Right clicking a view opens a pop up menu With the exception of the delete item these menu items function as described in Section 8 1 5 1 Adding Views to the Physical Schemata The behavior of the delete option is determined by your MySQL Workbench options settings For more information see Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences 8 1 5 3 The View Editor To invoke the view editor double click a view object on the EER Diagram canvas or double click a view in the Physical Schemata section on the MySQL Model page This opens the view editor docked at the bottom of the application Double clicking the title bar undocks the editor Do the same to redock it Any number of views may be open at the same time Each additional view appears as a tab at the top of the view editor There are three tabs at the bottom of the view editor View Comments and Privileges Navigate between different tabs using the mouse or from the keyboard by pressing Control Alt Tab The View Tab Use the View tab to perform the following tasks Rename the view using the N
527. the same options discussed in Standard TCP IP Connection Method except there is not the Use compression protocol option SSL These are the same options discussed in Standard TCP IP Connection Method Standard TCP IP over SSH Connection Method This connection method enables MySQL Workbench to connect to MySQL Server using TCP IP over an SSH connection Parameters In addition to a number of parameters that are in common with Standard TCP IP connections this connection method features a number of specialized parameters These are listed here e SSH Hostname This is the name of the SSH server An optional port number can also be provided For example localhost 22 SSH Username This is the name of the SSH user name to connect with e SSH Password The SSH password It is recommended that an SSH key file is also used SSH Key File A path to the SSH key file 99 MySQL Connections If a remote host is missing from the system s list of known hosts a prompt requires you to confirm the host s fingerprint before storing it If your stored host fingerprint is different than the host s current fingerprint then an error is generated and you will be required to handle the discrepancy from outside of MySQL Workbench before creating the connection Prior to MySQL Workbench 6 1 6 the host SSH fingerprint was not saved by MySQL Workbench On Linux and OS X SSH host fingerprints are stored in ssh known_hosts On Microsoft Windows
528. them from the Catalog panel dropping them onto the canvas Drop the address table and the city table onto the canvas 253 Importing a Data Definition SQL Script Figure 8 24 Adding Tables to the Canvas address_id SMALLINT 5 address VARCHAR 50 city_id SMALLINT 5 address2 VARCHAR 50 H city VARCHAR 50 district VARCHAR 20 p country_id SMALLINT 5 city_id SMALLINT 5 last_update TIMESTAMP 4 posta _code VARCHAR 10 gt phone VARCHAR 20 last_update TIMESTAMP gt S T MySQL Workbench automatically discovers that address city_id has been defined as a foreign key referencing the city city_id field Drop the count ry table onto the canvas and immediately you should see the relationship between the country table and the city table To view all the relationships in the sakila database see Figure 8 29 The sakila Database EER Diagram Click the Properties tab of the panel on the lower left then click one of the tables on the canvas This displays the properties of the table in the Properties window While a table is selected you can use the Properties window to change a table s properties For example entering FF0000 for the color value will change the color accent to red Figure 8 25 Viewing The Properties Properties Editor Name Value color E 98BFDA expanded True height 228 indicesExpanded False left 623 locked False manualSizing False name ad
529. then you will be prompted for the password when the connection is established by MySQL Workbench Server itself It is not the same as the connection used to connect to a server for Note E This connection is to enable remote administration and configuration of the MySQL general database manipulation to start or stop the server or edit its configuration file Other administrative functions Note E You must use an SSH connection type when managing a remote server if you wish do not require an SSH connection Windows Management 103 MySQL Connections If a Windows server is used then the Windows configuration parameters must be set Windows management requires a user account with the required privileges to query the system status and to control services And read write access to the configuration file is needed to allow editing of the file Test Settings On the next page your settings are tested and the wizard reports back the results after attempting to connect to the server If an error occurs you are directed to view the logs which can be done by clicking the Show Logs button MySQL Workbench must know where the MySQL Server configuration file is located to be able to display configuration information The wizard is able to determine the most likely location of the configuration file based on the selection made on the Operating System page of the wizard However it is possible to test that this information is correct by
530. this product libintl Copyright C 1994 X Consortium Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in he Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to se copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of he Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so ubject to the following conditions OY Geis je The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium FSF changes to this file are in the public domain Copyright 1996 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc Taken from GNU libtool 2001 Originally by Gordon Matzig
531. tifications Tabs The Workbench Scripting Shell features the Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications tabs in addition to the main Shell tab The Files Tab Lists folders and files for user defined custom script files The categories are User Scripts User Modules and User Libraries 374 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs Figure C 3 The Workbench Scripting Shell tab Files v User Scripts gt foo py gt myplugin_grt py UserModules UserLibraries Globals Classes Modules Notifications By default scripts are stored in the scripts folder of your MySQL Workbench configuration folder These default locations are Table C 3 Default Scripts Location Operating System Default scripts path Linux mysql workbench scripts OS X Library Application Support MySQL Workbench scripts Windows 7 C Users user AppData Roaming MySQL Workbench scripts The Globals Tab 375 The Files Globals Classes Modules and Notifications Tabs At the top of the window is a list that is used to select the starting point or root of the GRT Globals tree displayed beneath it By default this starting point is the root of the tree that is You can expand or collapse the GRT Globals tree as desired The GRT Globals tree is the structure in which MySQL Workbench stores document data Clicking any item results in its name and value being displayed in th
532. tine Groups Add Group iy Film i Resources Flags gt Schema Privileges v SQL Scripts SQL Gh Add Script script gt Model Notes script Script uw Q if 2 Synchronization Do not include Forward Engineering Bottom of script mer 100 3 1 1 Content Cancel Client Connections and Metadata locks The Client Connections management window has a new Show Details window This window s three tabs are e Details connection details such as Process ID Type User Host Instrumented and additional information e Locks MySQL uses metadata locking to manage access to objects such as tables and triggers Sometimes a query might be blocked while being manipulated by another connection from another user The Locks feature utilizes these MySQL metadata locks MDL to show the locked connections that are blocked or being waiting on and shows information about the locks what they are waiting for and what they hold 10 New in MySQL Workbench 6 2 Figure 1 10 Metadata Locks Browser Query 1 rg Administration Client Connections X Local instance 3306 Client Connections Threads Connected 6 Threads Running 2 Threads Created 6 Threads Cached 0 Rejected over limit 0 Total Connections 11 Connection Limit 1100 Aborted Clients 0 Aborted Connections 3 Errors 0 O Time State Thread Id Type Name Pa Details aia 235 None 23 FOREGRO thread sq 0 Sending
533. tion The database connection information is being tested This might take a few moments depending on your network connection Open Database Connection Server Version 5 6 14 enterprise commercial advanced4og Server OS unknown Database connection tested successfully Message Log Connecting to MySQL server Connected MySQL server version is 5 6 14 enterprise commercal advancedtog MySQL server architecture is x86_64 MySQL server OS is win64 Toggle the Show Logs to view additional details about the tested connection then click Next 6 Optionally you may configure a method for remote management if a Remote Host was specified Setting these options enables MySQL Workbench to determine the location of configuration files and the correct start and stop commands to use for the connection SSH login based management and Native Windows remote management types are available The Operating System and MySQL Installation Type are configured for the SSH login variant We are creating a local MySQL connection in this tutorial so are skipping the Management and OS and SSH Configuration options as they are used for configuring a remote MySQL connection 7 On Microsoft Windows select the appropriate MySQL service for the MySQL connection 87 MySQL Connections Figure 5 7 Getting Started Tutorial Windows Management Introducti ia Set Windows configuration parameters for this machine Test DB Connection
534. tion opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql dient_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 sql THD LOCK_thd_data io socket sql client_connection bind ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 Type io socket jo socket ssynch mutex jo socket io socket io socket sql client_connection send 113 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket io socket sql client_connection recv 4 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection recv 173 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection send 11 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql select idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql set_option idle idle sql selec idle idle sql change_db idle idle io socket io socket io socket io socket jo socket io socket idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt v sql set_option stmt
535. tion Open_tables General Opened _files Handler Opened_table_ INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown Ay Sener Logs Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Pertormance Reports O Performance Schema Setup The number of rows waiting to be written ir The number of files that are open The number of streams that are open used The number of frm files in the table cache The number of tables that are open The number of files that have been opened The number of frm files that have been cac InnoD8 Buffer pool InnoDB Data InnoDB General InnoDB Rats Keycache The number of tables that have been opens The current number of prepared statements The number of statements executed by the The number of statements that clients have The number of joins that perform table scar Networking Errors Networking Stats Performance Performance schema Select_scan Query cache Slow_queries Replication Sort_merge _passes Management SSL Sort_range Threading Sort_rows Othe Sort_scan Table_locks_immediate The number of times that a table lock was ustom Table Jocks waited The number of times that a table lock could m Al Copy Global Status and Variables to Clipboard Copy Selected to Clipboard Refresh ect_full_range_join Select_range Select_range_check The number of joins that used a range sear The number of joins thatused ranges on th The number of joins without keys that chedi The number of joins that did a full scan of t
536. tive only when an EER Diagram tab is selected The Similar Figures and the Connected Figures menu items are disabled if no object is currently selected on an EER diagram When multiple objects have been selected using one of these menu items you can navigate between selected items by choosing the Go to Next Selected or Go to previous Selected menu item Selecting objects changes some of the Edit menu items If only one object is selected that object s name appears after the Cut Copy and Delete menu items If more than one object is selected these menu items show the number of objects selected Find Dialog Window Each MySQL Workbench window includes search functionality The Find panel with Find amp Replace enabled is shown below Figure 8 2 The Find Panel with Find amp Replace File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help She dH we Bel ROl BlS OBI traro 00m R S Q FT Find M ake al String Matching SELECT FROM world city Regular Expression van Tables Ignore Case gt E cty Match Whole Words gt country Wrap Around gt countrylanguage BR views Recent Searches BR stored Procedures Functions a i i fe G Wrap Cel Content FA Fetch ro Clear Recent Searches f Management Information oon nue WH m BEGCEECEEEC EE RRR 205 Model Editor Find options The Find dialogue options are described below String Matching default
537. to combine Python with other software that is released under the GPL the others don t 2 According to Richard Stallman 1 6 1 is not GPL compatible because its license has a choice of law clause According to CNRI however Stallman s lawyer has told CNRI s lawyer that 1 6 1 is not incompatible with the GPL Thanks to the many outside volunteers who have worked under Guido s direction to make these releases possible B TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ACCESSING OR OTHERWISE USING PYTHON PYTHON SOFTWARE FOUNDATION LICENSE VERSION 2 1 This LICENSE AGREEMENT is between the Python Software Foundation PSF and the Individual or Organization Licensee accessing and otherwise using this software Python in source or binary form and its associated documentation 2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this License Agreement PSF hereby grants Licensee a nonexclusive royalty free world wide license to reproduce analyze test perform and or display publicly prepare derivative works distribute and otherwise use Python alone or in any derivative version provided however that PSF s License Agreement and PSF s notice of copyright i e Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved are retained in Python alone or in any derivative version prepared by Licensee 3 In the event Licensee prepares a derivative work that is based on or incorporates Python or any part thereof
538. to store in history in bytes Queries that exceed this size will not be saved in the history when executed The default is 65536 bytes and setting to 0 means there is no limit all queries will be saved e Continue on SQL Script Error Should an error occur while executing a script this option causes execution to continue for the remainder of the script Leave autocommit mode enabled by default Toggles the default autocommit mode for connections When enabled each statement will be committed immediately E Note All query tabs in the same connection share the same transaction To have independent transactions you must open a new connection e Progress status update interval When executing long running queries over a slow connection you may need to increase this value to prevent excess load on the connection Defaults to 500 milliseconds SELECT Query Results 65 Administration Preferences Limit Rows Queries can sometimes return an excessive number of rows which can heavily load the connection and take time to display in MySQL Workbench To prevent this you can set a more moderate value here This limit is defined by the Limit Rows Count option Limit Rows Count Specify the maximum number of result rows to return Defaults to 1000 Max Field Value Length to Display To avoid display problems due to excessive field length it is possible to set the maximum field length to display in bytes Defaults to 256
539. to the MySQL Workbench model As before educational table will be added to the live source database The three actions available actions are e Update Model Causes the selected changes to be applied to the model from the live database Ignore Causes the changes to be ignored No synchronization will take place for those changes This is designated with a double arrow that is crossed out e Update Source Causes the changes to be applied only to the live database Clicking Table Mapping offers additional mapping options 280 Database Synchronization Figure 8 52 Table Mapping If a table is being incorrectly mapped between source and destination schemas you can change the mapping below Source Table Original Target Table Target Table gt movies i movies movies gt shows 4 shows shows gt educational educational gt friends friends Change Mapping Table Default Target Table Desired Target Table Pressing Next will reveal the SQL statement to perform the configured model and live database source synchronization 281 Database Synchronization Figure 8 53 Previewing The Synchronization SQL Statement Connection Options Preview Database Changes to be Applied Connect to DBMS SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHI SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL ALLOW_INVALIC
540. to the layer otherwise it will not be locked inside the layer Locking objects to a layer prevents their accidental removal You cannot remove them by clicking and dragging to remove an object you also must press the Control key while dragging it As a visual cue that the object is being locked the outline of the layer is highlighted as the object is dragged over it If you drag a layer over a table object the table object will automatically be added to the layer This also works for multiple table objects Layers cannot be nested That is a layer cannot contain another layer object 8 1 7 2 Modifying a Layer Using the Properties Palette Choosing Edit allows you to edit the layer name and layer background color and the Properties Editor offers additional edit options When you select a layer on the EER Diagram canvas its properties are displayed in the Properties palette The properties accessible from the Properties palette apply to the appearance of a layer on the EER Diagram canvas In some circumstances you may want to make a layer invisible Select the layer and in the Properties palette set the visible property to False To locate an invisible object open the Layers palette and select the object by double clicking it After an object is selected you can reset the visible property from the Properties palette For a list of properties accessible through the Properties palette see Section 8 1 1 12 The Pro
541. ts 2 Selected C Export MySQL View Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export MySQL Routine Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export MySQL Trigger Objects Show Filter 0 Total Objects 0 Selected C Export User Objects Show Filter O Total Objects 0 Selected Precise control over the objects to export can be fine tuned by clicking the Show Filter button After the objects to export have been selected it is possible to reduce the expanded panel by clicking the same button now labeled Hide Filter After selecting the objects to export click the Next button to review the script that has been generated 262 Forward Engineering Figure 8 32 Review Generated Script Forward Engineer SQL Script xport Options 3 Review Generated Script Filter Objects Review SQL Script Review the generated script SET OLD_UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS UNIQUE_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS v FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS FOREIGN_KEY_CHECKS 0 SET OLD_SQL_MODE SQL_MODE SQL_MODE TRADITIONAL CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS mydb DEFAULT CHARACTER SET latin COLLATE latint_swedish_ci USE mydb Table myb tablet CREATE TABLE F Nor PASTS myc tablet dtablel INT NOT NULI PRIMARY KEY f in 7 ENGINE InnoDB Table mydb table2 CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS mydb table2 idtable INT NOT NULL idtable2 INT NOT NULL
542. ts This makes it easy to reuse and execute code in MYSQL Workbench 372 The Shell Window Figure C 2 The Workbench Scripting Shell Snippets Shell Snippets x Vv User Scripts foo py UserModules UserLibraries Snippet iterate through all schemas iterate through all tables from schema iterate through columns from schema iterate through all figures of a diagram iterate through all resultset rows replace sql editor contents replace sql editor contents editor grt root wb sqlEditors activeQueryBuffer new_text editor sql editor replaceContents new_text Globals Classes Modules Notifications Opened script file tabs are to the right of the Snippets tab Script tabs are labeled with the script s filename or Unnamed for snippets without a name You can cut and paste to and from the tabs or right click on a snippet to open a context menu with options to Execute Snippet Send to Script Editor or Copy To Clipboard While individual commands can be entered into the shell it is also possible to run a longer script stored in an external file using the main menu item Scripting Run Workbench Script File When scripts are run outside of the shell to see the output use the main menu item View Output It is also possible to run script files directly from the shell For details on running script files type run at the Workbench Scripting Shell prompt The following message is displayed
543. tton automatically adjusts the column width to match the longest string one of its cells You may also manually adjust the column width 7 1 5 SQL Snippets tab The Snippets tab includes built in local and shared custom snippets The My Snippets tab stores custom snippets in a file under the MySQL Workbench user s configuration directory Select the Shared option for Snippets can be inserted into the SQL editor or the system s clipboard To insert use a snippet either use the snippet icons or right click on the desired snippet and choose Insert Figure 7 5 SQL Snippets Usage File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help AE o ggl Elga fl Navigator SCHEMAS Q Filter objects vB sakila v Tables gt E actor address category city IAA BE E customer E film E film_actor E film_category E film tot inventory language payment rental staff gt E store gt B Views gt EP stored Procedures gt BP Functions test world gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt pogan Management Information GBIF fA 619 gt TE uma to 1000 rows 1 SELECT FROM sakila city 4 J Result Grid 4 Fiter Rovs A Corua La Corua Abha Abu Dhabi Local Snippets My Snippets Create a new snippet using the SQL from this query window to the currently selected snippets group ede c E E Bpo country id last_update 87 2006 02 15 04 45 2
544. u Workbench Functionality Questions A 1 859 How do copy my saved MySQL connections in Workbench to a different computer e A 2 359 How can view my MySQL Workbench query history e A 3 360 Can preserve a results tab rather than have it refresh every time execute a statement e A 4 360 How does MySQL Workbench increase import performance Questions and Answers A 1 How do I copy my saved MySQL connections in Workbench to a different computer From the main navigation menu choose Tools Configuration and then Backup Connections to create a Zip file with your configured MySQL connections Next load this file into your new Workbench instance by using the related Restore Connections option A 2 How can I view my MySQL Workbench query history In bottom pane change Action Output to History and then choose the appropriate date 359 Alternatively the SQL statement history is stored as plain text on your system To find these text files from the main Workbench navigation menu choose Help and then Show Log Files The files prefixed with sql_actions_ followed by MySQL connection information store this information In other words the query history is split into separate files per MySQL connection Open these files to view the MySQL Workbench query history A 3 Can I preserve a results tab rather than have it refresh every time I execute a statement Yes you can pin the results tab to force it to remain a
545. u can also change the view port of an EER diagram using the Model Navigator panel See Section 8 1 1 9 The Model Navigator Panel The Eraser Tool Use the eraser tool to delete objects from the EER Diagram canvas Change the mouse pointer to the eraser tool then click the object you wish to delete Depending upon your settings the delete dialog box should open asking you to confirm the type of deletion Note R The delete action of the eraser tool is controlled by the general option setting for deletion Before using the eraser tool be sure that you understand the available options described in Section 3 2 4 Modeling Preferences To activate the eraser tool from the keyboard use the D key You can also delete an object by selecting it and pressing Control Delete or by right clicking it and choosing Delete from the pop up menu The Layer Tool The layer tool is the rectangular icon with a capital L in the lower left corner Use the layer tool to organize the objects on an EER Diagram canvas It is useful for grouping similar objects For example you may use it to group all your views Click the layer tool and use it to draw a rectangle on the canvas Change to the standard mouse pointer tool and pick up any objects you would like to place on the newly created layer To change the size of a layer first select it by clicking it When a layer is selected small rectangles appear at each corner and in the middle of each side A
546. ublic domain is not available everyone is granted a worldwide perpetual royalty free non exclusive license to exercise all rights associated with the contents of this file for any purpose whatsoever No rights are reserved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE H 27 PyODBC License The following software may be included in this product PyODBC 425 PySQLite License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
547. uced or distributed to anyone outside Oracle without prior written consent of Oracle or as specifically provided vii Legal Notices below This document is not part of your license agreement nor can it be incorporated into any contractual agreement with Oracle or its subsidiaries or affiliates This documentation is NOT distributed under a GPL license Use of this documentation is subject to the following terms You may create a printed copy of this documentation solely for your own personal use Conversion to other formats is allowed as long as the actual content is not altered or edited in any way You shall not publish or distribute this documentation in any form or on any media except if you distribute the documentation in a manner similar to how Oracle disseminates it that is electronically for download on a Web site with the software or on a CD ROM or similar medium provided however that the documentation is disseminated together with the software on the same medium Any other use such as any dissemination of printed copies or use of this documentation in whole or in part in another publication requires the prior written consent from an authorized representative of Oracle Oracle and or its affiliates reserve any and all rights to this documentation not expressly granted above For more information on the terms of this license or for details on how the MySQL documentation is built and produced please visit MySQL Contact
548. ue mappings are used and the generated objects and column definitions may be reviewed and edited in the next step The steps performed include Migrating the selected objects and generating the SQL CREATE statements 9 8 6 Manual Editing The migrated objects may be reviewed and edited here You can manually edit the generated SQL before applying them to the target database Target schemas and tables may be renamed and column definitions may be changed by double clicking on them By default the All Objects View is loaded Other View options include Migration Problems and Column Mappings All Objects Shows all objects which can also be edited by double clicking e Migration Problem Will list all of the migration problems or report that no mapping problems were found Column Mappings Displays all of the schema columns which may also be edited There is an advanced Show Code and Messages option that displays the SQL CREATE script for the selected object 9 8 7 Target Creation Options Defines addition settings for the target schema 356 Schema Creation Configuration options include Create schema in target RDBMS Create a SQL script file e An option to keep the schemata if they already exist Objects that already exist will not be recreated or update 9 8 8 Schema Creation The SQL scripts generated for the migrated schema objects will now be executed in the target database You can monitor execut
549. ult with the official binaries you must compile it with the nable odbc wide command line option for the configure script Failing to do so will result in crashes and other unpredictable errors A script is provided to compile FreeTDS using the options required for MySQL Workbench You can find itin at usr share mysql workbench extras build_freetds sh on Linux or MySQLWorkbench app Contents SharedSupport build_freetds shon OS X To use it follow these steps 1 Make sure you have the iODBC headers installed In Linux install the 1 ibiodbc devel or libiodbc2 dev package from your distribution In OS X the headers come with the system and no additional action is required for this step 2 mkdir freetds to create a directory within the users home directory 3 Copy the build_freetds sh script to freetds 4 Get the latest FreeTDS sources from ftp ftp freetds org pub freetds and place it in the freetds directory Make sure to get version 0 92 or newer 5 cd freetds 6 Execute build_freetds sh 7 After compilation is done install it using make install from the path given by the script 8 Install the driver in the ODBC Administrator to make the ODBC subsystem to recognize it The name of the driver file is 1ibtdsodbc so and is located in usr lib or usr local lib Once the driver is installed you should be able to create data sources for it from the ODBC Administrator GUI Protocol version selection in FreeTDS
550. ults to File dialog The dialog enables you to select which result set you wish to export the file format CSV HTML XML and the name and location of the output file Then click Export to export the data Edit Menu The Edit menu features the Format submenu The Format submenu includes the following menu items Beautify Query Reformats the query selected in the query tab and lays it out in nicely indented fashion UPCASE Keywords Converts keywords to uppercase in the currently selected query in the query tab lowercase Keywords Converts keywords to lowercase in the currently selected query in the query tab Un Comment Selection Comments the lines currently selected in the query tab If the lines are already commented this operation removes the comments Auto complete Triggers the auto completion wizard This is enabled and triggered by default and can be disabled with Preferences SQL Editor Automatically Start Code Completion Auto completion will list functions keywords schema names table names and column names 7 1 4 Results Window The results area of the screen shows the results from executed statements If the script contains multiple statements a result tab will be generated for each statemented that returned results Note R MySQL Workbench handles quoting and escaping for strings entered into the results grid so adding quotes and proper escaping here is optional Note R It is possible to enter a function o
551. und a row not matching the given partition set See Online help partitioning selection for more information and examples See also Onine heip insert The Output is located at the bottom of MySQL Workbench Its select box includes the Action Output History Output and Text Output options The Action Output panel displays a summary of the communication between the active MySQL connection in MySQL Workbench and the MySQL server and can refer to errors or general information Each message displays the time action and server response This output is useful for troubleshooting scripts 171 Output History Panel Figure 7 8 SQL Editor Output Action Output E MySQL Workbench ma File Edt View Query Database Serer Tools Scripting Help aS Sal ala Ee Navigator actor GO f ROND O O A umowom Hel Q U E 16 SELECT FROM sakila actor m E aao Result Grid T 4 Fiter Rows ede cA Eo E Eportfimport Eg Ka Wrap Cel Content a O address actor_id firstname last_name last_update T T category GUINESS 2006 02 15 04 34 33 l aa city NICK WAHLBERG 2006 02 15 04 34 33 any CHASE 2006 02 15 04 34 33 Action Output is the currently 2006 02 15 04 34 33 selected Output scheme ilm_actor 17 28 38 SELECT FROM sakta actor LIMIT 0 1000 200 row s retumed 17 29 32 SELECT FROM sakia category LIMIT 0 1000 16 row retumed 17 29 34 SELECT FROM saka fim_actor LIMIT 0 1000 1000 rows retu
552. us amp Client Connections 4 Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables amp Data Export amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports os Performance Schema Setup MySQL ENTERPRISE audit inspector Online Backup Backup Recovery Management Burt Information No object selected Object Info MySQL Enterprise MySQL Enterprise Backup Recovery To recover a MySQL server from a backup select the profile that was used to create it To recover from a different backup cick Restore from Fie and select a MySQL Enterprise Backup image file or backup directory Note the server wil be shutdown during restore Backup Profie SakilaSave Selected Bacup Detais Bacup Type Full Backup Content partial apply4dog wil be performed on the backup before it is restored Backup Start Time 2014 02 12 16 09 05 Backup Finish Time 2014 02 12 16 09 38 is_compr 0 start_lsn 43799552 apply_log_done 0 is_incremental_with_redo_log_only 0 is_skip_unused_pages 0 Restore from Folder Restore from Image Fie F Use most recent backup In our example we will restore a full backup that was created by MySQL Workbench Online Backup After choosing the backup full profile that we created earlier the next page lists each table that will be updated Note E We unchecked Show System Schemas the optio
553. ved THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Exception Portions of HMAC py and setup py are derived from Python 2 2 and are therefore Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved They are licensed by the PSF under the terms of the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details EXPORT RESTRICTIONS Note that the export or re export of cryptographic software and or source code may be subject to regulation in your jurisdiction Portions Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 Python Software Foundation All Rights Reserved This file contains code from the Python 2 2 hmac py module the Original Code with modifications made after it was incorporated into Py rypto the Modifications 424 PyODBC License To the best of our knowledge the Python Software Foundation is the copyright holder of the Original Code and has licensed it under the Python 2 2 license See the file LEGAL copy LICENSE python 2 2 for details The Modifi
554. ventory Warnings 0 Sort merge passes Sort_merge_passes 0 gt T language Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Eo gt 1 payment Rows Processed Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 gt F rental Rows affected 0 gt im stan Rows sent to client 200 Index Usage gt i Rows examined 200 No Index used gt BS Views Temporary Tables Other Into gt PS Stored Procedures Temporary disk tables created 0 Event Id 430 Functions Temporary tables created 0 Thread Id 85 gt sys gt tost actor 2 Home Screen Features Several behavioral improvements were made to the MySQL Workbench Home screen including e Connection tiles can now be repositioned by using drag and drop A script or model file can be dragged into a MySQL connection tile e The following right click options were added to the connection tiles Copy JDBC Connection String and Copy Connection String e Right clicking a blank area in the MySQL Connections area now offers an option to create a New Connection From Clipboard Visual Explain The layout changed and additional information is now viewable by hovering over the fields It also displays traditional EXPLAIN output in a separate tab and the Raw Explain Data as JSON in another For MySQL server 5 7 the new cost information such as query_cost and sort_cost is also utilized 22 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 22 Visual Explain Workbench 6 0 alfFfAC SBSB COM
555. versions 4 x MySQL Workbench functionality covers five main topics e SQL Development Enables you to create and manage connections to database servers Along with enabling you to configure connection parameters MySQL Workbench provides the capability to execute SQL queries on the database connections using the built in SQL Editor Data Modeling Design Enables you to create models of your database schema graphically reverse and forward engineer between a schema and a live database and edit all aspects of your database using the comprehensive Table Editor The Table Editor provides easy to use facilities for editing Tables Columns Indexes Triggers Partitioning Options Inserts and Privileges Routines and Views e Server Administration Enables you to administer MySQL server instances by administering users performing backup and recovery inspecting audit data viewing database health and monitoring the MySQL server performance e Data Migration Allows you to migrate from Microsoft SQL Server Microsoft Access Sybase ASE SQLite SQL Anywhere PostreSQL and other RDBMS tables objects and data to MySQL Migration also supports migrating from earlier versions of MySQL to the latest releases e MySQL Enterprise Support Support for Enterprise products such as MySQL Enterprise Backup and MySQL Audit MySQL Workbench is available in two editions the Community Edition and the Commercial Edition The Community Edition is available
556. vileges to manage databases e DBDesigner Grants privileges to create and reverse engineer any database schema ReplicationAdmin Grants privileges to set up and manage replication BackupAdmin Grants privileges required to back up databases e Custom Lists other custom privileges that are assigned to the user account The Password Validation Plugin available as of MySQL Server 5 6 6 is supported in Workbench For information about what these settings mean see The Password Validation Plugin Figure 5 34 Navigator Management User And Privileges Administrative Roles File Edit View Query Databsse Server Tools Scripting Help She Heleg a Navigator MANAGEMENT Server Status amp Cent Connections Users and Priviteges Gi Status and System Variables Data Export 4 Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options Fite PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports GS Performance Schema Setup Management Information Administration Users and Privil MyFirstComection Users and Privileges User Accounts general localhost mysqibackup localhost root localhost User From Host Details for account general localhost Role OBA MaintenanceAdmin ProcessAdmin UserAdmin SecurityAdmin MonitorAdmin OBManager DBDesigner ReplicationAdmin BackupAdmin WI Custom Description grants the rights to perform all tasks grants rights needed to maintain server fight
557. vvvvvvvvyvy v sql init io socket sql client_connection recy 17 bytes ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 sql THD LOCK_thd_data sql THD LOCK_thd_data sql Opening tables sql query end sql closing tables sql freeingitems sql cleaning up io socket sql client_connection opt ffff 127 0 0 1 54539 idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql show_variables idle idle sql select idle idle sql show_variables stage io socket io socket ssynch mutex synch mutex stage stage stage stage stage jo socket idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt idle stmt 27 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 Additional Miscellaneous Additions e MSAA Windows Accessibility API support and High contrast color theme in Microsoft Windows e MySQL Enterprise Backup improvements e Improvements with general performance and overall stability 1 1 3 New in MySQL Workbench 6 0 This section summarizes many of the new features added to MySQL Workbench 6 0 0 in relation to MySQL Workbench 5 2 x A new home screen A new modernized Home screen where major functionality of MySQL Workbench can be accessed including connections to MySQL servers modeling migration and the command line utilities Figure 1 28 Home Screen Workbench 5 2 eoe MYSQL Workbench Y Workbench Central LAs Welcome to MySQL Workbench 2
558. was modified columns modified column ID Get Source and Target Select Schemas Fetch Objects attributes default character set latini gt latin1 WON TU RWN Differences Report Table world country was modified columns modified column Region attributes default character set latin1 gt latin1 End of MySQL Workbench Report 8 6 Table Templates Define table templates with commonly used columns and settings to create new tables from either a live connection or while creating an EER model From the SQL editor select Create Table Like from the Tables context menu 285 Table Templates Figure 8 57 New Table Template SQL Editor File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help hie JHE sd SCHEMAS Q Filter objects i film_category T film_text mi inventory i language 1 payment Tj rental i staff a store Or while modeling click the Open the table template editor icon on the right sidebar under Modeling Additions 286 Table Templates Figure 8 58 New Table Template Modeling File Edt View Arrange Model Database Tools Scripting Help B Oie aiD a aaa Model Overview amp Open Table Template editor Add Diagram Y Physical Schemas so HE mydb MySQL Schema Tables 0 tems o Add Table i Views 0 tems 1 TINYINT EM 5 Add View Existing table templates DECIMAL 10 FLOAT Routines 0 tems DOUBLE TINYINT 4
559. when this snippet is executed To preview the rows to be deleted use Select Row Dependencies START TRANSACTION Provide the values of the primary key of the row to delete SET actor_id_to_delete lt row_id gt DELETE FROM film_actor USING film_actor actor WPaUDVRUD EKCHE I2 5 EYGiE xe All EAM _ ACEO ECE Om Cl AND actor actor_id actor_id_to_delete DELETE FROM actor USING actor WHERE actor actor_id actor_id_to_delete COMMIT Create Statement 190 Code Generation Overview CREATE TABLE actor actor_id smallint 5 unsigned NOT NULL AUTO_INCREMENT first_name varchar 45 NOT NULL last_name varchar 45 NOT NULL last_update timestamp NOT NULL DEFAULT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP ON UPDATE CURRENT_TIMESTAMP PRIMARY KEY actor id J KEY i rdx actor last namei last names ENGINE InnoDB AUTO_INCREMENT 201 DEFAULT CHARSET utf8 Context menu options after right clicking on a column in the schema view using the sakila actor first_name column as an example Name short first_name Name long octo a EIrsStE L name Select Columns Statement SELECT first name FROM sakila actor 7 Insert Statement EPNSERTE TN TOR Sees er QChe ie C first_name VALUES lt first_name gt Update Statement UPDATE sakila actor SET first_name lt first_name gt WHERE lt where_expression gt Context menu options after right clicking on
560. wly created target MySQL database The Data Transfer Setup page allows you to configure this process 340 Transfer the data to the MySQL database Figure 9 38 Data Transfer Setup r E MySQL Workbench fe Migration x File Edit View Database Plugins Scripting Help Migration Task List OVERVIEW O Overview SOURCE amp TARGET Y Source Selection Target Selection F Fetch Schemata List F Schemata Selection Y Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Y Source Objects Y Migration Y Manual Editing Y Target Crestion Options Y Create Schemata Y Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Bulk Data Transfer REPORT Migration Report Data Transfer Setup Select options for the copy of the migrated schema tables in the target MySQL server and dick Next gt to execute Data Copy J Online copy of table data to target RDEMS Create a batch file to copy the data at another time Users sergo Desktop kopy_migrated_tables cnd Options Truncate target tables je delete contents before copying data Number of tasks to use for data transfer Each task will open a Worker tasks 2 connection to both source and target RDEMSs to copy table rows Default value 2 Enable debug output for table copy There are two sets of options here The first allows you to perform a live transference and or to dump the data into a batch file that you can execute later The other set of options allows you to alter this process Th
561. write completed keywords as uppercase Comment type to use for comment shortcut Defaults to with as another option Max syntax error count Large complex scripts may contain errors Further a syntax error early on can lead to subsequent syntax errors For these reasons it is possible to limit the number of errors displayed using this option The default is 100 error messages Max number of result sets Maximum number of result sets for SQL queries that can be opened for a single SQL editor Defaults to 50 Reaching the limit emits a warning Note E This option was added in MySQL Workbench 6 2 4 SQL Beautifier Change keywords to UPPER CASE Enabled by default executing the SQL beautifier will uppercase all SQL keywords 63 SQL Editor Preferences Preferences SQL Editor Object Editors Figure 3 8 Preferences SQL Editor Object Editors ra N Workbench Preferences General Editors Y SQL Editor Query Editor Default algorithm for ALTER table Default Object Editors SQL Execution Default lock for ALTER table Default Administration YV Modeling Defaults Views MySQL V Reformat DDL for Views Diagram Appearance Fonts amp Colors Advanced Others Online DDL Online DDL Default algorithm for ALTER table The default algorithm selected when performing ALTER TABLE operations in MySQL Workbench The setting can also be adjusted for each ALTER TABLE operation Options
562. ws e Comment Subpartitioning is also available For more information about partitioning see Partitioning 7 1 11 7 The Options Tab The Options tab enables you to set several types of options Figure 7 22 The Options Tab File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds Ega a re in the table in the table ace MySQL to maincain a ive c date but also makes k easier to which are grouped into the following sections e General Options e Row Options e Storage Options 187 Code Generation Overview e Merge Table options The following discussion describes these options in more detail General Options Section In the General Options section choose a pack keys option The options are Default Pack None and Pack A11 You may also encrypt the definition of a table The AUTO_INCREMENT and delayed key update behaviors apply only to My 1 SAM tables Row Options Section To set the row format choose the desired row format from the list For more information about the different row formats that are available see MyISAM Table Storage Formats These options are e Default e Dynamic e Fixed e Compressed e Redundant Compact When you expect a table to be particularly large use the Avg Row Min Rows and Max Rows options to enable the MySQL server to better accommodate your data See CREATE TABLE Syntax for more information on how to use these options
563. ws AppData MySQL Workbench modules OS X username Library Application Support MySQL Workbench modules Linux username mysql workbench modules Declare a plugin using this syntax ModuleInfo plugin plugin_name caption input groups pluginMenu These parameters are defined as follows e plugin_name A unique name for the plugin It may contain only alphanumeric characters dots and underscores caption A caption to use for the plugin in menus e input An optional list of input arguments groups Optional list of groups the plugin belongs to Recognized values are Overview Utility The Context menu in the Model Overview Model Utility The menu for diagram objects Menu lt category gt The Plugins menu in the main menu pluginMenu Optional name of a submenu in the Plugins menu where the plugin should appear For example Catalog Objects Utilities This is equivalent to adding a Menu lt category gt in the groups list C 4 Adding a GUI to a Plugin Using MForms MySQL Workbench is implemented with a C core back end and a native front end for each supported platform Currently the front end is implemented with Windows Forms on Microsoft Windows GTK on 370 The Workbench Scripting Shell Linux and Cocoa on OS X This approach permits the application to have a native look and feel while reducing the amount of work required to maintain the project However the GUI functionality required
564. xecutable on the MySQL server machine MSQ Becup Command Path C Program Fies MySQL MySQt Enterprice Sadup 3 9 0 mnysqbadup exe CK Exeautable found verson 3 9 0 Backup Home Directory Select a backup hore rectory to store the backup profiles and to cet as default storage locaton for backup files MSQ Bacup Home Drectory C MySQUEadupHome Hone Grectory cant be changed because there are configured profiles Creste Drectory MySQL Account for Backup Process MySQ Bedups should be run from a dedicated backup account with a proper set of permissions Enter a new or existng account and pessword below Workbench wal run checks or promet you for addtional actons as nesced Bacup User myzobedup Password meas The accounts veld and wil be used for badups If any of the requirements are not met then an error will be generated when attempting to use MySQL Enterprise Backup features 5 7 2 Online Backup Sets a backup profile that defines what should be backed up where the backup should be stored and when the frequency it should be backed up The main page 132 Online Backup Figure 5 50 Workbench MySQL Enterprise Backup Fe Locales x File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scriptig Help AHD HAE MANAGEMENT Server Status MySQL Enterprise a Client Connedtinns MySQL Enterprise Backup DL Users and Priteges Status and System Variables eae d Backup Jobs configured for ths MySQL Instance Backup Job Det
565. y the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwi
566. ySQL submenu has these items e Validate All Performs all available validation checks e Integrity Validation Checks for invalid references such as a table name longer than the maximum permitted e Syntax validation Checks for correct SQL syntax Duplicate Identifiers Validation Additions Checks for objects with the same name For detailed information about validation see Section 8 2 3 Schema Validation Plugins The Object Notation Submenu The items under the Model Object Notation submenu apply exclusively to an EER diagram They are not enabled unless an EER diagram tab is selected The Object Notation submenu has these items e Workbench Default Displays table columns indexes and triggers e Workbench Simplified Shows only a table s columns e Classic Similar to the Workbench Simplified style showing only the table s columns e IDEF1X The ICAM DEFinition language information modeling style The object notation style that you choose persists for the duration of your MySQL Workbench session and is saved along with your model When MySQL Workbench is restarted the object notation reverts to the default Note R If you plan to export or print an EER diagram be sure to decide on a notation style first Changing notation styles after objects have been placed on a diagram can significantly change the appearance of the diagram The Relationship Notation Submenu The items under the Relationship Notation submenu apply
567. ySQL client 6 4 Query Statistics This Query Stats SQL editor results tab uses Performance Schema data to gather key statistics collected for executed query such as timing temporary tables indexes joins and more Requirements e MySQL server 5 6 or newer 152 Requirements Query Collect Performance Schema Stats enabled e The performance_schema enabled with statement instrumentation e MySQL Workbench 6 1 0 or newer Figure 6 6 SQL Editor Query Stats Limit to 200 rows Joins per Type Full table scans Select_scan 1 Joins using table scans Select_full_join 0 Joins using range search Select_full_range_join 0 Joins with range checks Select_range_check 0 Joins using range Select_range 0 Sorting Sorted rows Sort_rows 0 Sort merge passes Sort_merge_passes 0 Sorts with ranges Sort_range 0 Sorts with table scans Sort_scan 0 Index Usage No Index used Other Into Event id 430 Thread Id 85 ece E MySQL Workbench amp Local instance 3306 x AA daaas we Management senaman actor x SCHEMAS Blf FRODOA Q 1 SELECT FROM sakila actor v sakila vI Tables 100 S ast gt I actor Query Statistics gt I address M category gt Tm city Timing as measured at client side gt T country Execution time 0 00 0 00041580 gt Tl customer Timing as measured by the server gt i fim Execution time 0 00 0 00033272 gt I fiim_actor Ta
568. your connected MySQL server amp Data Import Restore INSTANCE B Startup shutdown A Server Logs Options File The Management tab is currently selected PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports 6 Performance Schema Setup Information Nam fyFirstConnecton Host 127 0 0 1 307 MySQL Community Server GP 5 7Smisig n t User roo Connection information for this session t User root bocahost The Navigator Management tab is separated into the MANAGEMENT INSTANCE and PERFORMANCE sections and the Commercial edition of MySQL Workbench also includes the MYSQL ENTERPRISE section Each section offers several actions 5 1 2 MySQL Connections Manage and create MySQL connections 5 1 2 1 Creating A New MySQL Connection Simple To add a connection click the icon to the right of the MySQL Connections title on the Home screen This opens the Setup New Connection form 82 MySQL Connections Figure 5 2 Setup New Connection Form T Setup New Connection l E z Connection Name Type a name for the connection Connection Method Standard TCP IP v Method to use to connect to the RDBMS Parameters sst Advanced Hostname 127 0 0 1 Port 3306 Name or IP address of the server host TCP IP port Username root Name of the user to connect with Password Store in Vaults dlear The user s password Will be requested later if it s not set Default Schema The schema to use as de
569. ystem Profile The System Profile tab enables you to specify host specific information This is achieved primarily through selecting a System Type along with its corresponding Installation Type These profile settings contain standard information that is used in managing the host s MySQL instance 100 MySQL Connections Here are some of the available installation types e FreeBSD MySQL package or Custom e Linux including several distributions including Fedora Oracle RHEL SLES Ubuntu Generic and Custom e OS X MySQL package or Custom e OpenSolaris MySQL package or Custom e Windows with different installation methods MySQL versions and build architectures After you select the System Type and Installation Type a number of default parameters will be set that includes commands used to start and stop MySQL commands to check the server status the location of the my ini or my cnf configuration file and on Windows the Windows Service Name You may also customize these preset default values Figure 5 19 Manage Server Connections System Profile Tab MySQL Connections Connection Name MyConnection Local instance MySQL56_1 MyConnection Connection Remote Management System Profile Information about the server and MySQL configuration such as path to the configuration file command to start or stop it etc You may pick a preset configuration profile or customize one for your needs System Type Windows
570. ytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes Obytes 559 83 M8 29 77 M8 11 76 M8 33 74 27KB 233 82KB 283KB 15 24K8 12 27KB 3 7268 1253K 10 53K6 9 7KB 253KB 357KB 365KB 507K 7 46 KB 436K 7 49KB 13 448 12 33 K6 12 33KB LK 7 21 K6 3 13KB 343KB 15 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 15 Performance Schema Setup Easy Setup File Edit View Query Database Server Tools Scripting Help Sheds ae Navigator Administration Performance Sc MANAGEMENT Server Status Local instance MySQLS7 S amp Client Connections Performance Schema Setup I Users and Privileges E Status and System Variables Easy Setup amp Data Export amp Data import Restore INSTANCE B startup Shutdown A Server Logs amp Options File PERFORMANCE Dashboard amp Performance Reports Performance Schema eo Performance Schema Setup Management RRS N Fully Enabled Information Custom Server Default Disabled The MySQL Performance Schema allows to instrument MySQL to collect statistics and performance data log collected events into tables so they can be analyzed Use the switch above to change Performance Schema instrumentation or disable it Full Reset to Factory Defaults Object Info Clicking Show Advanced provides methods to fine tune the Performance Schema instrumentation 16 New in MySQL Workbench 6 1 Figure 1 16 Performance Schema Setup Introduction
571. ytes Obytes Obytes 372KB 0 00 gt With Sorting SSdatedir mysql userfim 23 1259K6 60 bytes Obytes Obytes 12 59K6 020 gt Full Tedle Scans SOdatadir perfarmance_schemat 21 10 53KB Sl3bytes Obytes Obytes 10 53K8 0 00 gt Errors or Warnings SSdatadir peformance_schemat 2 9 7OKB 473 bytes O bytes 9 70KB M0 Y Schema Sdatedir performence_schemy 21 253KB 126bytes Obytes 253K6 0 00 gt Schema Object Overview SOdatadir pefarmance_schemy 21 3 57K6 174bytes gt Schema index Statistics SSdatadir peformance_schemy 21 365KB 179 bytes gt Schama Table Ratistics GSdatedirimysql procs_privien 21 507KB M7bytes b Schema Table Katistics with InnoDB SOdatedir pefarmence_schemy 21 7 4K W4bytes gt Tables with Full Table Scans OQOodatadir mysql proxies_peivim 21 43K 2i3bytes gt Unused Indexes SSdatadir peformance_schemy 21 7 49KB Sbytes Y wait Sdatedir perfarmence_schemy 21 134K 65S bytes gt Wats by Latency SOdatadir pecformance_schemy 21 1233K6 0 GO bytes gt Waits by User by Latency SOodatadir peformance_schemay 21 1233KB amp 0lbytes gt Wet Classes by Latency Sdastedir peformence_schemas 21 241KB 118 bytes gt Weits Classes by Average Latency SOdatedir pefarmence_schemat 21 7 21KB 3S2bytes Y imoDB BOdatadir peformance_schemas 21 213K6 153bytes gt InnoDB Buffer Sats by Schema SSdatodir performance_schemy 21 343KB 167 bytes gt InnoDB Suffer Rats by Table 25 Sa i t Epot copy Selected Copy Query Refres
572. zard overview 303 A visual guide to performing a database migration Overview Figure 9 3 MySQL Workbench migration Overview File Edit View Database Tools Scripting Help Migration Task List Overview OVERVIEW KD Welcome to the MySQL Workbench Migration Wizard SOURCE amp TARGET Source Selection Target Selection Fetch Schemas List Schemas Selection Reverse Engineer Source OBJECT MIGRATION Source Objects Migration Manual Editing Target Creation Options Create Schemas Create Target Results DATA MIGRATION Data Transfer Setup Bulk Data Transter REPORT Migration Report This wizard wil assist you in migrating tables and data from supported database system to MySQL You can also use this to copy databases from one MySQL instance to another Prerequisites Before starting check the folowing preparation steps The Migration Wizard uses COBC to connect to the source database You must have an OO8C driver for the source database installed and configured as Workbench does not bunde any such drivers For MySQL connections the native dent library is used Ensure you can connect to both source and target RDBMS servers Make sure you have prvieges to read schema informaton and data from the source database and acate objects and insert data in the target MySQL server The max_alowed_packet option in the target MySQL server must be large enough to fit the largest field value to be copied from

MySQL Workbench

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents